Anda di halaman 1dari 450

AGENDA & APPENDICES

FOR THE
59th MEETING OF THE ACADEMIC COUNCIL

09th JUNE 2018

VOLUME - I

PSG COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY


Coimbatore 641004
Phone: 0422 – 4344777, 2572177, 2572477
Fax: 0422 – 2573833
Email: principal@psgtech.ac.in
Website: http://www.psgtech.edu

Government Aided Autonomous College Affiliated to Anna University Chennai


ISO 9001:2008 Certified
CONTENTS

VOLUME I
Appendix Page.
Department Name Programmes
No No.
AGENDA i-xxxv
ME/MTech (Full Time & Part Time) Regulations 1-15
Automobile Engineering ME Automotive Engineering (FT) 16
ME Structural engineering (FT & PT) 40
Civil Engineering
ME Infrastructure Engineering (FT) 56
Computer Science and ME Computer Science & Engineering (FT) 65
Engineering ME Software Engineering (FT) 81
ME Applied Electronics (FT & PT) 95
Electrical and Electronics ME Power Electronics & Drives (FT) 116
Engineering ME Embedded and Real-Time Systems (FT) 137
ME Electrical Machines (PT) 156
ME Communication Systems (FT) 172
Electronics and Communication
ME VLSI Design (FT) 187
Engineering
ME Wireless Communications (FT) 204
Instrumentation and Control
ME Control Systems (FT) 219
Systems Engineering
I ME Engineering Design (FT) 232
ME Industrial Engineering (FT & PT) 249
Mechanical Engineering ME Computer Integrated Manufacturing (FT) 265
ME Lean Manufacturing (FT) 276
ME Energy Engineering (FT) 285
Metallurgical Engineering ME Industrial Metallurgy (FT & PT) 299
ME Manufacturing Engineering (FT) 323
ME Production Engineering (PT) 325
Production Engineering ME Product Design & Commerce (FT) 348
ME Virtual Prototyping & Digital Manufacturing
359
(FT)
Information Technology ME Biometrics and Cyber Security (FT) 368
Electronics and Communication
MTech Nano Science and Technology (FT) 382
Engineering
Biotechnology MTech Biotechnology (FT) 396
VOLUME II
Information technology MTech Information Technology (FT) 409
I
Textile Technology MTech Textile Technology (FT & PT) 422
BSc Regulations 448
II
Applied Science BSc Applied Science 458
Applied Mathematics and
III BSc Computer System and Design 471
Computational Sciences
MSc Regulations 512
Applied Mathematics and
MSc Software Systems 526
Computational Sciences
IV Applied Mathematics and
MSc Theoretical Computer Science 582
Computational Sciences
Applied Mathematics and
MSc Data Science 640
Computational Sciences
MSc Regulations 696
V
Apparel and Fashion Design MSc Fashion Design and Merchandising 709
MCA Regulations 756
VI
Computer Applications MCA Master of Computer Applications 770
One Credit Course for BE Automobile
VII Automobile Engineering 779
Engineering
Professional Elective Course for BE Computer
780
Computer Science and Science and Engineering
VIII a & b
Engineering Professional Elective Course for ME Software
781
Science Engineering
Electrical and Electronics One Credit Course for BE Electrical and
IX 782
Engineering Electronics Engineering
Electronics and Communication One Credit Course for BE Electronics and
X 783
Engineering Communication Engineering
Professional Elective Courses for BTech
XI Information technology 784
Information Technology
One Credit Courses for BTech Textile
XII Textile Technology 786
Technology
Open Elective Courses for All BE/BTech
XIII Applied Science 787
(Regular & Sandwich) Degree Programmes
One Credit Course for five year MSc Software
Applied Mathematics and
XIV Systems and Five Year MSc Theoretical 790
Computational Sciences
Computer Science
Open Elective Courses for All BE/BTech
XV Apparel and Fashion Design 791
(Regular & Sandwich) Degree Programmes
Special Elective Course for All PhD (FT and
XVI Fashion technology 793
PT) Degree Programmes
VOLUME III
MBA Regulations (Full Time) 794
XVII
Management Sciences MBA Master of Business Administration 805
MBA Regulations (Part Time) 854
XVIII
Management Sciences MBA Master of Business Administration 865
XIX Members of the Academic Council for the Period 2016-18 911
XX List of External Members of Various Boards of Studies for the Period 2016-18 914
PSG COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY, COIMBATORE

59th Meeting of the Academic Council

Venue: F201 Date: 09.06.2018 Time: 9.45 am

AGENDA

1. Welcome and Introductory remarks by the Chairman.

2. The Boards of Studies in Automobile Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Science &
Engineering, Electrical & Electronics Engineering, Electronics & Communication
Engineering, Instrumentation & Control Systems Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Metallurgical Engineering, Production Engineering, Biotechnology, Information Technology
and Textile Technology recommended the regulations, courses of study, scheme of
assessment and syllabi for ME/MTech (Full Time & Part Time) degree programmes of
2018 regulations under choice based credit system.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K Prakasan will move

(i) that the regulations, scheme and syllabi for the following ME/MTech (Full Time &
Part Time) degree programmes of 2018 regulations namely
ME Automotive Engineering
ME Structural Engineering (FT & PT)
ME Infrastructure Engineering
ME Computer Science & Engineering
ME Software Engineering
ME Applied Electronics (FT & PT)
ME Electrical Machines (PT)
ME Power Electronics and Drives
ME Embedded and Real Time Systems
ME Communication Systems
ME VLSI Design
ME Wireless Communications
ME Biometrics and Cyber Security
ME Control Systems
ME Engineering Design
ME Industrial Engineering (FT & PT)
ME Computer Integrated Manufacturing
ME Lean Manufacturing
ME Energy Engineering
ME Industrial Metallurgy (FT & PT)
ME Manufacturing Engineering
ME Product Design and Commerce
ME Virtual Prototyping and Digital Manufacturing
ME Production Engineering (PT)
MTech Nanotechnology
MTech Biotechnology

i
MTech Information Technology
MTech Textile Technology (FT & PT)

as in Appendix I [pages 1 - 447] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

3. The Board of Studies in Applied Science recommended the regulations, courses of study,
scheme of assessment and syllabi for 1st & 2nd semesters for BSc degree programme
of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr S C Murugavel will move

(i) that the regulations, scheme and syllabi for the following BSc degree
programme of 2018 regulations namely

BSc Applied Science

as in Appendix II [pages 448 - 470] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

4. The Board of Studies in Applied Mathematics & Computational Sciences recommended the
regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for BSc degree
programme of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr N Geetha will move

(i) that the regulations, scheme and syllabi for the following BSc degree
programmes of 2018 regulations namely

BSc Computer Systems and Design

as in Appendix III [pages 471 - 511] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

5. The Board of Studies in Applied Mathematics and Computational Sciences recommended


the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for Five Year
Integrated MSc degree programmes of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr N Geetha will move

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
the following Five Year Integrated MSc degree programmes of 2018 regulations
namely
MSc Software Systems
MSc Theoretical Computer Science

ii
MSc Data Science
as in Appendix IV [pages 512 - 695] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018-2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

6. The Board of Studies in Apparel and Fashion Design recommended the regulations,
courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for Five Year Integrated MSc
degree programme of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr D Vijayalakshmi will move

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
the following Five Year Integrated MSc degree programme of 2018 regulations namely

MSc Fashion Design and Merchandising


as in Appendix V [pages 696 - 755] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018-2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

7. The Board of Studies in Computer Applications recommended the regulations, courses of


study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for 1st & 2nd semesters for MCA Programme
of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr A Chitra will move

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
for the following programme of 2018 regulations namely
MCA Master of Computer Applications

as in Appendix VI [pages 756 - 778] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019
and subsequently under 2018 regulations.

8. The Board of Studies in Automobile Engineering recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr S Neelakrishnan will move

(i) that the introduction of the following One credit course namely

15AF20 Core Tools of IATF 16949 – SPC and MSA

for BE Automobile Engineering of 2015 regulations with syllabus as in


Appendix VII [page 779] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

iii
9. The Board of Studies in Computer Science and Engineering recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr G Sudha Sadasivam will move

a. (i) that the introduction of the following professional elective course namely

15Z024 Multi-tier Computing

for BE Computer Science and Engineering of 2015 regulations with syllabus as


in Appendix VIII (a) [page 780] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

b. (i) that the introduction of the following professional elective course namely

15ZS41 Machine Learning

for ME Software Engineering of 2015 regulations with syllabus as in


Appendix VIII (b) [page 781] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2017 – 2018
under 2015 regulations.

10. The Board of Studies in Electrical and Electronics Engineering recommended the
following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr M C Bhuvaneswari will move

(i) that the introduction of the following one credit course namely

15EF18 Industrial Drives for Automation

for BE Electrical and Electronics Engineering (Regular & Sandwich) of 2015


regulations with syllabus as in Appendix IX [page 782] be ratified and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

11. The Board of Studies in Electronics and Communication Engineering recommended the
following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr S Subha Rani will move

(i) that the introduction of the following one credit course namely

15LF21 ASIC Flow for Mixed Signal VLSI Design

for BE Electronics and Communication Engineering of 2015 regulations with


syllabus as in Appendix X [page 783] be approved and

iv
(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations

12. The Board of Studies in Information Technology recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K Umamaheswari will move

(i) that the introduction of the following elective courses namely

15I020 Secure Coding


15I021 Human Computer Interaction
15I022 Computer Vision
15I023 Cyber Physical Systems

for BTech Information Technology of 2015 regulations with syllabus as in


Appendix XI [page 784 - 785] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

13. The Board of Studies in Textile Technology recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr G Thilagavathi will move

(i) that the introduction of the following one credit courses namely

15TF26 Fabric Sourcing


15TF27 Speciality Fabric Sourcing
15TF28 Home Textiles

for BTech Textile Technology degree programme of 2015 regulations with


syllabus as in Appendix XII [page 786] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

14. The Board of Studies in Applied Science recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr S C Murugavel will move

(i) that the introduction of the following open elective courses namely

15OH95 Composites Materials


15OH96 Ceramic Materials
15OH97 Nano Magnetism and Spintronics
15OH98 Financial Engineering

for all BE/BTech Degree Programme (Regular & Sandwich) of 2015 regulations
with syllabus as in Appendix XIII [page 787 - 789] be approved and

v
(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

15. The Board of Studies in Applied Mathematics and Computational Sciences


recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr N Geetha will move

(i) that the introduction of the following elective course namely

12XWAP/12XTEL Deep Learning

for Five Year MSc Software Systems and Five Year MSc Theoretical Computer
Science of 2012 regulations with syllabus as in Appendix XVIII [page 790 ] be
approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2014 – 2015
and subsequently under 2012 regulations.

16. The Board of Studies in Apparel and Fashion Design recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr D Vijayalakshmi will move

(i) that the introduction of the following open elective courses namely

15FOD1 Theatre and Film Costumes


15FOD2 Elements and Principles of Fashion Design
15FOD3 World Art and Craft
15FOD4 Fashion Journalism

for all BE/BTech Degree Programme (Regular & Sandwich) of 2015 regulations
with syllabus as in Appendix XIV [page 791-792] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

17. The Board of Studies in Fashion Technology recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr P Kandhavadivu will move

a. (i) that the introduction of the following course of study as prescribed by Anna
University (PhD 2015 regulations, under the category of special elective) namely

15RM02 Field work

for PhD (FT & PT) programme of 2015 regulations with syllabus as in Appendix
XV (a) [page 793 ] be ratified and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2017 – 2018 under 2015
regulations.

vi
b. (i) that the introduction of the following course of study as prescribed by Anna
University (PhD 2015 regulations, under the category of special elective) namely

18RM02 Field work

for PhD (FT & PT) programme of 2018 regulations with syllabus as in Appendix
XV (b) [page 793 ] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019
and subsequently under 2018 regulations.

18. The Board of Studies in Management Sciences recommended the courses of study,
scheme of assessment and syllabi for MBA degree programme of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr V Thilagam will move

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
the following programme of 2018 regulations namely

MBA Master of Business Administration

as in Appendix XVI [pages 794-853] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018-2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

19. The Board of Studies in Management Sciences recommended the courses of study,
scheme of assessment and syllabi for the PART TIME MBA degree programme of
2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr V Thilagam will move

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
the following programme of 2018 regulations namely

PART TIME MBA Part Time Master of Business Administration

as in Appendix XVII [pages 854-910] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018-2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

vii
20. The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K Prakasan will move
a. (i) that the modification in the clause 4 (vi) in 2015 regulations of BE (Regular &
Sandwich) / BTech, degree programmes be ratified as under

Existing Revised
4 (vi) 4 (vi)
Online courses: Students can register and earn Online courses: Students can register and earn
credits for online courses approved by department credits for online courses approved by department
committee consisting of HoD, Programme committee consisting of HoD, Programme Coordinator,
Coordinator, Tutor and Subject Expert. Students who Tutor and Subject Expert. Students who complete
complete online courses successfully to a maximum relevant online courses successfully to a maximum of 6
of 6 credits may obtain exemption from studying two credits may obtain exemption from studying two
Professional Electives. The list of online courses is to Professional Electives. Similarly, students who
be approved by Chairman Academic Council on the complete relevant online courses successfully to a
recommendation of HoD at the beginning of the maximum of 6 credits may obtain exemption from
semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the studying two Open Electives. The list of online courses
next Academic council meeting. The Committee will is to be approved by Chairman Academic Council on
monitor the progress of the student and recommend the recommendation of HoD at the beginning of the
the grade or evaluate the candidate in 100% semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the next
Continuous Assessment (CA) pattern, if necessary. Academic council meeting. The Committee will monitor
Candidates may do online courses from fifth the progress of the student and recommend the grade
semester to seventh semester for regular or evaluate the candidate in 100% Continuous
programmes and from fifth semester to ninth Assessment (CA) pattern, if necessary. Candidates
semester for sandwich programmes. may do online courses for exemption from studying
professional elective from fifth semester to seventh
semester for regular programmes and from fifth
semester to ninth semester for sandwich programmes.
However, the relevant online courses for exemption
from open electives can be registered and credits can
be earned from third semester onwards and are to be
completed before the pre final semester of the
respective programmes.

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016 and
subsequently under 2015 regulations.

21. The Board of Studies in Mechanical Engineering recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K Natarajan will move

viii
(i) that the change in course code of the following elective namely

S.No. Existing Course Code and Title Revised Course Code and Title

12M041 Advanced Heat and Mass 12M043 Advanced Heat and Mass
1
Transfer Transfer

for BE Regular/Sandwich Mechanical Engineering Degree Programme of 2012


regulations be ratified and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students of BE Sandwich Degree
Programme admitted in 2014 – 2015, under 2012 regulations.

22. The Board of Studies in Applied Mathematics & Computational Sciences recommended
the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr N Geetha will move

(i) that the change in course title of the following elective namely

S.No. Existing Course Code and Title Revised Course Code and Title

15SA76 Mathematical Programming 15SA76 Mathematical Modelling under


1
under Uncertainty Uncertainty

for 2 Year MSc Applied Mathematics Degree Programme of 2015 regulations be


ratified and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in the year 2016 and
subsequently under 2015 regulations.

23. The Board of Studies in Physics recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr M D Kannan will move

(ii) that the change in course code of the following elective namely

S.No. Existing Course Code and Title Revised Course Code and Title

1 15OH30 Quantum Mechanics 15OH18 Quantum Mechanics


15OH31 MEMS Sensors and Actuators 15OH19 MEMS Sensors and Actuators
2
for Industrial Applications for Industrial Applications

for All BE/BTech Degree Programme (Regular & Sandwich) of 2015 regulations
be approved and

(iii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2015-2016 and
subsequently under 2015 regulations.

ix
24. Any other matter.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K.Prakasan will move

(i) that the following SWAYAM based online courses for all (UG & PG) degree programmes be ratified as under

Subject Course Code


Sl No Course Title Credits Department
Code (PSG Tech)
1 noc18_bt03 15Q301 Demystifying The Brain 1 BioTechnology
2 noc18-bt04 15Q302 Introductory Mathematical Methods for Biologists 2 BioTechnology
& BioMedical
3 noc18_bt08 15Q303 Medical Biomaterials 2 Engg
4 noc18_bt10 15Q304 Interactomics 2
BioTechnology
5 noc18_bt12 15Q305 Bio-Electrochemistry 1
6 noc18_ce01 15Q306 Applied Environmental Micro Biology 3
7* noc17_ce02 15Q307 Hydration, Porosity and Strength of Comentitious Materials 2 Civil
8 noc18_ce03 15Q308 Digital land Surveying and Mapping 2 Engineering
9 noc18_ce06 15Q309 Energy Efficiency, Acoustics And Day Lighting In Buildings 3
10 noc18 _cs02 15Q310 Social Networks 3
IT & CSE
11 noc18 _ cs03 15Q311 Introduction to Modern Application Development 2
12 noc18_cs06 15Q312 VLSI Physical design 3 EEE
13 Noc18_cs07 15Q313 Cryptography and Network Security 3 MCA
MCA, CSE
14 noc18 _ cs08 15Q314 Introduction to Internet of Things 3
& EEE
15 noc18 _ cs12 15Q315 Real Time Operating System 1 IT & CSE
16 noc18 _ cs16 15Q316 Cloud Computing 2 CSE
Mechanical
17 noc18_cs21 15Q317 Programming, Data Structures And Algorithms Using Python 2
Engineering

x
*18 noc17_cs22 15Q147 Introduction to Internet of Things 3 IT
Robotics and
19 noc18 _ cs23 15Q318 Introduction to Human Computer Interactions 2 Automation
Engineering
MCA, IT, CSE
20 noc18 _ cs26 15Q319 Introduction to Machine Learning 3
& EEE
IT & Robotics
21 noc18_cs27 15Q320 Reinforcement Learning 3 and Automation
Engineering
CSE & Robotics
22 noc18 _ cs28 15Q321 Data Science for Engineers 2 and Automation
Engineering
*23 noc17_ec06 15Q135 Design of Photovoltaic System 3 EEE
Robotics and
24 noc18 _ ec08 15Q322 Electronics Enclosures Thermal Issues 2 Automation
Engineering
*25 noc17_ec15 15Q125 Analog Circuits and System Through SPICE Simulation 2
26 noc18_ee12 15Q323 Industrial Automation and Control 3 EEE
*27 noc17_ee20 15Q106 Design of Internet of Things 2
28 noc18_ge01 15Q324 Digital and the Everyday: From Codes to Cloud 1 Robotics and
29 noc18_ ge05 15Q325 MATLAB Programming for Numerical Computation 2 Automation
30 noc18_ ge08 15Q326 Virtual Reality Engineering 3 Engineering
Mechanical
31 noc18_me03 15Q327 Introduction to Composites 3
Engineering
32 noc18_me04 15Q328 Product Design & Manufacturing 2 Textile
33 noc18_me08 15Q329 Basics of Finite Element Analysis – I 2 Technology
34 noc18_me09 15Q330 Transport Phenomena in Materials 2 Metallurgy
Mechanical
35 noc18_me11 15Q331 Introduction to Mechanical Micro Machining 3
Engineering

xi
Robotics and
36 noc18 _me12 15Q332 Machinery Fault Diagnosis and Signal processing 3 Automation
Engineering
Automobile
Engineering
37 noc18_me14 15Q333 Metal cutting and Machine Tools 1
& Mechanical
Engineering
Mechanical
38 noc18_me27 15Q334 Theory of Production Processes 3
Engineering
Textile
39 noc18_me36 15Q335 Surface Engineering of Nanomaterials 2
Technology
Mechanical
40 noc18_me37 15Q336 Introduction to Mechanical Vibration 2
Engineering
Textile
41 noc18_me38 15Q337 Modeling and Simulationof Dynamic Systems 2
Technology
Robotics and
42 noc18_mg03 15Q338 Management of New Products and Services 1 Automation
Engineering
43 noc18_mg08 15Q339 Project Management 2 Textile
44 Noc18_mg12 15Q340 Financial Statement Analysis and Reporting 3 Technology
Fashion
45 noc18-mg17 15Q341 Consumer Behaviour 2
Technology
46 noc18_mm01 15Q342 Physics of Materials 3 Metallurgical
47 noc18_mm03 15Q343 Fundamentals of Electronic Materials and Devices 2 Engineering
*48 noc17_mm14 15Q121 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 2 Automobile
Engineering
*49 noc17_mm15 15Q122 Spur and Helical Gear Cutting 1
Civil
50 noc18_oe02 15Q344 Water Economics and Governance 3
Engineering

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016 and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

xii
PSG COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY: COIMBATORE

59th MEETING OF THE ACADEMIC COUNCIL

ATTENDANCE SHEET

Venue: F 201 Date: 09.06.2018 Time: 9.45 am

xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
PSG COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY: COIMBATORE

59th MEETING OF THE ACADEMIC COUNCIL

ATTENDANCE SHEET

Venue: F 201 Date: 09.06.2018 Time: 10.00 am

Minutes of the 59th Meeting of the Academic Council held at 10.00 am on Saturday, 9th June,
2018 at Hall F201. The following members were present.

S.No. Name of the Member Designation

1. Dr R Rudramoorthy Chairman & Principal


Dr S Selladurai
Professor,
2. Department of Physics,
Anna University,
Chennai –600 025. University Nominees
Dr S Srinivasalu
Professor,
3. Institute for Ocean Management,
Anna University,
Chennai – 600 025.
Dr L S Jayagopal
Consultant,
4. No.1, Jawahar Nagar, Engineering Expert
Alagesan Road, ASHS Post,
Coimbatore – 641 043.
Mr V V Deshmukh,
Flat 301, A9, Latis Cooperative Housing Society Limited,
5. Near Nutan Polytechnic, Talegaon Chakan Road, Industry Expert
Talegaon Daphade,
Pune – 410 507, Maharastra.
Dr P V Mohanram
Principal,
6. PSG Institute of Technology & Applied Research, Education Expert
Neelambur,
Coimbatore – 641 062
Prof. B Ramamoorthy
Advisor – Academic
7. PSG Institutions, Special Invitee
Coimbatore- 641004
Controller of
8. Mr V C Thangavel
Examinations
HoD, Dept. of Automobile
9. Dr S Neelakrishnan
Engineering

xvii
HoD, Dept. of Biomedical
10. Dr R Vidhyapriya
Engineering

11. Dr G Sankarasubramanian HoD, Dept. of Civil Engineering


HoD, Dept. of Computer Science and
12. Dr G Sudha Sadasivam
Engineering
Head In-charge, Dept. of Electrical
13. Dr M C Bhuvaneswari
and Electronics Engineering
HoD, Dept. of Electronics and
14. Dr S Subha Rani
Communication Engineering
HoD, Dept. of Instrumentation and
15. Dr J Arunshankar
Control Systems Engineering
HoD In-Charge, Dept. of Metallurgical
16. Dr J Krishnamoorthy
Engineering
Dean - Autonomous Functioning &
17. Dr K Prakasan
HoD, Dept. of Production Engineering
Head In-charge,
18. Dr B Vinod Dept. of Robotics & Automation
Engineering
HoD,
19. Dr M Ananthasubramanian
Dept. of Biotechnology
HoD,
20. Dr P Kandhavadivu
Dept. of Fashion Technology
HoD,
21. Dr K Umamaheswari
Dept. of Information Technology
HoD,
22. Dr G Thilagavathi
Dept. of Textile Technology
HoD, Dept. of Apparel & Fashion
23. Dr D Vijayalakshmi
Design
HoD In-Charge, Dept. of Applied
24. Dr S C Murugavel
Science
HoD,
25. Dr M Kumaravel
Dept. of Chemistry
HoD,
26. Dr A Chitra
Dept. of Computer Applications
Head In-Charge,
27. Mr S P Suresh Kumar
Dept. of English
Head In-Charge,
28. Dr V Santhi
Dept. of Humanities
29. Dr M D Kannan Head In-Charge, Dept. of Physics

xviii
Dr J V Ramasamy
30. Dean - Academic
Dr A Kandaswamy Four teachers of the college
31. Dean - Industrial Research & Development representing different categories of
Dr N Geetha the teaching staff
32. Professor, Dept. of Applied Mathematics &
Computational Sciences
33. Dr R Sreenivasan Dean - Educational Technology

34. Dr K Natarajan Dean-Student Affairs

35. Dr P Narayanasamy Dean, Computing and Networks

36. Dr S Saravanan Member Secretary

Mr D Muralidhar
37. Training Manager
PSG Industrial Institute
Dr P Gopalakrishnan
38. Professor,
Department of Metallurgical Engineering
Dr C K Shashidharan Nair
Special Invitees
39. Professor,
Dept. of Applied Science
Dr P Visalakshi
Professor,
40. Department of Electronics and
Communication Engineering

Dr J Kanchana
41. Professor,
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Dr S Kanthalakshmi
42. Professor,
Department of Electrical and Engineering
Special Invitees
Dr M Kalpana
43. Associate Professor,
Department of Humanities
Dr V Thilagam
44. Associate Professor,
PSG Institute of Management

xix
The following members expressed their inability to attend the meeting due to their
preoccupation.

S.No. Name of the Member Designation


Dr T Ramesh Babu
Professor,
University Nominee
1. Department of Industrial Engineering,
Anna University,
Chennai – 600 025.
Mr R Nandakumar
Manager – Legal Affairs,
2. Sri Karthikeya Spinning & Weaving Mills Pvt. Ltd., Law Expert
484, Kamaraj Road, Upplipalyam
Coimbatore 641 015.
HoD, Dept. of Mechanical
3. Dr P R Thyla
Engineering
HoD, Dept. of Applied
4. Dr R Nadarajan Mathematics &
Computational Sciences
Director, PSG Institute of
5. Dr R Nandagopal
Management

6. Dr R Arumuganathan HoD, Dept. of Mathematics

One of the teachers of the


Dr V Ramamurthy college representing different
7. Professor, Dept. of Biotechnology categories of the teaching
staff

8. Prof R Ragupathy Dean - Administration

9. Dr R Venkatesan Dean-Placement
Dr C Lakshmi Deepika
Professor,
10. Special Invitee
Department of Electronics & Communication
Engineering

xx
MINUTES OF THE 59TH MEETING OF THE ACADEMIC COUNCIL

Chairman extended a warm welcome to the gathering and presented the background with which
the new PG regulations, Scheme of assessment and subjects of study (PG - 2018 under CBCS)
are prepared. This is aimed at improving Placement opportunities, research activities and
motivating PG students to pursue careers in teaching.

Some of the important changes introduced are as follows:

(a) In CA tests – average of marks secured by the student in two tests will be considered
and the practice of considering best two scores out of three CA tests is discontinued.
(b) Practicals have final examination component and it will have a weightage of 50% instead
of 100% CA evaluation.
(c) More laboratories are introduced as Professional Core instead of theory courses to
enhance research capabilities in PG programmes which are research oriented.

The courses have 4 outcomes listed in general so that achievement of course outcomes can be
computed easily.

The experts suggested the following:

Prof. Srinivasulu: Suggested that self learning can be introduced with a maximum credit of 3.
Online courses can be permitted with suitable checks for credit transfer. These options are
available in 2015 and 2018 PG regulations.

Prof. Selladurai: Opined that innovation projects can be introduced. There are options for such
open ended activities in PG curriculum under several laboratories, but these opportunities are to
be used carefully by students.

Mr.V V Deshmuk: Indicated that the employability of PG students is not appreciable and
electives are like day to day requirements. Courses are to be taught in such a way that
applications are always kept in focus while learning courses. After the companies conclude their
placement activities, the feedback from the company is to be analyzed on the performance of
students. This will help in Mid-term corrections. A major shift in thinking is needed in preparing
the curriculum.

Chairman Academic Council indicated that these points will be further discussed with the
chairmen- Boards of Studies.

Dr.L S Jayagopal: The contents of the PG courses are to be at a lighter level and outcomes
have to come from the external world and not from the teacher. Students are to be prepared to
learn by themselves. Application of fundamentals are to be stressed.

Prof. Srinivasulu: Weightage can be given to every learning activities like home work,
assignments/tutorials and presentations. Assessments must be designed in such a way that
they reflect the learning process.

xxi
Dr. P V Mohanram: Principles of pedagogy and methods of teaching can be imparted to PG
students as many of them take up teaching positions. Courses on IIOT & cost management can
be included in PG education.

Prof. B Ramamoorthy: Suggested the need for activity based learning and experiential learning.
He also suggested to introduce courses on communication skills, ethics & research
methodology. A comprehensive viva voce will be very helpful towards learning in depth.
Plagiarism is to be eliminated in research and software is needed to check plagiarism
professionally. The contents of curriculum can be compared with other universities from abroad
and IITs wherever possible. Two audit courses will be introduced in this regard. Plagiarism is
checked using licensed software.

He also suggested reduction in courses of study so that more research activities can be taken
up.

The Chairman provided necessary clarifications wherever it was feasible and the rest of the
suggestions will be implemented after deliberations with the chairmen of various boards.

The Chairman thanked all the members and appreciated their contributions for the
improvement of the curriculum. The term of the nominated members of all the Boards of
Studies and Academic Council is ending with this meeting. New members will be nominated
as per University Grants Commission (UGC) norms.

2. The Boards of Studies in Automobile Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Science &
Engineering, Electrical & Electronics Engineering, Electronics & Communication
Engineering, Instrumentation & Control Systems Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Metallurgical Engineering, Production Engineering, Biotechnology, Information Technology
and Textile Technology recommended the regulations, courses of study, scheme of
assessment and syllabi for ME/MTech (Full Time & Part Time) degree programmes
of 2018 regulations under choice based credit system.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K Prakasan moved

(i) that the regulations, scheme and syllabi for the following ME/MTech (Full Time &
Part Time) degree programmes of 2018 regulations namely
ME Automotive Engineering
ME Structural Engineering (FT & PT)
ME Infrastructure Engineering
ME Computer Science & Engineering
ME Software Engineering
ME Applied Electronics (FT & PT)
ME Electrical Machines (PT)
ME Power Electronics and Drives
ME Embedded and Real Time Systems
ME Communication Systems
ME VLSI Design
ME Wireless Communications
ME Biometrics and Cyber Security

xxii
ME Control Systems
ME Engineering Design
ME Industrial Engineering (FT & PT)
ME Computer Integrated Manufacturing
ME Lean Manufacturing
ME Energy Engineering
ME Industrial Metallurgy (FT & PT)
ME Manufacturing Engineering
ME Product Design and Commerce
ME Virtual Prototyping and Digital Manufacturing
ME Production Engineering (PT)
MTech Nanotechnology
MTech Biotechnology
MTech Information Technology
MTech Textile Technology (FT & PT)

as in Appendix I [pages 1 - 447] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

Dr S C Murugavel seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

3. The Board of Studies in Applied Science recommended the regulations, courses of


study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for 1st & 2nd semesters for BSc degree
programme of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr S C Murugavel moved

(i) that the regulations, scheme and syllabi for the following BSc degree
programme of 2018 regulations namely

BSc Applied Science

as in Appendix II [pages 448 - 470] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

Dr D Vijayalakshmi seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

4. The Board of Studies in Applied Mathematics & Computational Sciences recommended


the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for BSc
degree programme of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr N Geetha moved

(i) that the regulations, scheme and syllabi for the following BSc degree
programmes of 2018 regulations namely

xxiii
BSc Computer Systems and Design

as in Appendix III [pages 471 - 511] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

Dr K Prakasan seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

5. The Board of Studies in Applied Mathematics and Computational Sciences


recommended the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi
for Five Year Integrated MSc degree programmes of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr N Geetha moved

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
the following Five Year Integrated MSc degree programmes of 2018 regulations
namely
MSc Software Systems
MSc Theoretical Computer Science
MSc Data Science
as in Appendix IV [pages 512 - 695] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018-2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

Dr S Neelakrishnan seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

6. The Board of Studies in Apparel and Fashion Design recommended the regulations,
courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for Five Year Integrated MSc
degree programme of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr D Vijayalakshmi moved

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
the following Five Year Integrated MSc degree programme of 2018 regulations namely

MSc Fashion Design and Merchandising


as in Appendix V [pages 696 - 755] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018-2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

Dr A Chitra seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

xxiv
7. The Board of Studies in Computer Applications recommended the regulations, courses
of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for 1st & 2nd semesters for MCA
Programme of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr A Chitra moved

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
for the following programme of 2018 regulations namely
MCA Master of Computer Applications

as in Appendix VI [pages 756 - 778] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019
and subsequently under 2018 regulations.

Dr G Sudha Sadasivam seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

8. The Board of Studies in Automobile Engineering recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr S Neelakrishnan moved

(i) that the introduction of the following One credit course namely

15AF20 Core Tools of IATF 16949 – SPC and MSA

for BE Automobile Engineering of 2015 regulations with syllabus as in


Appendix VII [page 779 ] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr M C Bhuvaneswari seconded the motion.The motion was put to vote and carried

9. The Board of Studies in Computer Science and Engineering recommended the


following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr G Sudha Sadasivam moved

a. (i) that the introduction of the following professional elective course namely

15Z024 Multi-tier Computing

for BE Computer Science and Engineering of 2015 regulations with syllabus as


in Appendix VIII (a) [page 780] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

xxv
b. (i) that the introduction of the following professional elective course namely

15ZS41 Machine Learning

for ME Software Engineering of 2015 regulations with syllabus as in


Appendix VIII (b) [page 781] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2017 – 2018
under 2015 regulations.

Dr S Subha Rani seconded the motion.The motion was put to vote and carried

10. The Board of Studies in Electrical and Electronics Engineering recommended the
following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr M C Bhuvaneswari moved

(i) that the introduction of the following one credit course namely

15EF18 Industrial Drives for Automation

for BE Electrical and Electronics Engineering (Regular & Sandwich) of 2015


regulations with syllabus as in Appendix IX [page 782] be ratified and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr K Umamaheswari seconded the motion.The motion was put to vote and carried

11. The Board of Studies in Electronics and Communication Engineering recommended


the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr S Subha Rani moved

(i) that the introduction of the following one credit course namely

15LF21 ASIC Flow for Mixed Signal VLSI Design

for BE Electronics and Communication Engineering of 2015 regulations with


syllabus as in Appendix X [page 783] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations

Dr G Thilagavathi seconded the motion.The motion was put to vote and carried

12. The Board of Studies in Information Technology recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K Umamaheswari moved

xxvi
(i) that the introduction of the following elective courses namely

15I020 Secure Coding


15I021 Human Computer Interaction
15I022 Computer Vision
15I023 Cyber Physical Systems

for BTech Information Technology of 2015 regulations with syllabus as in


Appendix XI [page 784 - 785] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

13. The Board of Studies in Textile Technology recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr G Thilagavathi moved

(i) that the introduction of the following one credit courses namely

15TF26 Fabric Sourcing


15TF27 Speciality Fabric Sourcing
15TF28 Home Textiles

for BTech Textile Technology degree programme of 2015 regulations with


syllabus as in Appendix XII [page 786] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr P Kandhavadivu seconded the motion.The motion was put to vote and carried

14. The Board of Studies in Applied Science recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr S C Murugavel moved

(i) that the introduction of the following open elective courses namely

15OH95 Composites Materials


15OH96 Ceramic Materials
15OH97 Nano Magnetism and Spintronics
15OH98 Financial Engineering

for all BE/BTech Degree Programme (Regular & Sandwich) of 2015 regulations
with syllabus as in Appendix XIII [page 787 - 789] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr M D Kannan seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

xxvii
15. The Board of Studies in Applied Mathematics and Computational Sciences
recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr N Geetha moved

(i) that the introduction of the following elective course namely

12XWAP/12XTEL Deep Learning

for Five Year MSc Software Systems and Five Year MSc Theoretical Computer
Science of 2012 regulations with syllabus as in Appendix XVIII [page 790 ] be
approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2014 – 2015
and subsequently under 2012 regulations.

Dr M Kumaravel seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

16. The Board of Studies in Apparel and Fashion Design recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr D Vijayalakshmi moved

(i) that the introduction of the following open elective courses namely

15FOD1 Theatre and Film Costumes


15FOD2 Elements and Principles of Fashion Design
15FOD3 World Art and Craft
15FOD4 Fashion Journalism

for all BE/BTech Degree Programme (Regular & Sandwich) of 2015 regulations
with syllabus as in Appendix XIV [page 791-792] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016
and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr M Ananthasubramanian seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

17. The Board of Studies in Fashion Technology recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr P Kandhavadivu moved

a. (i) that the introduction of the following course of study as prescribed by Anna
University (PhD 2015 regulations, under the category of special elective) namely

15RM02 Field work

for PhD (FT & PT) programme of 2015 regulations with syllabus as in Appendix
XV (a) [page 793] be ratified and

xxviii
(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2017 – 2018 under 2015
regulations.

b. (i) that the introduction of the following course of study as prescribed by Anna
University (PhD 2015 regulations, under the category of special elective) namely

18RM02 Field work

for PhD (FT & PT) programme of 2018 regulations with syllabus as in Appendix
XV (b) [page 793] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018 – 2019
and subsequently under 2018 regulations.

Dr J Arunshankar seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

18. The Board of Studies in Management Sciences recommended the courses of study,
scheme of assessment and syllabi for MBA degree programme of 2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr V Thilagam moved

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
the following programme of 2018 regulations namely

MBA Master of Business Administration

as in Appendix XVI [pages 794-853] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018-2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

Dr R Vidhyapriya seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

19. The Board of Studies in Management Sciences recommended the courses of study,
scheme of assessment and syllabi for the PART TIME MBA degree programme of
2018 regulations.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr V Thilagam moved

(i) that the regulations, courses of study, scheme of assessment and syllabi for
the following programme of 2018 regulations namely

PART TIME MBA Part Time Master of Business Administration

as in Appendix XVII [pages 854-910] be approved and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2018-2019 and
subsequently under 2018 regulations.

xxix
Dr K Prakasan seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

20. The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K Prakasan moved

a. (i) that the modification in the clause 4 (vi) in 2015 regulations of BE (Regular &
Sandwich) / BTech, degree programmes be ratified as under

Existing Revised
4 (vi) 4 (vi)
Online courses: Students can register and earn Online courses: Students can register and earn
credits for online courses approved by credits for online courses approved by department
department committee consisting of HoD, committee consisting of HoD, Programme
Programme Coordinator, Tutor and Subject Coordinator, Tutor and Subject Expert. Students
Expert. Students who complete online courses who complete relevant online courses successfully
successfully to a maximum of 6 credits may to a maximum of 6 credits may obtain exemption
obtain exemption from studying two Professional from studying two Professional Electives. Similarly,
Electives. The list of online courses is to be students who complete relevant online courses
approved by Chairman Academic Council on the successfully to a maximum of 6 credits may obtain
recommendation of HoD at the beginning of the exemption from studying two Open Electives. The
semester if necessary, subject to ratification in list of online courses is to be approved by
the next Academic council meeting. The Chairman Academic Council on the
Committee will monitor the progress of the recommendation of HoD at the beginning of the
student and recommend the grade or evaluate semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the
the candidate in 100% Continuous Assessment next Academic council meeting. The Committee
(CA) pattern, if necessary. Candidates may do will monitor the progress of the student and
online courses from fifth semester to seventh recommend the grade or evaluate the candidate in
semester for regular programmes and from fifth 100% Continuous Assessment (CA) pattern, if
semester to ninth semester for sandwich necessary. Candidates may do online courses for
programmes. exemption from studying professional elective from
fifth semester to seventh semester for regular
programmes and from fifth semester to ninth
semester for sandwich programmes. However, the
relevant online courses for exemption from open
electives can be registered and credits can be
earned from third semester onwards and are to be
completed before the pre final semester of the
respective programmes.

xxx
(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016 and
subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr J Krishnamoorthi seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

21. The Board of Studies in Mechanical Engineering recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K Natarajan moved

(i) that the change in course code of the following elective namely

S.No. Existing Course Code and Title Revised Course Code and Title

12M041 Advanced Heat and Mass 12M043 Advanced Heat and Mass
1
Transfer Transfer

for BE Regular/Sandwich Mechanical Engineering Degree Programme of 2012


regulations be ratified and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students of BE Sandwich Degree
Programme admitted in 2014 – 2015, under 2012 regulations.

Dr B Vinod seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

22. The Board of Studies in Applied Mathematics & Computational Sciences


recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr N Geetha will moved

(i) that the change in course title of the following elective namely

S.No. Existing Course Code and Title Revised Course Code and Title

15SA76 Mathematical Programming 15SA76 Mathematical Modelling under


1
under Uncertainty Uncertainty

for 2 Year MSc Applied Mathematics Degree Programme of 2015 regulations be


ratified and

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in the year 2016 and
subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr P Kandhavadivu seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

23. The Board of Studies in Physics recommended the following

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr M D Kannan will moved

xxxi
(ii) that the change in course code of the following elective namely

S.No. Existing Course Code and Title Revised Course Code and Title

1 15OH30 Quantum Mechanics 15OH18 Quantum Mechanics


15OH31 MEMS Sensors and Actuators 15OH19 MEMS Sensors and Actuators
2
for Industrial Applications for Industrial Applications

for All BE/BTech Degree Programme (Regular & Sandwich) of 2015 regulations
be approved and

(iii) that this takes effect for the batches of students to be admitted in 2015-2016 and
subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr D Vijayalakshmi seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

xxxii
24. Any other matter.

The Standing Committee recommends and Dr K.Prakasan moved

(i) that the following SWAYAM based online courses for all (UG & PG) degree programmes be ratified as under

Subject Course Code


Sl No Course Title Credits Department
Code (PSG Tech)
1 noc18_bt03 15Q301 Demystifying The Brain 1 BioTechnology
2 noc18-bt04 15Q302 Introductory Mathematical Methods for Biologists 2 BioTechnology
& BioMedical
3 noc18_bt08 15Q303 Medical Biomaterials 2 Engg
4 noc18_bt10 15Q304 Interactomics 2
BioTechnology
5 noc18_bt12 15Q305 Bio-Electrochemistry 1
6 noc18_ce01 15Q306 Applied Environmental Micro Biology 3
7* noc17_ce02 15Q307 Hydration, Porosity and Strength of Comentitious Materials 2 Civil
8 noc18_ce03 15Q308 Digital land Surveying and Mapping 2 Engineering
9 noc18_ce06 15Q309 Energy Efficiency, Acoustics And Day Lighting In Buildings 3
10 noc18 _cs02 15Q310 Social Networks 3
IT & CSE
11 noc18 _ cs03 15Q311 Introduction to Modern Application Development 2
12 noc18_cs06 15Q312 VLSI Physical design 3 EEE
13 Noc18_cs07 15Q313 Cryptography and Network Security 3 MCA
MCA, CSE
14 noc18 _ cs08 15Q314 Introduction to Internet of Things 3
& EEE
15 noc18 _ cs12 15Q315 Real Time Operating System 1 IT & CSE
16 noc18 _ cs16 15Q316 Cloud Computing 2 CSE
Mechanical
17 noc18_cs21 15Q317 Programming, Data Structures And Algorithms Using Python 2
Engineering

xxxiii
*18 noc17_cs22 15Q147 Introduction to Internet of Things 3 IT
Robotics and
19 noc18 _ cs23 15Q318 Introduction to Human Computer Interactions 2 Automation
Engineering
MCA, IT, CSE
20 noc18 _ cs26 15Q319 Introduction to Machine Learning 3
& EEE
IT & Robotics
21 noc18_cs27 15Q320 Reinforcement Learning 3 and Automation
Engineering
CSE & Robotics
22 noc18 _ cs28 15Q321 Data Science for Engineers 2 and Automation
Engineering
*23 noc17_ec06 15Q135 Design of Photovoltaic System 3 EEE
Robotics and
24 noc18 _ ec08 15Q322 Electronics Enclosures Thermal Issues 2 Automation
Engineering
*25 noc17_ec15 15Q125 Analog Circuits and System Through SPICE Simulation 2
26 noc18_ee12 15Q323 Industrial Automation and Control 3 EEE
*27 noc17_ee20 15Q106 Design of Internet of Things 2
28 noc18_ge01 15Q324 Digital and the Everyday: From Codes to Cloud 1 Robotics and
29 noc18_ ge05 15Q325 MATLAB Programming for Numerical Computation 2 Automation
30 noc18_ ge08 15Q326 Virtual Reality Engineering 3 Engineering
Mechanical
31 noc18_me03 15Q327 Introduction to Composites 3
Engineering
32 noc18_me04 15Q328 Product Design & Manufacturing 2 Textile
33 noc18_me08 15Q329 Basics of Finite Element Analysis – I 2 Technology
34 noc18_me09 15Q330 Transport Phenomena in Materials 2 Metallurgy
Mechanical
35 noc18_me11 15Q331 Introduction to Mechanical Micro Machining 3
Engineering
36 noc18 _me12 15Q332 Machinery Fault Diagnosis and Signal processing 3 Robotics and

xxxiv
Automation
Engineering
Automobile
Engineering
37 noc18_me14 15Q333 Metal cutting and Machine Tools 1
& Mechanical
Engineering
Mechanical
38 noc18_me27 15Q334 Theory of Production Processes 3
Engineering
Textile
39 noc18_me36 15Q335 Surface Engineering of Nanomaterials 2
Technology
Mechanical
40 noc18_me37 15Q336 Introduction to Mechanical Vibration 2
Engineering
Textile
41 noc18_me38 15Q337 Modeling and Simulationof Dynamic Systems 2
Technology
Robotics and
42 noc18_mg03 15Q338 Management of New Products and Services 1 Automation
Engineering
43 noc18_mg08 15Q339 Project Management 2 Textile
44 Noc18_mg12 15Q340 Financial Statement Analysis and Reporting 3 Technology
Fashion
45 noc18-mg17 15Q341 Consumer Behaviour 2
Technology
46 noc18_mm01 15Q342 Physics of Materials 3 Metallurgical
47 noc18_mm03 15Q343 Fundamentals of Electronic Materials and Devices 2 Engineering
*48 noc17_mm14 15Q121 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 2 Automobile
Engineering
*49 noc17_mm15 15Q122 Spur and Helical Gear Cutting 1
Civil
50 noc18_oe02 15Q344 Water Economics and Governance 3
Engineering

(ii) that this takes effect for the batches of students admitted in 2015 – 2016 and subsequently under 2015 regulations.

Dr M Kumaravel seconded the motion. The motion was put to vote and carried

xxxv
APPENDIX I

Regulations,
Courses of Study,
Scheme of Assessment &
Syllabi

for

ME(FT & PT)/MTech


Programmes

2018 Regulations
PSG COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY, COIMBATORE - 641 004
(Autonomous college affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)

2018 REGULATIONS OF ME/ MTech DEGREE PROGRAMMES


(For the batches of students admitted in 2018-2019 and subsequently under Choice Based Credit System)

NOTE: The regulations hereunder are subject to amendments as may be made by the Academic Council of the College
from time to time. Any or all such amendments will be effective from such date and to such batches of students
(including those already in the middle of the programme) as may be decided by the Academic Council.

1. a. PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS AND NOMENCLATURE


In the following Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires
i. “Programme” means Degree Programme, that is ME/MTech Degree Programme
ii. “Branch” means specialization or discipline of ME/MTech Degree Programme, like
Industrial Engineering, Nano Technology etc.
iii. “Course” means a theory or laboratory course that is normally studied in a
semester.
iv. “University” means Anna University, Chennai.

b. CONDITIONS FOR ADMISSION


i. Students for admission to the first semester of the ME/MTech degree programme of
Anna University, Chennai will be required to satisfy the eligibility qualification for
admission in section 3 or any other examination of any recognized University or
authority accepted by Anna University, Chennai as equivalent thereto. The students
shall also be required to satisfy all other conditions of admission thereto prescribed
by the University and Government of Tamil Nadu.

ii. Part-time students should satisfy other conditions regarding experience, sponsorship,
place of work, etc. that may be prescribed by the University from time to time, in
addition to satisfying requirements as in section 1b(i).

2. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME


i. Minimum Duration: The programme will extend over a period of two academic years in
the case of full-time and three academic years in the case of part-time leading to the
Degree of Master of Engineering (ME)/ Master of Technology (MTech) of the University,
an academic year being divided into two semesters. Each semester shall normally
consist of 90 working days including examination days.
ii. Maximum Duration: The student shall complete the ME/MTech degree programme in
2 years (4 semesters) in case of full-time programme, and 3 years (6 semesters) in case
of part-time programme; but in any case not more than 4 years in case of full-time
programme or 5 years in case of part-time programme; these durations are to be
reckoned from the commencement of the semester to which the student was first
admitted to the programme.

3. QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSION


The various ME / MTech degree programmes offered and the eligible qualifications for
admission to the respective programmes are listed below:

1
Minimum
ME/MTech Degree
Full-time (FT)/ Eligible Qualification for Admission Latest
Department Programme
Part-time (PT) (Note 1) Credits
offered
(Note 2)
ME - Structural FT & PT
Engineering
CIVIL
ENGINEERING ME - Infrastructure
FT
Engineering

ME - Engineering
FT
Design

ME - Industrial
FT & PT
Engineering

ME - Computer
MECHANICAL Integrated FT
ENGINEERING Manufacturing

ME - Lean
FT
Manufacturing

ME - Energy
FT
Engineering

ME - Electrical
PT
Machines
As per ANNA UNIVERSITY norms

ME - Applied
FT & PT
Electronics
ELECTRICAL &
ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING ME - Power
Electronics & FT
Drives

ME – Embedded
and Real-Time FT
Systems

INSTRUMENTA
TION AND ME - Control
FT
CONTROL Systems
ENGINEERING
ME -
Communication FT
ELECTRONICS Systems
&
COMMUNICATI
-ON ME - VLSI Design FT
ENGINEERING

2
ME/MTech
Full-time Minimum
Degree Eligible Qualification for Admission
Department (FT)/ Part- Credits
Programme (Note 1)
time (PT) (Note 2)
offered
ELECTRONICS &
COMMUNICATI- ME – Wireless
FT
ON ENGINEERING Communications

METALLURGICAL ME - Industrial
FT & PT
ENGINEERING Metallurgy

AUTOMOBILE ME - Automotive
FT
ENGINEERING Engineering
ME –
Manufacturing FT & PT
Engineering
ME - Product
PRODUCTION
Design & FT
ENGINEERING
Commerce
ME- Virtual
Prototyping &
FT
Digital
Manufacturing
ME - Computer
Science &
FT
COMPUTER Engineering
SCIENCE &
ENGINEERING ME – Software
FT
Engineering

ME – Biometrics
FT
& Cyber Security
As per ANNA UNIVERSITY norms
INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
MTech -
Information FT
Technology

TEXTILE MTech - Textile


FT & PT
TECHNOLOGY Technology

BIO- MTech –
FT
TECHNOLOGY Biotechnology

ELECTRONICS
MTech – Nano
AND
Science and FT
COMMUNICATION
Technology
ENGG

Note : Eligible Qualification is subject to amendments as may be made by the University from time to time.

3
4. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES
i. The course work of the odd semesters will normally be conducted only in odd semesters
and that of the even semesters only in even semesters.
ii. Curriculum: The curriculum for each programme includes courses of study and detailed
syllabi. The courses of study include nine core (Theory or Laboratory) courses, six
elective (Theory or Laboratory) courses, an industry visit & technical seminar, three
laboratory courses, Project Work I and Project Work II as given in section 13 infra. The
hours / week listed in section 13 infra for each of the course refer to periods/week, each
period being of 50 minutes of duration as specified in section 2(i) supra.

Full-Time Programme: Every full time student will normally undergo the courses of his /
her programme given in section 13 in various semesters as shown below:

Semester 1: Five core courses, one laboratory course


Semester 2: Four core courses, two elective courses, one laboratory course and
(Industry Visit & Technical Seminar)
Semester 3: Four elective courses, one laboratory course and
Project Work I
Semester 4: Project Work II
Part-Time Programme: Every part time student will normally undergo the courses of his
/ her programme given in section 13 in various semesters as shown below:

Semester 1: Three core course(s) and one laboratory course


Semester 2: Three core courses, and one laboratory course
Semester 3: Two core courses, one elective course and one (Industry
Visit and Technical Seminar)

Semester 4: One core course, two elective courses and one laboratory course
Semester 5: Three elective courses and Project Work I
Semester 6: Project Work II

iii. Core Courses: Every student shall undergo nine core courses (Theory/Libratory),six
elective courses, as given in section 13 infra. Every student shall opt for electives from
the list of electives relating to his/her degree programme as given in section 13 in
consultation with the tutor, Programme Co-ordinator and the HoD. Minimum number of
credits to be earned for courses under the category „„Professional Electives” is
18.However, a student may be permitted to take a maximum of two electives from the list
of elective courses of other ME / MTech degree programmes with specific permission
from both the Head of Department of student and the Head of the Department offering
the programme.

“Special Elective” means any theory subject/laboratory/field work specific to the area of
research designed by the Supervisor, recommended by the Doctoral Committee and
approved in the Board of Study and Academic Council (Anna University PhD
Regulations 2015). This special elective is applicable only for the Course work of
research scholars.

iv. Laboratory Courses: Every student shall opt for three laboratory courses from the list of
laboratory courses as given in section 13 relating to his / her degree programme.

Every laboratory course shall be evaluated based on conduct of experiments / exercises /


mini projects / development of software packages and report submitted.

v. Audit Courses: These are the courses for the purposes of self-enrichment and
academic exploration. There is no requirement on minimum number of credits to be
earned for this category of courses but a pass is mandatory. The students will be
evaluated by a committee of the faculty members of the department and the Pass/Re-
4
appearance (RA) will be transferred to grade sheet. Assessment includes presentations
on literature review from reputed journal papers, preparation of review papers,
presentation of technical reports and viva voice. However, this is not included in the
computation of CGPA.

vi. Project Work: Every student shall undertake the Project Work I during the third semester
(fifth semester in the case of part-time programme) and the Project Work II during the
fourth semester (sixth semester in the case of part-time programme). The Project Work I
or II shall be undertaken in an Industrial / Research Organization or in the College in
consultation with the faculty guide and the HoD. In case of Project Work at Industrial /
Research organization, the same shall be jointly supervised by a faculty guide and an
expert from the organization.

vii. Industry Visit & Technical Seminar: In the case of full-time students, a minimum of two
industry visits are to be arranged as part of the course and the students are expected to
make a presentation based on their learnings on product, design, technology and
manufacturing processes in the industry visits.
In the case of part-time students, the students shall choose an industry preferably where
they are working / where they choose to interact and make a presentation of their
learnings about its products & processes.

Every student (full-time / part-time), shall make presentations on technology review from
international journals / patents relevant to the technology used in the organization of
his/her choice of industrial visit. The above student shall also submit a report highlighting
the summary of the presentations in an appropriate format at the end of the semester.
viii. Online courses: Students can register and earn credits for online courses approved by
department committee consisting of HoD, Programme Coordinator, Tutor and Subject
Expert. Students who complete online courses successfully to a maximum of 6 credits
may obtain exemption from studying two Professional Electives. The list of online courses
is to be approved by Chairman Academic Council on the recommendation of HoD at the
beginning of the semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the next Academic
council meeting. The Committee will monitor the progress of the student and recommend
the grade or evaluate the candidate in 100% Continuous Assessment (CA) pattern, if
necessary. Candidates may do online courses during the second semester and third
semester for full time programmes from third semester to fifth semester for part time
programmes.
ix. Self Study Courses
A student can opt for Self Study of a Professional Elective on specific approval of HoD
provided the student does not have current arrears.
The students shall study on their own under the guidance of a faculty member approved
by the Head of the Department who will be responsible for the periodic monitoring and
evaluation of the course. No formal lectures would be delivered. The self study course
can be considered as equivalent to studying one professional elective course.

x. One Credit Courses: Students can also opt for industry oriented one credit courses of
15 hours duration which will be offered by experts from industry / other institution / our
faculty on specialized topics apart from the prescribed courses of study of the
programme. Students can complete such one credit courses during the semester two and
three (two to five in the case Part Time)as and when these courses are offered by the
Department. A student will also be permitted to enroll for the one credit courses of other
departments provided the student has fulfilled the necessary pre-requisites of the course
being offered subject to approval by both the Heads of Departments. However, the
grades earned by the students in one credit courses will not be included in the
computation of CGPA.

5
xi. Course Enrollment and Registration
a) Each student, on admission shall be assigned to a Tutor who shall advise and counsel
the student about the details of the academic programme and the choice of courses
considering the student‟s academic background and career objectives.
b) Each student on admission shall register for all the courses prescribed in the
curriculum in the student‟s first semester (first and second semester for Part Time) of
study.
c) From second semester onwards, (third semester in the case of Part Time) a student
has the option to drop a maximum of two theory courses (one theory course in the
case of Part Time) except Professional Core Courses in a semester and a student has
the option to study additionally two theory courses (one theory course in the case of
Part Time) which shall be only professional electives. However the maximum number
of credits the student can register in a particular semester cannot exceed 30 credits
(21 credits in the case of Part Time) including courses for which the student has
registered for redoing.
d) In case of a student dropping a course of study (other than professional core courses)
in one semester, he/she shall register for that course in the next given opportunity and
earn necessary attendance in that course exclusively to become eligible to appear for
the semester examination in that course.
e) The courses to be offered in a semester for candidates who need to reappear (as per
5 (vi) infra) or having attendance shortage etc., will be decided by HoD.

f) After registering for a course, a student shall attend the classes, satisfy the attendance
requirements, earn Continuous Assessment marks and appear for the End Semester
Examinations.

The enrollment for all the courses of the Semester II will commence 10 working days
prior to the last working day of Semester I. The student shall confirm the enrollment by
registering for the courses within the first five working days after the commencement
of the Semester II.

The enrollment for the courses of the Semesters III to IV (III to VI in the case of Part
Time) will commence 10 working days prior to the last working day of the preceding
semester. The student shall enroll for the courses with the guidance of the Tutor. If the
student wishes, the student may drop or add courses subject to eligibility within five
working days after the commencement of the concerned semester and complete the
registration process duly authorized by the Tutor.
xii. Credit assignment: Each course is assigned certain number of credits based on the
following:
Contact Period per week Credits
1 Lecture Period 1
2 Tutorial Periods 1
2 Practical Periods(Laboratory 1
/ Seminar / Project Work I & II/
etc.)
Audit Courses No Credits

The Contact Periods per week for Tutorials and Practical can only be in multiples of 2.
The exact number of credits assigned to the different courses is shown in section 13.

xiii. Minimum Credits: For the award of the degree, the student shall earn the minimum number
of credits as shown in section 3 by passing the prescribed number courses of study as
shown in section 13. The prescribed credit range for the curriculum of various programmes
is as in para 3 infra.

6
xiv. Medium of Instruction: The medium of instruction, examinations, project report etc. shall be
English.

5. REQUIREMENTS OF ATTENDANCE AND PROGRESS


i. A student will be qualified to appear for end semester examinations in a particular course
of a semester only if
a) he / she has satisfied the attendance requirements as per the norms given below:
 Shall secure not less than 75% attendance in that course

 If a student secures attendance 65% or more but less than 75% in any course in
the current semester due to medical reasons (hospitalization / accident / specific
illness) or due to participation in the College / University / State / National /
International level Sports events with prior permission from the Chairman, Sports
Board and Head of the Department concerned, the student shall be given
exemption from the prescribed attendance requirement and the student shall be
permitted to appear for the end semester examination of that course.

b) his / her academic progress has been satisfactory


c) his / her conduct has been satisfactory.

ii) A student shall normally be permitted appear for End semester examination of the
course if the student has satisfied the attendance requirements (vide Clause 5(i) supra)
and has registered for examination in those courses of that semester by paying the
prescribed fee.

iii) a) Students who do not satisfy clause 5(i) supra will not be permitted to appear for the
End-semester Examination / Evaluation of that course. The student has to register and
redo that course in a subsequent semester when it is offered next, earn necessary
attendance and CA mark and appear for end semester examinations.

b) For both Full-Time & Part-Time

If the total number of “Redo” courses at the end of any even semester is more than ten,
the student will not be eligible to register for the next immediate odd and further semester
courses.

Such students will be permitted to register for those semester courses only when offered
next, subject to fulfillment of the above condition.

iv) A student who has already appeared for a course in a semester and passed the
examination is not entitled to reappear in the same course for improvement of letter
grades / marks.

v) In respect of students who complete a part of the academic programme either one or two
semesters under the student exchange scheme in approved foreign Universities, the
transfer of credits of equivalent courses completed by them in the foreign university will
be approved; and in the case of the remaining courses of the respective semester(s)
which they have not studied in the respective regulation, they shall register for those
courses within the next two or subsequent semesters on a self-study basis. Such an
appearance of the student in those courses will be treated as first appearance for the
purpose of classification. (Vide sections infra 10 (A, B, C & D)).
6. DISCIPLINE
i) Every student is required to observe disciplined and decorous behavior both inside and
outside the college and not to indulge in any activity which will tend to bring down the
7
prestige of the college. The Head of the Institution shall constitute a disciplinary
committee to enquire into acts of indiscipline and notify the punishment.

ii) If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the examinations, he / she shall be liable for
punitive action as decided by the Board of Examiners.
7. PROCEDURE FOR REJOINING THE PROGRAMME
A student who desires to rejoin the programme after a period of discontinuance or who upon
his/her own request is permitted by the authorities to repeat the study of any semester, may
join the semester which he/she is eligible or permitted to join, only at the time of its normal
commencement for a regular batch of students and after obtaining the approval from the
University and Commissioner of Technical education. No student will however be enrolled in
more than one semester at any time.

8. ASSESSMENT AND PASSING REQUIREMENTS


i. Assessment: The assessment will comprise of Final Examination (FE) and/or
Continuous Assessment (CA), carrying marks as specified in the scheme in section 13
infra. The CA marks will be awarded on assessing the student continuously during the
semester as per guidelines 8(x) infra. The assessment for theory courses with CA and
FE components will be done by relative grading system. The other courses will be
assessed by absolute grading system. However, for the purpose of reporting the
performance of a student, letter grades and grade points will be awarded as per grading
norms stipulated in section 8(vi).
ii. Final Examinations: Final examinations will normally be conducted during October /
December and during April / May of each year. Supplementary examinations may be
conducted at such times as may be decided by the college.
A student will be permitted to appear for the final semester examination in a course only if
he/she has completed the study of that course.

iii. Project Work I: Every student shall submit a report on Project Work I on dates
announced by the department through the faculty guide to the HoD. If a student fails to
submit the report on Project Work I on or before the specified date, he/she is deemed to
have failed in it.

The student shall also present seminars about the progress of the Project Work I during
the appropriate semester. The seminars shall be presented before a review committee
constituted by the HoD.

The Project Work I will be evaluated based on the seminars, report and a viva voce
examination. The viva voce examination will be carried out by a team of faculty
appointed by the HoD and the internal examiner.

iv. Project Work II: Every student shall submit a report on Project Work II on dates
announced by the Principal through the faculty guide to the HoD. If a student fails to
submit the report on Project Work II on or before the specified date, he/she is deemed to
have failed in it.

The student shall also present seminars about the progress of the Project Work II during
the appropriate semester. The seminars shall be presented before a review committee
constituted by the HoD.

The Project Work II will be evaluated based on the seminars, report and a viva voce
examination. The viva voce examination will be carried out by a team consisting of an
internal examiner, usually the supervisor, and an external examiner, appointed by the
Principal.

8
v. Industry Visit & Technical Seminar: Every student will be evaluated based on two
presentations (i) technical/research papers (ii) industry visits. A technical report
submitted by the student will also be evaluated by a committee nominated by the Head of
the department.
There will be a viva voce examination on the dates announced by the department to
verify the depth of understanding of the student in both the technical topic and the
industry visits.
vi. Grade and Grade Point: Each student, based on his / her performance, will be awarded
a final grade and grade point as given below for each course at the end of each semester
by following relative grading system and absolute grading system.

a. Relative Grading System


In this system, the grades are awarded to the students based on their performance
relative to others in Theory courses having Continuous Assessment (CA) and Final
Examination (FE) components.

For each theory course, the total mark M [ie., the sum of Continuous Assessment marks
(CA) and Final examination marks (FE)] is computed for every candidate. The statistical
parameters Mean () and Standard Deviation () of the distribution of marks are arrived
at as given below:
n
 ( Mj   )
2
n
1
  M j 
j 1

n j 1 n
th
where, Mj - Total mark of the „j‟ student in the course
n – Number of students who appeared for the examination in that
particular course.
The students who secure the total mark M as detailed below are first declared as fail (RA)
in a course.

M < minimum of (  – 1.8, 50)


(or)
Marks in FE less than 50% of maximum of final RA
examination marks for theory courses
(or)
M less than 50% in total marks for theory and
laboratory courses with 100% continuous
assessment component
Note:
 “RA” denotes reappearance in a course
After omitting the marks (M) of all failed candidates, revised  and σ are computed for the
marks secured by the remaining candidates (passed), letter grade and grade point to
each student are awarded based on the revised  and σ as detailed below.

9
Total Mark, M secured by the Relative
Grade
student (CA +FE) Grade Point, g
O
M ≥ [ (µ+1.5σ)] 10
A+
µ+0.52σ ≤ M < µ+1.5σ 9
A
µ − 0.25σ ≤ M < µ+0.52σ 8
B+
µ –1.08σ ≤ M < µ−0.25σ 7
B
M < µ – 1.08σ 6

Withdrawal from examination W 0

Reappearance RA 0

Shortage of Attendance SA 0
Note:
 If the total number of candidates passed is less than 10, the grades shall be awarded
as per Absolute Grading System otherwise Relative Grading System may be
followed.
 No „O‟ grade shall be awarded if scored mark is less than 80.
 If the maximum marks awarded in a course is greater than or equal to 95% and if
the number of candidates getting „O‟ Grade is less than 7% of the total number of
candidates, then some candidates with A+ grade may be awarded „O‟ grade. In
such a case some candidates having „A‟ grade may be awarded „A+‟ grade and
some candidates having „B+‟ grade may be awarded „A‟ grade in order to ensure
that a minimum of 23% of the candidates are awarded „A+‟ grade and 30% of the
candidates are awarded „A‟ grade.
 The Performance Analysis Committee chaired by Principal consisting of Controller
of Examinations and all the Heads of the Departments will by collective wisdom,
normalize the marks secured by the students so as to ensure that the clustering,
grading decisions have been made in a reasonable manner for all the courses.

b. Absolute Grading System


In absolute grading system, the letter grade and grade points are awarded to each
student based on the percentage of marks secured by him/her in all courses like
Laboratory courses, Industry visit & Technical Seminar, One Credit courses, Project
Work I and II, etc. except theory courses having CA and FE components, as detailed
below.

Range of percentage of total Letter Grade Point g


marks grade
90 to 100 O 10
80 to 89 A+ 9
70 to 79 A 8
60 to 69 B+ 7
50 to 59 B 6
0 to 49
RA 0
or less than 50% in final examination
Withdrawal from examination W 0
Shortage of Attendance SA 0

 "RA" denotes Reappearance in a course.


The grades RA and SA will not figure in the grade sheet.
10
c. For online courses the following grading pattern is applicable in case of credit transfer
and CGPA calculations.

Range of percentage of total Letter Grade Point g


marks grade
90 to 100 O 10
76 to 89 A+ 9
60 to 75 A 8
50 to 59 B+ 7
40 to 49 B 6

vii. Cumulative Grade Point Average: After the completion of the programme, the
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) from the first semester to final semester is
calculated using the formula.
 g i Ci
CGPA =
 Ci
th
where gi is Grade point secured for i course
th
Ci is Credit allotted for i course

viii. Passing a course:


a. A student shall be deemed to have passed a theory course with CA and FE
components, if
i. he/she secures at least 50% in the final examination paper and
ii. the total marks secured by him/her(CA and FE put together) is at least (µ−1.8σ) or
50%, whichever is lower, where µ is the average mark of the students registered
for the course and σ is the corresponding standard deviation.

A student is deemed to have passed in any course carrying only continuous


assessment marks (like Laboratory course, Industry visit & Technical Seminar, Project
Work I etc.) if the total mark secured by him/her is at least 50%.

A student is deemed to have passed in Project work II if he/she secures at least 50%
in the final examination and the total mark secured by him/her is at least 50%

b. A student who is absent or has failed in the end semester examinations in any theory
course is permitted to appear for supplementary examination either by retaining the
CA marks already earned or with the re-earned CA marks in the next one attempt of
his/her choice. For further attempts he/she will be solely assessed by the final
examination marks only.
c. A student who after having earned necessary attendance, is absent for final end
semester examination or has failed in any course carrying only continuous
assessment marks (like Lab, Project work I, summer term courses etc.) will register for
the supplementary examination immediately at the beginning of the next semester and
solely assessed in the final examination carrying the entire marks of that course.

d. A student who has earned necessary attendance in the course Project work II but
does not submit the report on Project Work II on or before the date specified by the
college / department, he/she shall be deemed to have failed in the Project work II and
awarded grade RA and will have to register for the same at the beginning of the
subsequent semester, redo and submit the project report at the end of that semester
and appear for the final examination, the CA mark earned afresh.

e. A student who has earned necessary attendance in the course Project work II but
whose project report is not accepted for reasons of incompleteness or other serious
deficiencies will be treated as „absent‟ and will have to register for the same at the
11
beginning of the subsequent semester, redo and submit the project report at the end
of that semester and appear for the final examination, the CA mark earned afresh.

f. A student who has submitted the report on Project Work II, but could not appear for
the final examination on the scheduled date, shall be deemed to have failed in the
Project work II and awarded grade RA.

g. If a student is absent or has failed in an elective course, he/she may register for the
same course as detailed in viii(b) or for any other elective course in the subsequent
semester.

h. A student who is not eligible to write the end semester examination in any course due
to lack of attendance, will be awarded grade SA and the student has to register for
that course again, when offered next, attend the classes and fulfill the attendance
requirements as per section 5 supra. If the course, in which the student has lack of
attendance, is a Professional Elective the student may register for the same or any
other Professional Elective course in the subsequent semesters.

i. A student after registering for a course may withdraw his / her registration between
first & second CA Test on valid reasons.
j. Out of the required six Professional Electives to be studied, the student shall study a
minimum of four Professional Electives from the list of Professional electives
prescribed in their scheme of examinations without fail and can study the remaining
two Professional electives either from the list of electives prescribed in the scheme or
as online courses / special courses by obtaining equivalence.

In the case of the student completing more than six Professional electives totally four
Professional Electives with highest grade among all Professional Electives studied
under the scheme and the two courses with next highest grade among all remaining
courses will be considered for calculation of CGPA; however the grades obtained in all
other left over courses will also appear in the grade sheet.

k. If a student who has registered for a one credit course does not clear the same
successfully, it will be treated on par with a course „withdrawn‟ by a student; One
credit courses will be evaluated by the course instructor / department faculty
concerned and will carry a total of 100 marks for continuous assessment; out of which
75 marks will be for final test to be scheduled by the course instructor / department
faculty concerned.

l. A student who is absent in the final semester examination of a course after registering
for the same will be considered to have appeared and failed in that examination and
awarded grade RA.

ix. Supplementary Examinations:


a. For Supplementary Examinations/ Examinations for any course under REDO
category, absolute grading will be followed irrespective of whether the grading was
originally under Relative Grading System or Absolute Grading System.

b. The candidate can apply for Revaluation in any theory course (for regular and
supplementary Examinations) directly (or) for Retotalling first and after perusal may
apply for Revaluation.

12
x. Scheme of Evaluation

a. Theory Courses (CA: 50% + FE: 50%) Total: 100 Marks


 CA Distribution:
(i) Assignment Presentation 15 Marks
(ii) Mini project / Tutorials (Minimum 2) 15 Marks
(i) Internal Tests:(Average of two tests) 20 Marks
 Test I 20 Marks
 Test II 20 Marks
 Final Examination (FE) 50 Marks

b. Laboratory Courses (CA : 50% + FE : 50%) Total : 100 Marks

 CA Distribution:

(i)I Cycle
 Design of Experiment/Algorithm/Modeling 10 Marks
 Individual Report 15 Marks
(ii) II Cycle
 Testing/Simulation/Analysis/Implementation 10 Marks
 Individual Report 15 Marks
(iii) Final Examination 50 Marks
a) Presentation/Demonstration/Final Report 30 Marks
b) Viva Voce 20 Marks
c. Industry Visit & Technical Seminar (CA : 50% + FE : 50%) Total: 100 Marks
 CA Distribution:
(i) Test/Report/Presentation 50 Marks
 Minimum of two visits to a particular industry
 Minimum of two Presentations by the students.
 Final Examination 50 Marks
(i) Report 30 Marks
(ii) Viva Voice 20 Marks

d. Project Work I (CA : 50% + FE : 50%) Total : 100 Marks

 CA Distribution:
(i) Review - I 20 Marks
 Guide 10 Marks
 Committee
$
10 Marks
(ii) Review – II 30 Marks
 Guide 15 Marks
 Committee
$
15 Marks
(iii) Final Examination
Project Report Evaluation & Viva Voce 50 Marks
 Guide 25 Marks
 Committee
$
25 Marks

e. Project Work II (CA: 50% + FE: 50%) Total : 100 Marks


 CA Distribution:
(i) Review - I 10 Marks
 Guide 5 Marks
13
 Committee
$
5 Marks
(ii) Review - II 20 Marks
 Guide 10 Marks
 Committee
$
10 Marks
(iii) Review III 20 Marks
 Guide 10 Marks
 Committee
$
10 Marks

 Final Examination (FE) 50 Marks


 External 25 Marks
 Thesis Evaluation 10 Marks
 Presentation & Viva Voce 15 Marks
 Internal 25 Marks
 Thesis Evaluation 10 Marks
 Presentation & Viva Voce 15 Marks

f. Audit Course/Field Work (CA: 100%) Total: 100 Marks

(i) Phase - I 50 Marks

(ii) Phase – II 50 Marks

$ - In respect of Project Work I&II carried out and reviewed in the departments, the reviewing committee
shall comprise of atleast three senior faculty nominated by the Head of the Department.
In respect of Project Work II carried out in industry, the committee nominated for the second review at
industry shall include one faculty deputed by the department and one mentor from respective industry.

9. QUALIFICATION FOR THE AWARD OF DEGREE


A student will be declared to have qualified for the award of the ME/MTech degree provided
i. the student has successfully completed the course requirements and has passed all the
prescribed courses of study of the respective programme listed in section 13 infra within
the duration specified in section 2(ii) supra and earned the total number of credits as
specified in the curriculum of the respective programme of study. However, if the student
wishes, he/she may be permitted to earn more than the total number of credits prescribed
in the curriculum of his/her programme.
ii. no disciplinary action is pending against the student.

10. CLASSIFICATION OF DEGREE


A) FIRST CLASS WITH DISTINCTION:
A student who satisfies the following conditions shall be declared to have passed the
examination in First class with Distinction.
* Should have passed the end semester examination in all the courses of all the four
semesters in his/her First appearance within 3 years, (4 years in the case of PT)which
includes authorized break of study of one year. Withdrawal from examination (vide
clause 11) will not be considered as an appearance.
* Should have secured a CGPA of not less than 8.50.
* Should not have been prevented from writing end semester examination due to lack of
attendance in any of the courses.
B) FIRST CLASS:
A student who satisfies the following condition shall be declared to have passed the
examination in First Class.
14
* Should have passed the end semester examination in all the courses of all four (six for
PT) semesters within 3 years, (4 years in the case PT) which includes one year of
authorized break of study (if availed) or prevention from writing the end semester
examination due to lack of attendance (if applicable)
* Should have secured a CGPA of not less than 7
C) SECOND CLASS :
All other students (not covered in clauses A and B) who qualify for the award of the
degree shall be declared to have passed the examination in Second class.
D) RANK :

A student shall be eligible for award of ranking only if he/she has passed the
examination in first class or first class with distinction in the first available chance (i.e., first
attempt in all the courses). Those who have availed the provision of break of study /
withdrawal will not be eligible for ranking.

11. WITHDRAWAL FROM EXAMINATION


i. A student may, for valid reasons, be granted permission to withdraw from appearing for
the examination in any course or courses of only one semester examination during the
entire duration of the degree programme, if he/she does not have any history of arrears
at the time of request for withdrawal. Prior permission for withdrawal from semester
examinations is to be obtained from Principal. Also, only one application for withdrawal is
permitted for that semester examination in which withdrawal is sought.
ii. Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the student is otherwise eligible to write the
examination and if it is made prior to the commencement of the semester examination or
on the day of the examination of a course / set of courses and also recommended by the
HoD and the Principal.

12. TEMPORARY BREAK OF STUDY


i. Under Choice Based Credit System, students will have the provision to take a break of
study at the beginning of a semester to re-do and complete the arrear courses of
previous semesters or on valid reasons (such as accident or hospitalization due to
prolonged ill health) and rejoin the programme in a semester which he/she is eligible and
he/she shall apply to the Principal through the Head of the Department stating the
reasons therefore.

ii. A student permitted for break of study shall rejoin the programme at the respective
semester as and when it is offered after the break subject to the approval of
Commissioner of Technical Education and Anna University, Chennai and shall be
governed by the rules and regulations in force at the time of rejoining.

iii. The duration specified for passing all the courses for the purpose of classification (vide
section 10 supra) shall be increased by the period of such break of study permitted.

iv. The total period for completion of the programme reckoned from the commencement of
the semester to which the student was first admitted shall not exceed the maximum
period specified in section 2 (ii) supra irrespective of the period of break of study in order
that he/she may be qualified for the award of the degree.

v. If any student is detained for want of requisite attendance, progress and conduct, the
period spent in that semester shall not be considered as permitted 'Break of Study' and
section 12 (iii) supra is not applicable for such cases.

15
59th ACM 09.06.2018

13. Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment

ME AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING
(2018 REGULATIONS)
(Minimum No. of credits to be earned: 70*)
Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks
Course Title Credits CAT
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
18AE01 Computational Mathematics 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18AE02 Automotive Systems 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18AE03 IC Engines and Emissions 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18AE04 Automotive Electronics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18AE05 Vehicle Development Process 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18AE51 Automotive Engineering Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18AE81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 23 Hrs. 15 4 4 18 300 300 600
II SEMESTER
18AE06 Vehicle Dynamics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18AE07 Engine Component Design 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18AE08 Automotive Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18AE09 Linear Control Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18AE__ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE__ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Automotive Computer Aided Engineering
18AE52 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
Laboratory
18AE61 Industrial visit and Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18AE82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 28 Hrs. 18 2 8 24 400 400 800
III SEMESTER
18AE__ Professional Elective 3 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE__ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE__ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE__ Professional Elective 6 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE__ Elective Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
18AE71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 20 Hrs. 12 0 8 16 300 300 600
IV SEMESTER
18AE72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
Total 28 Hrs. 0 0 28 14 50 50 100
ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES (Six to be opted)
Automotive Safety
18AE10 Electric Drives and Storage systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE11 Automatic and Automated Manual Transmission 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE12 Automotive Infotronics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE13 Automotive Ergonomics and Safety 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE14 Autonomous Vehicles 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE15 Automotive Safety Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE16 Electronic Engine Management 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE17 Sensors and Actuators 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE18 Vehicle Diagnostics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE19 Automotive Electricaland Electronic Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Design Engineering
18AE20 Finite Element Analysis 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE21 Aerodynamics of Road Vehicles 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE22 Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE23 Automotive System Design and Simulation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE24 Design for Manufacture and Assembly 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE25 Automotive Power Train Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Automotive Manufacturing
18AE26 Advanced Manufacturing Process 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE27 Lean Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE28 Lean Six Sigma 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE29 Automotive Materials and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE

16
59th ACM 09.06.2018

Thermal Engineering
18AE30 Emission, Noise, Vibration and Harshness
3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Control
18AE31 Advanced Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE32 Alternate Fuels 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE33 Automotive HVACR 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE34 Fuels and Combustion 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE35 Simulation of IC Engines 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE36 Instrumentation for Thermal Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE37 Thermal Management of Hybrid Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE38 Fuel Cell Vehicles 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE39 Aerodynamics of Road Vehicles 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Others
18AE40 Special Vehicles 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE41 Vehicle Testing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE42 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE43 Automotive PLM 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18AE44 Automotive Ergonomics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
ELECTIVE LABORATORY COURSES
(One to be opted)
18AE53 Automotive Styling and Design Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
18AE54 Automotive Embedded Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
18AE55 Modeling and Simulation Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC

* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.


** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed
CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course;
MC- Mandatory Course

List of One credit Courses ( 15 hours each)

1. 18AK01 Model based Development


2. 18AK02 Robotics
3. 18AK03 Integrated Development Environment
4. 18AK04 Driveline Matching for Special Purpose Vehicles

17
59th ACM 09.06.2018

I SEMESTER

18AE01 COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS


2203
NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF SYSTEM OF EQUATIONS: Solving system of linear equations – Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Siedel
methods, successive over relaxation method, system of non-linear equations – Newton’s method. Interpolation: cubic spline
interpolation, Bezier curves and B-spline curves, least squares approximations. (8+7)

NUMERICAL SOLUTION TO ODE: Initial value problem: Runge Kutta method, Milne’s method. Boundary value problem:
Finite Element Method - Rayleigh-Ritz method, Collocation and Galerkin methods. (8+7)

NUMERICAL SOLUTION TO PDE: Finite difference method: Liebmann’s method for Laplace equation and Poisson equation,
explicit method and Crank-Nicolson method for parabolic equations, explicit method for hyperbolic equations. (8+7)

MODELLING AND SIMULATION: Simulating deterministic behaviour, area under a curve, generating random numbers,
simulating probabilistic behaviour, inventory model: gasoline and consumer demand. (8+7)

Total L:32 + T:28 = 60


REFERENCES:
1. John H Mathews and Kurtis D Fink, Numerical Methods using MATLAB, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2018.
2. Steven C Chapra and Raymond P Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
3. Frank R Giordano, William P Fox and Steven B Horton, A first course in Mathematical Modeling, Cengage Learning, New
Delhi, 2014.
4. Curtis F Gerald and Patrick O Wheatly, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.
5. Douglas J Faires and Richard Burden, Numerical Methods, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2013.

18AE02 AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS


3204
FRAME AND BODY: Introduction, Vehicle classification, frame types-conventional, integral construction – ladder chassis, sub
frames, functions and requirements, chassis lay out types, Loads acting on chassis, chassis members selection, frame
materials, types of bodies, features of body, body structural requirements ,body structural elements ,design for body bending,
design for body torsion, design for crashworthiness, design for vibration, design for vehicle and styling integration, material
selection and mass estimation in preliminary design. (11)

STEERING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM: Introduction, Functions and requirements, axles-live and dead axles, front axle and
its types, stub axle and its types, steering mechanisms, arrangement of steering system, over steer and under steer, steering
ratio calculation, steering gear box types, turning radius, center point steering, stub axle types, Wheel alignment, hydraulic
power steering. SUSPENSION SYSTEM-Introduction, Functions, characteristics of good suspension system, suspension
spring types-, types of suspension system, dampers, types, telescopic shock absorbers, air suspension, hydro elastic
suspension, hydro-pneumatic suspension system, active suspension system. (11)

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM: Clutch- role - types of clutches, single plate clutch, coil spring type and diaphragm spring type,
multiple plate clutch, centrifugal clutch, calculation of torque transmission, over running clutch. Gear Box- Need for a gearbox,
types of gear boxes, sliding mesh, constant mesh and synchromesh gear boxes, calculation of gear ratios, overdrives, transfer
case and transaxles. propeller shaft drive, Hotchkiss drive, Torque tube drive, universal joints, trunnion type, ring type, flexible
disc type, constant velocity joint types, Final Drive and Differential- need for final drive and differential, types of final drives,
single reduction and double reduction final drives, differential and its types, conventional and non-slip differentials, rear axle
and its types, fully floating, semi- floating and three quarter floating axles. (11)

BRAKE SYSTEM, WHEELS AND TYRES: Introduction, principle, classifications, requirements, drum brake, disc brake,
stopping distance calculations, weight transfer calculations, braking efficiency calculations, mechanical brake, hydraulic brakes,
vacuum servo brakes, air brakes, air assisted hydraulic brakes, introduction to Anti-lock braking system. Wheels and Tyres-
basic construction of wheel, hub and tyres, tyre requirements, interchangeability, passenger car and commercial vehicle
requirements, bias ply and radial ply tyres, tubeless tyres, wheel balancing, tyre inflation, tyre wear and tyre rotation, quick
change wheels, special wheels, run flat tyre. (12)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Heister,Heinz., “Vehicle and Engine Technology”, SAE International, 1999.
2. Bosch,Robert., “Automotive Electrics Automotive Electronics”, Professional Engineering Publication, 2004.
3. Bosch,Robert., “Automotive Hand book”, 2004.
4. Garret,T.Kenneth.,Newton,Kenneth. and Steeds,William.,” The Motor Vehicle”, Butterworth-Heinemann Limited, 2001.

18AE03 IC ENGINES AND EMISSIONS


3003

ENGINE BASIC THEORY AND COMBUSTION: Engine types – otto, diesel, dual operating cycles – Fuel air cycle and actual
cycles – Engine design and operating parameters - Two and four stroke engines - Typical performance curves for automobile
engines - performance and pollution aspects. Combustion and combustion chambers- Introduction to combustion in SI and CI

18
59th ACM 09.06.2018

engines. Stages of combustion. Combustion chemistry and emission formation. Ignition and injection timing Knock, detonation
and control. Combustion chambers for SI and CI engines. Direct and indirect injection combustionchambers.Importance of
swirl, squish and turbulence. Factors controlling combustion chamber design. (11)

FUEL SYSTEMS, COOLINGAND LUBRICATING SYSTEM: Introduction and fuel system circuit.Air fuel ratio requirements.
Working of a carburetor and MPFI. Gasoline direct injection systems. Diesel fuel injection systems-Jerk pumps, distributor
pumps, types of nozzles, Unit injector and CRDI systems. Engine governor. Need for cooling, types of cooling systems- air and
liquid cooling systems. Water cooling circuit, radiator, water pump and cooling fan. Properties of coolants and additives.
Requirements of lubrication systems. Types-mist, pressure feed, dry and wet sump systems. Properties and chemistry of
lubricants. (11)

EMISSIONS FROM SI AND CI AND ITS CONTROL: Emission formation in S.I. engines - Hydrocarbons, Carbon monoxide,
Oxides of Nitrogen, Polyneculear Aromatic Hydrocarbon. Effects of design and operating variables on emission formation in
Spark Ignition engines Controlling of pollutant formation in engines Exhaust after treatment, Charcoal Canister Control for
Evaporative Emission Control, emissions and drivability, Positive crank case ventilation system for UBHC emission
reduction.Chemical delay, intermediate compound formation, Pollutant formation on incomplete combustion, Effect of design
and operating variables on pollutant formation, Controlling of emissions, emissions and drivability, Exhaust gas recirculation,
exhaust after treatment. Emission effects on health and environment. (12)

NEW ENGINE TECHNOLOGY: Lean Burn engine – Different approaches to lean bum – LHR engine – Surface ignition concept
– catalytic ignition – homogenous charge compression ignition – variable valve timing – turbo and super charging -Multi Port
Injection System - Gasoline Direct Injection – Common Rail Direct Injection – Recent Trends. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Ganesan, V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co, Eighth Reprint, 2005.
2. Crouse, W.H. and Anglin, A.L., “Automotive Emission Control’, McGraw Hill Book Co, 1995.
3. Mathur, M. L., Sharma, R. P., "Internal Combustion Engines", Dhanpat Rai Publication, 2005.
4. Crouse, William., Anglin, Donald., "AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS", Tata McGraw Hill Book Co, 2006.

18AE04 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS


3003

OVERVIEW OF VEHICLE ELECTRONICS: Need for Electronics in Automotive Systems - Performance (speed, power, and
torque), control (emission, fuel economy, drivability, and safety) & legislation (environmental legislation for pollution & safety
norms). Overview of Vehicle Electronic Systems Basic electrical components and their operation in an automobile - power train
subsystem (starting systems, charging systems Ignitionsystems, electronic fuel control), chassis subsystem (ABS, TCS, & ESP) –
Comfort and safety subsystems (night vision, airbags, seatbelt tensioners, cruise control, Lane-departureWarning, parking).
(12)

ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS: Concept of an electronic engine control system, electronic fuel injection - throttle body fuel
injection, multi point fuel injection, gasoline direct injection, common rail direct injection, electronic ignition control, engine
mapping, on-board diagnostics – engine control module and power train control module. (11)

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: Classification of sensors, sensor for speed, throttle position, exhaust oxygen level, manifold
pressure, crankshaft position, coolant temperature, exhaust temperature, air mass flow for engine application. Solenoids, stepper
motors and relay. (11)

COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS: Introduction to control networking – Communication protocols in embedded systems – SPI,
I2C, USB. Vehicle communication protocols – Introduction to CAN, LIN, FLEXRAY, MOST, KWP2000. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Bosch, Robert., “Bosch Automotive Electrics and Automotive Electronics: Systems and Components, Networking and
Hybrid Drive” Springer Vieweg, Plochingen, Germany, 2014.
2. Ribbens, William. B., “Understanding Automotive Electronics- An EngineeringPerspective”, the Boulevard, Langford Lane,
Kidlington, Oxford, 2014.
3. Holembeak, Barry., “Automotive Electricity and Electronics”, Delmar Publishers, Clifton Park, USA, 2010.
4. Halderman, James. D., “Automotive Electricity and Electronics”, Prentice Hall, USA, 2013.

18AE05 VEHICLE DEVELOPMENT PROCESS


3003
VEHICLE DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS: An Overview, Categories of vehicle development projects, Platforms and model lines,
The product evolution process (PEP), Vehicle project management, Aspects of international development projects. Cars that
topped and cars that flopped, Factors of success in the automotive industry. Phases of the product evolution process.Initial
phase, concept phase, series development phase, series support and further development. (12)

VIRTUAL CAR PROCESS: Building virtual cars, Geometric integration, further functional geometry evaluation, Virtual build
groups. E/E system development: From machinery to E/E systems, Systems engineering processes. (11)

MANAGEMENT PROCESSES FOR COMPLETE VEHICLE DEVELOPMENT: Target management, Design problem
management, Release and change management, Quality management. (11)

19
59th ACM 09.06.2018

CUSTOMER RELEVANT COMPLETE VEHICLE CHARACTERISTICS: Registrability, Total vehicle costs, Design appeal,
Cabin comfort, Infotainment, Agility, Passive safety, Theft deterrence, Reliability, Sustainability. Secondary complete vehicle
characteristics, Production Integration, Service Integration. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Weber, Julian., “Automotive Development Processes", Springer, 2009.
2. Sörensen,Daniel., "The Automotive Development Process", Springer, 2006.
3. Stark,John., “Global Product: Strategy, Product Lifecycle Management and the Billion Customer Question”, Springer
Publisher, 2007.
4. Lewin,Tony. andBorroff,Ryan., “How to Design Cars Like a Pro”, Motor Books International, 2010.

18AE51 AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING LABORATORY

0042

In this practical course students will be provided with an insight into Automotive Systems and their functionalities using the
following experiments. After this, students are expected to formulate and complete an activity of industrial relevance. The
details like background, problem definition, state of technology/knowledge in that area are to be arrived based on a good
literature review (5 latest papers). Results from the experiments and their interpretation with respect to the
assumptions/background and a formal conclusion are expected in the report which is to be submitted at the end of the
semester. The work is evaluated for the credit assigned.

1. Measurement of engine components and compression and vacuum test


2. Ignition system troubleshooting and onboard diagnosis
3. Servicing of clutches and gear boxes with Gear ratio calculation
4. Servicing of brake systems and brake bleeding
5. Servicing of Steering system and Ackermann steering verification
6. Chassis measurement and Servicing of suspension system
7. Wheel balancing & Wheel Alignment
8. Battery testing and Head light alignment
9. Servicing and testing of Starter motors and alternator.
10. Performance test on IC engines and emission measurement

Total P: 60
REFERENCE
1. Manual prepared by the Department of Automobile Engineering, 2015.

II SEMESTER

18AE06 VEHICLE DYNAMICS


3003
INTRODUCTION: Earth and vehicle coordinate system. Longitudinal, lateral and vertical vehicle dynamics. Dynamic axle loads.
Road loads - Aerodynamic forces and moments, viscosity effects, separation and its control; aerodynamic lift and its control,
ground effect, styling for minimum drag. Rolling resistance, grade loads. (11)

PERFORMANCE MODE: Acceleration - Free body diagram of accelerating vehicle, maximum transferable tractive force,
gradability, Deceleration - free body diagram of decelerating vehicle, maximum decelerating rates, stopping distance, maximum
braking force. Vehicle performance. (11)

RIDE MODE: Pitch and bounce motion, oscillation centers, active and semi active suspension, orthogonality of mode shapes,
modal analysis. Spring System - Requirements, sprung mass and un-sprung mass, wheel hop, shimmy, wheel wobble, choice
of suspension spring rate, calculation of effective spring rate. Tyres - mechanics, stability of vehicle on slope, on curve and
banked road. Quartet car and Half car modeling. (12)

HANDLING MODE: Vehicle control-low speed cornering and static steering-Ackerman steering geometry, steady-state
cornering -steering factors, vehicle control parameters (under steer, neutral steer and over steer), roll steer, compliance steer,
ride steer, slip angle steer, steady state handling-lateral acceleration gain, characteristic speed, yaw velocity gain, critical
speed, effect of braking on vehicle handling. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Gillespie, Thomas. D., “Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics”, SAE USA 2010.
2. Rao,Singiresu. S., “Mechanical Vibrations”, Pearson Education Publication, 2009.
3. Giri, N. K., “Automobile Mechanics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Wong, J. Y., “Theory of Ground Vehicles”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2012.

20
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18AE07 ENGINE COMPONENT DESIGN


3204
REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE DESIGN:Arriving at the engine capacity from vehicle performance requirements – Design of
Parts Working under alternating loads - Engine balancing- kinematics of crank mechanism- Forces acting on crank
mechanism. (11)

DESIGN OF PISTON ASSEMBLY: Introduction- design of crown thickness- Empirical relationships- Design of CI and SI
engine pistons-Compression ring design for CI and SI engine pistons- piston pin design for CI and SI engines.- Design of
connecting rod I section. (11)

DESIGN OF CRANK SHAFT:Introduction- Design of Journals and Crankpins- Design of Crankwebs- Design of In-Line Engine
crankshaft - Design of V type Engine crankshaft. (11)

DESIGN OF ENGINE SYSTEMS: Design of lubrication system elements- oil pump- oil cooler- design of cooling system
components- water pump- cooling fan and radiator- computation air cooling surface. (12)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75

REFERENCES:
1. Kolchin, A.I., Demidov, V., “Design of Automotive Engines”, MIR Publishers press, 1988.
2. Hoag, Kevin. L.,“Vehicular Engine Design”, Springer, 2012.
3. Shigley, Joseph., Mischke, Charles. and Brown, Thomas. H., “Standard Handbook of machine Design”,McGraw-Hill
Professional, 2004.
4. Heywood, John., “Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals”, McGraw Hill, 2017.

18AE08 AUTOMOTIVE EMBEDDED SYSTEM


3003

INTRODUCTION: Embedded Systems Definition - Components of embedded systems - Hardware Module - Microprocessor,
microcontrollers, ARM Processor, on-chip peripherals - Program memory(PM), Data memory (DM), parallel port structures,
timer, input capture & output compare units, ADC, PWM. (11)

INTEGRATED SYSTEMS: Introduction to an embedded board, Software module - IDE- Getting Started - Creating new project,
creating new files, adding files to project, compile, build, debug and simulation of a project. Embedded system programming -
Up-loaders, ISP, ROM emulators, in-circuit emulators. Debug Interfaces - BDM and JTAG. (11)

EMBEDDED RTOS: Comparison of conventional OS with RTOS. Tasks & task states (Pre-emptive & Non-pre-emptive,
scheduler, interrupt – Interrupt latency and context switch latency) – Task, multi-tasking, task synchronization, inter-task
communication, shared data problem and its prevention - Features of a typical embedded RTOS (µC/OS-II). (12)

ADVANCED APPLICATIONS: Body electronics – Infotainment systems – Navigation systems – System level tests – Software
calibration using engine and vehicle dynamometers – Environmental tests for electronic control unit - Application of Control
elements and control methodology in automotive System. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Denton, Tom.,” Automobile Electrical and Electronic Systems”, Elsevier Jordan Hill, Oxford, 2010.
2. Bosch, Robert.,” BOSCH Automotive Handbook”, Bentley Publications, Massachusetts Avenue, London, 2010.
3. Knowles, Don., “Automotive Electronic and Computer Controlled Ignition Systems”, Prentice Hall Publications, New
Jersey, 2009.
4. Jurgen, Ronald. K., “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, McGraw Hill Publications, Columbus, 2009.
5. Navit,Nicholas., “Automotive Embedded System Handbook”, CRC Press Publications, New Delhi, 2008.

18AE09 LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS


3003
INTRODUCTION AND MATHEMATICAL MODELLING: - Introduction to control systems, differential equations of physical
systems, dynamics of robotic mechanisms, transfer functions, block diagram algebra, signal flow graphs, feedback and non-
feedback systems, reduction of parameter variations, control over dynamics, control effects of disturbances signals, linearizing
effects, regenerative feedback- linear approximation of nonlinear systems, stepper motor and hydraulic systems.
(14)

TIME RESPONSE AND STABILITY IN TIME DOMAIN: Standard test signals, time response of first order systems, time
response of second-order systems, steady state errors and error constants, effects, effects of adding zero to systems, design
specification of second order systems, design consideration for higher-order systems, performance indices, robotic control
systems, state variable analysis, approximation of higher order systems by lower order systems, concept of stability, necessary
conditions, Routh stability criterion, relative stability analysis. (11)

FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS AND STABILITY IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN: - correlation between time domain and
frequency response, polar plots and bode plots, all-pass and minimum pass systems, experimental determination of transfer
functions, log magnitude versus phase plots, Nyquist stability criterion, assessment of relative stability, closed loop frequency
response, sensitivity analysis. (10)

21
59th ACM 09.06.2018

INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN AND STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN: -P, PI and PID controllers, cascade
compensation in time domain and frequency, feedback compensation and robust control systems design- Concepts of state,
state variables and state model, state models for linear continuous –time systems, state variables and linear discrete –time
systems, solutions of state equations, concepts of controllability and observability, pole zero placement by state feedback.
(10)
Total L:45
REFERENCES:
1. Nagrath, I. J. and Gopal, M., “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 2014.
2. Ogatta, K., “Modern Control Engineering”, Pearson/ Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
3. Nise,Norman. S., “Control Systems Engineering”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2012.
4. Umez-Eronini,Eronini., “System Dynamics & Control”, PWS Publishing Company, 1999.
5. Astrom,Karl. J., “Advance PID Controller Control”, Instrumentation Society of America, 1995.

18AE52 AUTOMOTIVE COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING LABORATORY


0042

In this practical course students will be provided with a comprehensive practical exposure to Automotive Computer Aided
Engineering and its functionalities using the following experiments. After this, students are expected to formulate and
complete an activity of industrial relevance. The details like background, problem definition, state of technology/knowledge in
that area are to be arrived based on a good literature review (5 latest papers). Results from the experiments and their
interpretation with respect to the assumptions/background and a formal conclusion are expected in the report which is to be
submitted at the end of the semester. The work is evaluated for the credit assigned.

1. Modeling of Automotive Component and Assemblies


2. Analysis of Automotive Component and Assemblies
3. Simulation of Automotive Component and Assemblies

Automotive Analysis
1. Engine Components
2. Cooling System
3. Power train
4. Steering System
5. Brake System
6. Suspension System
7. Chassis Frame
8. Aerodynamic forces
9. Structural analysis
10. Safety Analysis
Total P: 60

REFERENCE:
1. Manual prepared by Departmentof Automobile Engineering, 2015.

18AE61 INDUSTRIAL VISIT AND TECHNICAL SEMINAR


0042
The student will make at least four one or half day Industry visits and technical presentations. The same will be assessed by a
committee appointed by the department. The students are expected to submit a report at the end of the semester covering the
various aspects of his/her presentation together with the observation in industry visits. A quiz covering the above will be held
at the end of the semester.

Total P: 60

III SEMESTER

18AE71 PROJECT WORK I


0063
 Identification of a current industry problem in thrust areas
 Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem
 Finalization of system requirements and specification
 Proposing different solutions for the problems based on literature survey
 Future trends in providing alternate solutions
 Consolidated report preparation of the above

Total P: 90

22
59th ACM 09.06.2018

IV SEMESTER

18AE72 PROJECT WORK II


0 0 28 14
The project work involves the following:
 Preparing a project brief proposal including
 Problem identification
 A statement of system / process specification proposed to be developed (Block diagram / concept tree)
 List of possible solutions including alternative and constraints
 Cost benefit analysis
 Time Line of activities
 A report highlighting the design finalization (based on functional requirements & standards (if any))
 A presentation including the following:
 Implementation Phase (Hardware / Software / both)
 Testing & Validation of the developed system
 Learning in the Project
 Consolidated project report preparation

Total P: 420

ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES

AUTOMOTIVE SAFETY STREAM

18AE10 ELECTRIC DRIVES AND STORAGE SYSTEMS


3003
BATTERIES: Batteries Types and Battery Packs-Basic Battery Operation-Basic Electrochemistry-Lifetime and Sizing
Considerations-Battery Pack Discharge Curves and Aging-Battery Management System-Battery Models-Simple Novel Curve
Fit Model for BEV Batteries-Voltage, Current, Resistance, and Efficiency of Battery Pack-Determining the Cell/Pack Voltage for
a Given Output\Input Power-The Fuel Economy of a BEV Vehicle with a Fixed Gear Ratio. (13)

ENERGY SOURCES FOR ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLES: plug-in hybrid electric vehicle, and electric vehicle Li-ion
batteries- Cell designs- Battery pack design- Safety requirements- Components of HV battery packs- Requirements of HV
battery packs- Testing procedures for EV batteries (12)

BATTERY CHARGING STRATEGIES FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLES: Introduction-Charging algorithms for a single battery-
Balancing methods for battery pack charging-Charging infrastructure. (11)

BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS: Topology of BMS-BMS representation - Data management and network- SoC and SoH
- Battery balancing- Safety aspects of BMSs-BMS standard. (9)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Hayes, John. G., “Electric Powertrain- energy Systems, Power electronics and drives”. First Edition, John Wiley, New
Jersy, United States,2017.
2. Chau, K.T. (edited), “Energy Systems for Electric and Hybrid Vehicles”, The Institution of Engineering and Technology,
United Kingdom, Published 2016.
3. Wang, Miao., “Mobile Electric Vehicles: Online Charging and Discharging (Wireless Networks)”, Springer, Berlin, 2015.
4. Scrosati, B., Garche, J. and Tillmetz, W.,"Advances in Battery Technologies for Electric Vehicles",Woodhead Publishing
Series in Energy-Elsevier 2015.

18AE11 AUTOMATIC AND AUTOMATED MANUAL TRANSMISSION


3003
HYDRODYNAMIC DRIVES: Principle of fluid coupling, construction, operation and characteristics, fluid coupling with
conventional gear boxes. Introduction to torque converters, comparison between fluid coupling and torque converters,
performance characteristics, slip, principles of torque multiplication, types of torque converters. (12)

HYDRO-MECHANICAL DRIVES: Major components, principle of planetary gear trains, actuating mechanism, controls system
– Types - Manual, governor, throttle and hydraulic control systems. Principle of automatic gear shifting, Typical automatic
transmissions. (11)

HYDROSTATIC DRIVES: Principles of hydrostatic drives, different systems of hydrostatic drives, fixed displacement pump and
fixed displacement motor, variable displacement pump and fixed displacement motor, fixed displacement pump and variable
displacement motor, variable displacement pump and variable displacement motor, applications, plunger type pump and

23
59th ACM 09.06.2018

plunger type motor, advantages and limitations, typical hydrostatic drives. (11)

AUTOMATED MANUAL TRANSMISSION (AMT):Introduction- advantages – Transmission control unit (TCU) - Single-stage 6-
speed AMT with range-change unit- Applications -Semi-Automated Manual Transmissions- System structure of an automated
manual transmission-Examples of Commercial Vehicle AMT’s. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Erjavec,Jack., “Automatic Transmissions”, Delmar Publishers, 2005.
2. Tucker, H.F., “Automatic Transmission”, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, 1980.
3. Naunheimer,Harald., Bertsche,‎dnreB. and ‎Ryborz, Joachim., “Automotive Transmissions- Fundamentals, Selection,
Design and applications”, Springer Publishers ,2010.
4. John, J.P. and Tyler, G.H., “Industrial Hydraulics”, MGH Published, 1980.

18AE12 AUTOMOTIVE INFOTRONICS


3003

INTRODUCTION: Driver information, driver perception, driver convenience, driver monitoring, general vehicle control,
longitudinal and lateral control, collision avoidance and vehicle monitoring. (11)

SAFETY SYSTEMS: Active and passive safety, airbags, seat belt tightening system, forward collision warning systems, Radar
monitoring system, Ultrasonic sensor, child lock, anti lock braking systems, EBD, ESP, traction control system and lane
departure warning system. (11)

COMFORT & SECURITY SYSTEMS: Adaptive cruise control system, active suspension system, power steering, collapsible
and tiltable steering column and power windows, Adaptive lighting system, Security - Anti theft technologies – mechanical,
electromechanical and electronic immobilizers, alarm system, stolen vehicle tracking system, remote keyless entry, smart card
system and number plate coding. (12)

New car Assessment Program: Body parts shell for safety–NCAP and Global Norms, Frontal and offset frontal Crash
requirements, Safety for seating and seat belt anchorages; Head impact and Injury prevention. (11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Vlacic,Ljubo., Parent,Michel. and Harashima,Fumio., “Intelligent Vehicle Technologies”, Butterworth-Heinemann
publications, Oxford, 2001.
2. Bosch,Robert., “Automotive Hand Book”, SAE, 2000.
3. Jurgen,Ronald. K., “Navigation and Intelligent Transportation Systems – Progress in Technology”, Automotive Electronics
Series, SAE, USA, 1998.
4. Broy, Manfred., Krüger,Ingolf. andMeisinger,Michael.,”Automotive software”, Springer ,2014

18AE13 AUTOMOTIVE ERGONOMICS AND SAFETY


3003
INTRODUCTION: Definition, human technological system, multidisciplinary engineering approach, human – machine system,
manual, mechanical, automated system, human system reliability, conceptual design, advanced development, detailed design
and development, human system modeling. INPUT: Input and processing, text, graphics, symbols, codes, visual display of
dynamic information, auditory, tactual, displays, speech communications. biomechanics, biothermodynamics and bioenergetics.
(12)

VEHICLE ERGONOMICS: Introduction, seating dimensions, interior ergonomics, ergonomics system design, seat comfort,
suspension seats, split frame seating, back passion reducers, dash board instruments, electronic displays, commercial vehicle
cabin ergonomics, mechanical package layout, goods vehicle layout. (11)

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Illumination, heat ventilation and air conditioning, noise, motion, speed and acceleration,
sound, vibration. (11)

HUMAN FACTORS APPLICATIONS: Human error, accidents, human factors and the automobile, organizational and social
aspects, steps according to ISO/DIS6385, OSHA’s approach, virtual environments. SAFETY: Seat belt, air bag, collapsible
steering, warning systems, ABS braking system, collision safety systems, global safety standards in automotive applications.
(11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Bridger, R. S., “Introduction to Ergonomics”, Taylor and Francis, London, 2003.
2. Phillips,Chandler. Allen., “Human Factors Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2000.
3. Helandar,Martin., “A Guide to Ergonomics of Manufacturing”, Taylor and Francis, 1996.
4. Mark, S. S., “Human Factors in Engineering and Design”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1993.
5. Fenton,John., “Hand Book of Automotive Power Train and Chassis Design”, SAE, 1998.

24
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18AE14 AUTONOMOUS VEHICLES


3003
INTRODUCTION: Advance driver assistance systems, LIDAR, RADAR, Image processing, Navigation (GPS& GIS) systems,
Adaptive cruise control systems, lane departure warning systems, automatic emergency braking systems- night vision systems-
autopilot-SAE international level of driving automation- V2V, V2I, Nokia Here digital maps- Communication protocols overview-
case study-DARPA and google waymo. (14)

CONNECTED FLEET SYSTEMS: Platoon, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi connectivity, Information, Advisory and Warning, Li-fi connectivity,
automated highway systems-aerodynamics performance, fleet testing and evaluation project. (11)

NONLINEAR CAMERA: Artificial intelligence and expert systems- GNSS-Aided INS for Fixed-Wing UAV, Machine Vision,
Optical Flow, From Optical Flow to Body Velocity, Kalman Filter-Observed System and Filter Equations, Stability of the EKF.
(10)

AUTOPILOT & IOTS IMPACT ON MOBILITY: Liability- vehicle intelligence- vehicle internet security- Crash Imminent Braking-
communication Standard-Distributed System Architecture of Autonomous Vehicles and Real-Monocular camera, Real time
perception control (Neural Network), disagreement notification- temporal difference input to neural network. (10)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Jurgen,Ronald. K. (edited), “ Autonomous Vehicle for Safer Driving”, SAE International, Warrendale Pennsylvania,
USA,2013.
2. Fossen,Thor. I., Pettersen,Kristin. Y. and Nijmeijer, Henk., "Sensing and Control for Autonomous Vehicles-
Applications to Land, Water and Air Vehicles" Springer International Publishing AG 2017.
3. Fridman, Alex., Jenik,Benedikt., Reimer, Bryan., “Arguing Machines: Perception- Control system Redundancy and
edge case discovery in real- world autonomous driving”,ArXiv,2017.
4. Maurer, Markus., Gerdes, ‎naitsirhC‎.J. and ‎zneL‎, Barbara., "Autonomous Driving- Technical, Legal and social
aspects", Springer Daimler und Benz- Stiftung, Ladenburg 2015.

18AE15 AUTOMOTIVE SAFETY SYSTEM


3003

INTRODUCTION: Driver information, driver perception, driver convenience, driver monitoring, general vehicle control,
longitudinal and lateral control, collision avoidance and vehicle monitoring. (11)

SAFETY SYSTEMS: Active and passive safety, airbags, seat belt tightening system, forward collision warning systems, child
lock, anti lock braking systems, EBD, ESP, traction control system and lane departure warning system. (11)

COMFORT & SECURITY SYSTEMS: Adaptive cruise control system, active suspension system, power steering, collapsible
and tiltable steering column and power windows, Adaptive lighting system, Security - Anti theft technologies – mechanical,
electromechanical and electronic immobilizers, alarm system, stolen vehicle tracking system, remote keyless entry, smart card
system and number plate coding. (12)

NEW CAR ASSESSMENT PROGRAM: Body parts shell for safety–NCAP and Global Norms, Frontal and offset frontal Crash
requirements, Safety for seating and seat belt anchorages; Head impact and Injury prevention. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Vlacic,Ljubo., Parent,Michel. and Harashima,Fumio., “Intelligent Vehicle Technologies”, Butterworth-Heinemann
publications, Oxford, 2001.
2. Bosch,Robert., “Automotive Hand Book”, SAE, 2000.
3. Jurgen,Ronald. K., “Navigation and Intelligent Transportation Systems – Progress in Technology”, Automotive Electronics
Series, SAE, USA, 1998.
4. William, B. R., “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, Butter worth Heinemann Woburn, 1998.

18AE16 ELECTRONIC ENGINE MANAGEMENT


3003
INTRODUCTION: Purpose of electronic engine management system - Business & Engineering Need: Meet market specific
need and legislative norms (Emission & Safety).Improve the engine performance (Torque and Speed characteristics), fuel
economy and driving comfort. Software Architecture - Overview for Engine Management System, Overview of Safety standards
(ISO26262 ASIL), AUTOSAR overview, Diagnostic and Monitoring System overview. (12)

SENSORS, ACTUATORS AND CONTROL UNIT: Sensors for measuring crankshaft speed, camshaft position, Mass air flow
(MAF),exhaust gas oxygen, throttle plate angular position, coolant temperature, intake air temperature, manifold absolute
pressure (MAP),differential exhaust gas pressure, Nitric Oxide, Actuators for controlling EGR,Fuel Injection Quantity (Injector
Solenoid and Piezo),Air control via throttle control,EGR control via EGR valve, variable valve timing and lift control, Turbo-
charger control via waste gate control. (11)

25
59th ACM 09.06.2018

ENGINE CONCEPTS FOR PERFORMANCE AND EMISSION CONTROL: Gasoline Engine: MPFI and GDI System–Working
of MPFI and GDI systems, Lambda control with three-way catalyst, Throttle control, Variable valve timing and lift control,
Engine Downsizing via Turbo & Compressor Control, NOx control (NOx storage catalyst and Selective Catalytic
Reduction),Particulate control (Particulate Trap and Regeneration). (11)

DIESEL ENGINE: CRDI System – Fuel Injection control for engine performance optimization (Speed, Torque, Vibration and
Noise),NOx control via Injection control,EGRcontrol,NOx storage catalyst, Selective Catalyst Reduction. Particulate control via
particulate trap and regeneration. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Ronald, K. J., “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, McGraw Hill Book Co, 1999.
2. William, B. R., “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, SAE Publications 2004.
3. Bosch,Robert., “Diesel Engine management” Bentley Publishers, Cambridge, 2004.
4. Bosch,Robert., “Gasoline Engine management” Bentley Publishers, Cambridge, 2004.

18AE17 SENSORS AND ACTUATORS


3003
AUTOMOTIVE SENSORS: Introduction to sensors and variables to be measured in an automotive measurement and control
applications. Airflow Rate Sensor, Pressure Measurement –Strain gauge MAP sensor. Engine Crank Position sensor-Magnetic
reluctance, Hall effect and optical crank position sensor, Throttle angle sensor, Temperature Sensor. Sensors for Engine
feedback control – EGO sensor, EGO characteristics, Magneto strictive principle and Knock sensor. (11)

AUTOMOTIVE ACTUATORS:Introduction to actuators and variables to be controlled, Engine control actuators, Pulse width
Modulated signal and H-bridge device for speed and direction control. Electric motor actuator –DC motor, Brushless DC Motor,
Stepper Motor and Servomechanism. Engine control actuators-Fuel injector (solenoid, Piezo electric type), Ignition coil
operation, EGR Actuator, Electric actuators- Relays, Reed switch. (12)

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER:OP-Amp: Introduction, Basics, Ideal OP-AMP, Open Loop and feedback in OP-AMP operation,
Inverting and non-inverting amplifier, Voltage follower and Differential amplifiers. Difference mode, Common mode gain,
CMRR, Operation amplifier internal circuit, Example of OP-AMP IC’s (IC 741), OP-Amp D.C characteristics. - Operational
Amplifier Applications. (11)

WAVEFORM GENERATORS, A/D AND D/A CONVERTORS: Comparator and its application, Regenerative comparator and
square wave generator (Astablemultivibrator), Basic DAC techniques –Weighted resistor, R-2R ladder and inverted R-2R
ladder, ADC-Direct Type ADC’s –Flash ADC, Successive approximation ADC. (11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Ribbens,William. B., “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, 7th Edition Butterworth-Heinemann publications, 2012.
2. Choudhry,D. Roy. andJain,Shail., “Linear Integrated Circuits”, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., 2000.
3. Jurgan,Ronald. K., “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, 2ndEdition , McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1999.
4. Franco,Sergio., “Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits”, 3rd Edition, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2007.

18AE18 VEHICLE DIAGNOSTICS


3003

ON AND OFF -BOARD DIAGNOSTICS: Introduction to fault diagnosis and oscilloscope diagnostics, mechanical and electrical
diagnostic techniques, sensors and actuators associated with oscilloscope diagnostics, faults Codes, Scanners/Fault Code
Readers, Engine Analysers, On-board diagnostics various perspectives, Petrol/Gasoline On-board diagnostics, On-board
sensors and actuators. (11)

ENGINE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS: Introduction to engine systems diagnostics, engine operation and fuel system, ignition system
and emission system, fuel injection, starting and charging system, power flow control and energy efficiency analysis, engine
management and fault-finding information, air supply, exhaust system, cooling and lubrication system. (11)

CHASSIS AND BRAKE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS: Introduction to chassis diagnostics, anti-lock braking system diagnostics,
traction control system diagnostics, steering and tires, transmission systems diagnostics, diagnostics on steering and tires.(11)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DIAGNOSIS: Introduction to electronic components and circuits, multiplexing and de multiplexing,
lighting system faults and auxiliary faults, in-car entertainment security and communications implementation, body-electrical
systems, instruments system faults, heating ventilation and air conditioning cruise control, air bags and belt tensioners. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Denton,Tom., “Advanced Automotive Fault Diagnosis”, Routledge, 2011.
2. Denton,Tom., “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, McGraw-Hill Publishing Co.; 2nd revised edition 1999.
3. Denton, Tom., “Automobile Electrical and Electronic Systems”, Routledge,4th edition, 2012.
4. Jurgan,Ronald. K. “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, 2nd Edition , McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2008

26
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18AE19 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS


3003
BATTERIES AND IGNITION SYSTEM: Lead acid and alkaline batteries, construction and working, battery rating, battery
charging methods, testing and maintenance. Ignition system-Introduction - Construction and working of magneto coil and
battery coil ignition systems, spark plug types, spark advance mechanisms, electronic ignition systems - Transistorized ignition
system, solid state ignition systems, capacitor discharge ignition system and distributor less ignition system. (11)

STARTING SYSTEM AND CHARGING SYSTEM - Principle, construction and working of starter motor, working of different
starter drive units CHARGING SYSTEM: Alternators – Principle, construction and working – Regulators, Introduction to Start /
Stop system, integrated starter generator (ISA/ISG) (11)

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: Mass air flow (MAF), exhaust gas oxygen, throttle plate angular position, crankshaft angular
position/rpm, coolant temperature, intake air temperature, manifold absolute pressure (MAP), differential exhaust gas pressure,
vehicle speed, pickups sensors, exhaust gas recirculation sensors, electric fuel pump motor characteristics, piezoelectric stack
injectors and solenoids for injection systems. (11)

ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROL - Electronic diesel control -Comparison indirect and direct injection- mechanical and
hydraulic actuated EDC - In-line fuel-injection pumps, helix and port controlled axial piston distributor, solenoid valve control,
unit injectors, common rail systems, data processing, lambda closed loop control, torque-controlled EDC systems, control and
triggering of actuators. Electronic gasoline control: Battery ignition system-open loop and closed loop systems, mono point,
multi point, gasoline direct injection systems, air assisted systems, principles and features of Bosch jetronic systems, idle
speed, knock and spark timing control, magnetostrictive ignition, capacitor discharge ignition, solid state and transistor ignition,
distributor less ignition. (12)
Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Bell,Joseph., “Diesel Engineering: Electricity and Electronics”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Bosch,Robert., “Automotive Hand Book” SAE, 2000.
3. Bosch,Robert.,“Automotive Electrics Automotive Electronics”, GmbH, 2004.
4. Denton, Tom., “Automobile Electrical and Electronics systems”, Routledge Taylor & Francis Group London & New York,
2002.

DESIGN ENGINEERING STREAM ELECTIVES

18AE20 FINITE ELMENT ANALYSIS


3003

INTRODUCTION: Historical background, Concept of finite element method, boundary, initial and eigen value problems, Finite
element formulation starting from governing differential equations – Weighted residual method, Finite element formulation
based on stationary of a functional. Review of static analysis using 1D elements. (10)

STATIC ANALYSIS AND DYNAMIC ANALYSIS: Triangular and quadrilateral elements, Isoparametric formulation, problems
using 2D elements, shape functions for axisymmetric and 3D elements, shape functions for higher order elements. Introduction
to plates and shells. Equations of motion for dynamic problems. Consistent and lumped mass matrices. Formulation of element
mass matrices. Free vibration problem formulation, Solution of Eigen value problems using 1D elements, Time dependent one-
dimensional bar analysis. (12)

HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS: Basic differential equations of heat transfer, one dimensional and two-dimensional finite
element formulation using variational and Galerkin’s method, one dimensional steady state heat transfer problems involving
conduction and convection. Analysis of tapered fin, Formulation of thermal stress problems and examples, transient thermal
analysis. (11)

NON-LINEAR ANALYSIS: Introduction, Non-linear differential equation, Solution procedures for non-linear problems,
Linearization and directional derivative, Material non-linearity-analysis of axially loaded bars, Geometric non-linearity-Basic
continuum mechanics concepts, Governing differential equations and weak forms, Introduction to contact problems. (12)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Chandrupatla, T. R. and Belegundu, A. D., “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2007.
2. Logan, D. L., “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, Thomson Learning, 2007.
3. Rao, S. S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, Elsevier, 2005.
4. Cook, R. D., Malkus, D. S. and Plesha, M. E., “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis”, John Wiley
and Sons, New Delhi, 2003.

18AE21 AERODYNAMICS OF ROAD VEHICLES


3003
AERODYNAMIC DRAG OF CARS: Introduction: Fundamentals of fluid mechanics, flow phenomenon related to vehicles,
external and internal flows. Cars as a bluff body, flow field around car, air flow to passenger compartment, drag force, types of

27
59th ACM 09.06.2018

drag force, analysis of aerodynamic drag, drag coefficient of cars, strategies for aerodynamic development, low drag profiles.
(12)

SHAPE OPTIMIZATION OF CARS: Front end shape modifications, front and rear wind shield angle, A and C pillar, front and
rear spoilers, Roof modifications, rear end shape modifications - boat tailing, hatch back, fast back and square back, dust flow
patterns at the rear, effects of gap configuration, effect of fasteners. (11)

VEHICLE HANDLING: Origin of forces and moments on a vehicle, lateral stability, methods to calculate forces and moments -
vehicle dynamics under side force and winds, steady and cornering effect - steering angle and slip angle, under steer and over
steer gradient, suspension effects on cornering, roll moments on front and rear axles, dirt accumulation on the vehicle, wind
noise, drag reduction in commercial vehicles. (12)

WIND TUNNELS FOR AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS: Introduction, principle of wind tunnel technology, limitation of
simulation, stress with scale models, full scale wind tunnels, measurement techniques, equipment and transducers, road
testing methods, numerical methods. (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Hucho, W. H., “Aerodynamic of Road vehicles ", Butterworth Co. Ltd., 1997.
2. Pope, A., “Wind Tunnel Testing ", John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1974.
3. “Automotive Aerodynamic: Update SP-706”, SAE, 1987.
4. “Vehicle Aerodynamic”, SP-1145, SAE, 1996.
5. McCallen, R., Browand, F. and Ross, J., “The Aerodynamics of Heavy Vehicles: Trucks, Buses, and Trains”,
Springer, 2004.

18AE22 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS


3003

INTRODUCTION: Application areas of CFD, Basic concepts of fluid flow - governing equations, conservation of mass,
momentum and energy – Navier-stokes and energy equation for Newtonian fluid, Mathematical classification of flow -
hyperbolic, parabolic, elliptic and mixed flow types. (10)

DISCRETISATION: Finite difference method - forward, backward and central difference schemes, Explicit and implicit methods:
Numerical solution for heat transfer and fluid flow problems for steady state and transient conditions, Stability analysis and error
estimation. Grid generation: Choice of grid, grid oriented velocity components, cartesian velocity components, staggered and
collocated arrangements. (12)

CFD TECHNIQUES: Lax - Wendroff technique - MacCormack’s technique, Relaxation technique. ADI technique, Pressure
correction technique, SIMPLE algorithm. Fluid flow and convection problems: Upwind scheme, Stability criteria. (11)

TURBULENCE MODELING AND CASE STUDIES: Turbulence energy equation- one-equation model, the k-ω model, the k- ε
model. Modeling and analysis of heat transfer, fluid flow and automobile components using CFD packages. (12)

Total L: 45

REFERENECES:
1. Muralidhar, K. and Sundararajan, T., “Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer”, Narosa Publications, New Delhi,
2003.
2. Chung, T. J., “Computational Fluid Dynamics”, Cambridge University Press, London, 2002.
3. David, C. Wilcox., “Turbulence Modeling for CFD”, DCW Industries, Inc., 1993.
4. Versteeg, H. K. and Malalasekara, W., “An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics - The Finite Volume
Method', Longman, 1995.

18AE23 AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM DESIGN AND SIMULATION


3003
Principles of mathematical modeling of mechanical systems: Introduction-Mathematical Modeling- Bars Under Axial
Vibration- Bars Under Torsional Vibration Beams Under Flexural Vibration- Systems Governed by Second-Order PDEs-
Properties of the Laplace Transform- Time Response via the Laplace Transform- The Inverse Laplace Transform- The Final-
and the Initial-Value Theorems. (12)

Vibration Analysis of Two-DoF Systems: Constitutive Equations of Mechanical Elements- springs and dashpots – series and
parallel arrays –Hysteric Damping- Coulomb damping-Introduction-The Derivation of the Governing Equations-Equilibrium
States-Linearization of the Governing Equations- Lagrange Equations of Linear Mechanical Systems. Introduction-Natural
Frequencies and the Natural Modes-The Zero-Input Response of Two-DoF Systems-Damped Two- DoF Systems. (11)

Steering system and Road modeling: Steering system forces and moments calculation- EPS motor torque requirement and
influence different parameters – parking torque estimation- dynamics of rack and pinion steering – concept of road modeling -
Deterministic Profiles –Random profiles. (11)

Suspension and tire modeling: Quarter car model - Kinematics of a Double Wishbone Suspension - Modeling Aspects -
Constraint Equations - Spring Damper in Series tire modeling- – Pacejaka magic formula- brush and Dugoff model-
Introduction to full car model with 16 DoF. (11)

28
59th ACM 09.06.2018

Total L: 45
REFERENCES :
1. Angeles,Jorgge.,” Dynamic response of linear Mechanical systems -Modeling,Analysis and Simulation”, Elsevier
press, 2008.
2. Rill, Georg.,” Road vehicle dynamics- Fundamentals and modeling”, CRC press,2009.
3. Nazar, Reza. N., “Vehicledynamics: Thoery and application”,Springer, 2008.
4. Maurer, Markus. and Winner, Hermann.,”Automotive Systems Engineering”, Springer, 2013,

18AE24 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY


3003

DFMA TOOLS: Traditional design and manufacture vs concurrent engineering, poka-yoke, lean principles, six sigma concepts,
DFMA as the tool for concurrent engineering, Process capability, process capability metrics, Cp, Cpk, cost aspects, Design for
assembly (DFA), Design for the Environment (DFE) - environmental objectives, global issues, regional and local issues-basic
DFE methods-design guidelines-example application. (12)

TOLERANCE ANALYSIS: Geometric tolerancing for manufacture as per Indian standards and ASME Y 14.5 standard, surface
finish, review of relationship between attainable tolerance grades and different machining processes. Cumulative effect of
tolerances, dimensional chain analysis -equivalent tolerances method, equivalent standard tolerance grade method, equivalent
influence method. Limits and fits, interchangeable part manufacture. Selective assembly. (11)

DATUM SYSTEMS AND TRUE POSITION THEORY: Degrees of freedom, grouped datum systems - different types, two and
three mutually perpendicular grouped datum planes; Grouped datum system with spigot and recess, pin and hole; Grouped
datum system with spigot - recess pair and tongue - slot pair - computation of translational and rotational accuracy, geometric
analysis and applications. True position theory - comparison between coordinate and conventional method of feature location
tolerancing and true position tolerancing, virtual size concept, floating and fixed fasteners, projected tolerance zone, zero true
position tolerance, compound assembly. Functional inspection techniques using CMM and paper layout gauging. (11)

REDESIGN, TOLERANCE CHARTING: Redesign of castings based on parting line considerations, minimising core
requirements, redesigning cast members using weldments, design guidelines for welding. Redesign of components to facilitate
machining. Tolerance charting - operation sequence for typical shaft type of components, preparation of process drawings for
different operations, tolerance worksheets and centrality analysis, examples. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Bralla,James. G. , “Design for Manufacturability Handbook”, McGraw Hill Professional, 1999
2. Boothroyd, G., Dewhurst, P. and Knight, W., “Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly”, Marcell Dekker, 1994.
3. Graedel,T. E. and Allenby,Braden. R. , “Design for environment”, Prentice Hall, 2007
4. Poli, Corrodo., “Design for Manufacturing – A structured Assembly”, Elsevier, 2009.

18AE25 AUTOMOTIVE POWERTRAIN DESIGN


3003
CYLINDER AND PISTON: Materials for cylinder and piston. Analysis of forces. Design procedure for cylinder, piston, piston
rings and piston pin. (11)

CONNECTING ROD: Materials for connecting rod and crank shaft. Analysis of forces. Design procedure for connecting rod
small end, big end bearings and middle portion. Design procedure for crankpin, web and main bearing of crank shaft. (12)

VALVE AND VALVE ACTUATING MECHANISM: Materials. Design of inlet and outlet valves, valve springs, rocker arm,
tappet, Cam, camshaft. (11)

FLYWHEEL AND CLUTCH: Requirements of flywheel. Design procedure for flywheel. Design of single and multi-plate
clutches. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Kolchin, A. and Demidov, V., “Design of Automotive Engines”, MIR Publishers 1998.
2. Hoag, Kevin.and Dondlinger, Brian.,” Vehicular Engine Design”,Springer, 2015.
3. Fenton,John., “Gasoline Engine analysis for CAD”, MEP, London, 1986.
4. Crolla, David. anfMasadi, Bahrooz.,” Vehicle Power train Systems”, John Wiley and Sons -2011.

Automotive Manufacturing Stream Electives

18AE26 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES


3003
SURFACE TREATMENT: Scope, Cleaners, Methods of cleaning, Surface coating types, and ceramic and organic methods of
coating, economics of coating. Electro forming, Chemical vapour deposition, thermal spraying, Ion implantation, diffusion
coating, Diamond coating and cladding. (11)

29
59th ACM 09.06.2018

NON-TRADITIONAL MACHINING: Introduction, need, AJM, Parametric Analysis, Process capabilities, USM –Mechanics of
cutting, models, Parametric Analysis, WJM –principle, equipment ,process characteristics , performance, EDM – principles,
equipment, generators, analysis of R-C circuits, MRR , Surface finish, WEDM. (11)

LASER BEAM MACHINING: Principle of working, equipment, Material removal rate, Process parameters, performance
characterization, Applications. Plasma Arc Machining – Principle of working, equipment, Material removal rate, Process
parameters, performance characterization, Applications. Electron Beam Machining - Principle of working, equipment, Material
removal rate, Process parameters, performance characterization, Applications. Electro Chemical Machining – Principle of
working, equipment, Material removal rate, Process parameters, performance characterization, Applications. (11)

PROCESSING OF CERAMICS: Applications, characteristics, classification .Processing of particulate ceramics, Powder


preparations, consolidation, Drying, sintering, Hot compaction, Area of application, finishing of ceramics. Processing of
Composites: Composite Layers, Particulate and fiber reinforced composites, Elastomers, Reinforced plastics, MMC, CMC,
Polymer matrix composites.
Fabrication of Microelectronic devices: Crystal growth and wafer preparation, Film Deposition oxidation, lithography, bonding
and packaging, reliability and yield, Printed Circuit boards, computer aided design in micro electronics, surface mount
technology, Integrated circuit economics. Manufacturing, nanotechnology, and micromachining, High speed Machining.
(12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Kalpakijian., “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology” ,Adisson Wesley, 1995.
2. Lindburg, R. A.,”Process and Materials of Manufacturing” , 4th edition, PHI 1990.
3. Liu, Chang.,” Foundation of MEMS” ,Pearson, 2012.
4. Jain, V.K.,” Advanced Machining Processes”, Allied Publications,2012.

18AE27 LEAN MANUFACTURING


3003

INTRODUCTION: History - Objectives - Implications of lean. Traditional vs. mass production vs. lean manufacturing vs. smart
manufacturing. Single variant vs. flexible mixed model support. Lean Culture. Paper Lean vs. IT based Lean. LEAN
CONCEPTS: Five Key principles - Value creation - 3M - Takt time. (9)

LEAN METHODS: Value Stream Mapping: - Detailed process map - Use of VSM software. Group Technology - Machine cell
design - Facility layout optimization - Quality at source - 5S principles – One piece flow - Pull vs Push - JIT - Kanban.
Information technology aids – Smart manufacturing. Case Studies from various industries. (10)

LEAN TOOLS: Standard work - SOP. Spaghetti diagram – Process Map. Visual controls - Marquee - Andon - Vision system -
Score board. Total Integrated Automation - TPM - OEE - TQM - SMED - FMEA - Line balancing - Poka-yoke/ Error mistake
proofing - Information technology aids. Case Studies from various industries. (20)

LEAN IMPLEMENTATION: Road map to implement lean project - Hoshin planning. RECONCILING WITH OTHER SYSTEMS:
Lean six sigma - PDM, ERP, ERP II and PLM – Lean with ISO9001:2000. Industry 4.0/5.0. (6)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Liker,Jeffrey. and Convis,Gary. L., "The Toyota Way to Lean Leadership: Achieving and Sustaining Excellence
through Leadership Development", McGraw Hills, 2012.
2. Askin, R. G. and Goldberg, J. B., “Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Inc.,
2003.
3. George,Michael. L., Rowlands,David. T. andKastle,Bill., “What is Lean Six Sigma”, McGraw Hill, New York, 2004.
4. Robinson,Alan., “Continuous Improvement in Operations”, Productivity Press, Portland, Oregon, 1991.
.
18AE28 LEAN SIX SIGMA
3003

INTRODUCTION: Background - Six sigma definition – Six sigma vs. TQM – Traditional project vs. Lean six sigma project.
CONCEPT: Four keys, Five laws – COPQ – Total quality cost – Importance of Value stream mapping – Types of Lean six
sigma: DMAIC vs DFSS. Industry culture. Selection of team members. Characteristics of team members. (14)

DMAIC PROJECT: DEFINE: Problem statement - VOC – CTQ – Affinity process – Pareto diagrams – BRD – Project charter –
High level process map – Project team – SIPOC. MEASURE: Types of measures – Types of data. Collect data from "As is"
model. Carry out Cause and effect diagrams – Line, bar, stacked bar graphs – Pie chart – Histograms. Six sigma
measurements: COPQ – QLF - Process capability study. ANALYSE: Process capability analysis – Correlation analysis -
DOE/ANOVA, Chi square test. IMPROVE: Process redesign, generating alternatives for improvement. Conduct pilot
experiments - Cost/benefit analysis – Implementation plan – Risk analysis and mitigation. (22)

DESIGN FOR SIX SIGMA (DFSS) PROJECT: DFSS methodologies - QFD - Theory of Inventive Problem Solving (TRIZ) -
FMEA - Design for XDFX – Robust design and process. (6)

LEAN SIXSIGMA IMPLEMENTATION: Roadmap to implement or execute a lean six sigma project. Software tools available
for DMAIC and/or DFSS. (3)

30
59th ACM 09.06.2018

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Feo,Joseph. De. andBarnard,William., “Juran Institute’s Six Sigma Breakthrough and Beyond”, The McGraw-Hill
Companies, 2004.
2. Ehrlich,Betsiharris., “Transactional Six Sigma and Lean Servicing”, St. Lucia Press, 2002.
3. Arthur, Jay., “Lean Six Sigma – Demystified”, Tata McGraw Hill Companies Inc, 2007.
4. George,Michael. L., Rowlands,David. T. and Kastle,Bill., “What is Lean Six Sigma”, McGraw Hill, New York, 2004.

18AE29 AUTOMOTIVE MATERIALS AND METALLURGY


3003
METALLIC MATERIALS AND THEIR PROCESSING: ferrous and non ferrous materials properties, alloying elements and their
effects, characteristics of metallic materials such as castability, machinability, hardenability, formability, weldability, etc.
Processing of metallic materials – casting, forming, fabrication and heat treatments. Micro alloyed, high strength low alloy steel
- High strength Steels (HSS), Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), Ultra high strength Steels (UHSS), and developments in
non ferrous alloys for automotive industry. (11)

NON METALLIC MATERIALS AND THEIR PROCESSING:Polymers, elastomers – types, properties and applications.
laminated&heat treated glass, adhesive bonding. Electrical insulating materials. Gaskets, automotive glasses, Sound insulating
materials, Protective coating materials - Paints, primers, varnishes, enamels. Processing of polymers and elastomers.
Automotive applications of non metallic materials. (11)

ADVANCED MATERIALS AND THEIR PROCESSING: composite materials – type, application, properties and processing of
composite materials. Composites for automotive industry. Light weight materials Carbon fiber composites, Natural fibers,
refractory metals, SMART Materials - shape memory alloys (SMA), Piezo-electric materials, MEMS, Metallic glass‐Quasi crystal
and Nano crystalline materials, metal foams, etc., Advanced processing of materials – Powder metallurgy (hot isostatic & cold
isostatic), Hydroforming, Laser welding techniques, Induction heating, etc., (12)

MATERIALS FAILURES AND DESIGN: Materials behaviour under mechanical loading - Plastic deformation ‐ Strengthening
mechanisms ‐ Griffith's theory of failure modes –‐ Damping properties of materials ‐ fracture toughness ‐ Initiation and
propagation of fatigue cracks ‐ Creep mechanisms environmentally induced degradation and preventive solutions. Automotive
component failure analysis and case studies, types of failures, fracture mechanisms, types of defects in metals & cracks, types
of fatigue, importance of endurance life. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Yamagata,H.,” The Science and Technology of Materials in Automotive Engines”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd,
Cambridge, United Kingdom, 2005.
2. “Pistons and engine testing”, second edition, MAHLE, 2011.
3. Courtney,Thomas.H.,“Mechanical Behavior of Materials”, McGraw Hill,2000.
4. Budinski,Kenneth. G. and Budinski,Michael. K. “Engineering Materials” Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited, 4th
Indian Reprint 2002.

Thermal Engineering Stream Electives


18AE30 EMISSION, NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS CONTROL
3003
Emission: Introduction - Types and causes of emission –SI and CI emission - Formation mechanisms- chemistry of emission-
emission testing methods- engine design and operating parameters on emission- emission standards. (10)

Noise fundamentals and Instrumentation techniques: Sound propagation, quantification of sound - frequency and wave
length, sound pressure level, sound intensity level, vehicle noise specifications & standards, noise induced hearing losses.
Exterior noise sources, Interior noise sources. Microphones & calibrators, Excitation devices, frequency analysis, sound
pressure measurement, sound intensity measurement, sound intensity probes, data acquisition system, digital signal
processing, semi-anechoic rooms. (12)

Noise analysis and control methods: Transfer Path Analysis: single source structure-borne noise transmission path analysis,
multiple reference transmission path analysis, Impedance modelling, modal analysis: definition of modal properties, modal
analysis theory, passive noise control methods: ducts & mufflers -types of mufflers, performance parameters – acoustics and
backpressure, reactive and absorptive silencers, helmholtz resonators and side branch resonators. (10)

Vibration fundamentals and Instrumentation techniques : Introduction, elements of vibration, source of vibration, types of
vibration, transient and steady state response of one degree of freedom system applied to vehicle systems, multi degree of
freedom system (MDOF), Undamped& damped vibrations, Vibration transducers, FFT analyser. (13)

31
59th ACM 09.06.2018

Total L: 45
REFERENCE:
1. Harrison,Matthew., “Vehicle Refinement: Controlling Noise and Vibration in Road Vehicles”, SAE International, 2004.
2. Munjal, M.L., “Acoustic Ducts and Mufflers”, John Wiley, 1987
3. Rajamani,Rajesh., “Vehicle Dynamics and Control”, 2nd edition, Springer, 2011.
4. Wang,Xu., “Vehicle noise and vibration refinement”, Wood head publishing Limited, 2010.

18AE31 ADVANCED HEAT TRANSFER


3003

INTRODUCTION TO MODES AND LAWS OF HEAT TRANSFER: Simultaneous Heat Transfer Mechanism, Steady and
Transient Heat Transfer, Multidimensional Heat Transfer, Thermal Conductivity, Thermal diffusivity, Various Boundary and
Initial Conditions, General Heat Conduction Equation, Thermal Resistance, Generalized Thermal Resistance Networks,
Thermal Contact Resistance. (11)

TRANSIENT HEAT CONDUCTION AND FLUID FLOW AND CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER: Lumped capacitance and its
validity, General lumped capacitance analysis, spatial effects. Problems related with conventional geometries. Concept of
velocity and thermal boundary layers: Laminar and Turbulent flow. Navier stokes equations and convection equation. Boundary
layer approximations and special conditions. Boundary layer similarity. The normalized convection transfer equations.
Dimensionless parameters & physical significance. (12)

CONVECTION: External forced convection: Parallel flow over Flat plates, Flow across cylinders, Flow across tube banks.
Internal forced convection: Entrance region, Constant surface heat flux, Constant surface temperature, Laminar and Turbulent
flow in tubes. Natural Convection: Physical Mechanism, Equation of motion and Grashof Number, Natural Convection over
surfaces. (11)

BOILING AND CONDENSATION: Boiling modes, the boiling curve, modes of pool boiling, correlations. Forced convection
boiling. Two phase flow. Condensation: Physical mechanisms, laminar film condensation on a vertical plate. Turbulent film
condensation, film condensation on radial systems, film condensation in horizontal tubes, on banks of tubes, Dropwise
condensation correlations. (11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Incropera, Dewitt.,”Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer” , John Wiley and sons., 2001.
2. Cengel, Yunus. andGhajar, Afshin.,”Heat and Mass Transfer” , Tata Mc Graw Hill., 2007.
3. Ozisik, M.N.,”Heat transfer - A basic approach”, Mc Graw Hill Int., 2011.
4. Bejan, A.,”Convective Heat transfer”, John Wiley and sons, 2003.

18AE32 ALTERNATIVE FUELS


3003

NEED FOR ALTERNATIVE FUELS: An introduction to hydrocarbon fuels, estimate of petroleum reserve and availability,
Petroleum refining process, Physio-chemical characteristics of fuels, fuel additives, Need for alternative fuels, applications,
types, study of availability, manufacture, storage, handling and dispensing, safety aspects. (11)

ENGINE PERFORMANCE AND EMISSION CHARACTERISTICS: Principle of combustion, Engine performance parameters,
Operating variables that affect SI and CI engine performance, efficiency and emissions, Emission formation in SI and CI
engines - UBHC, NOx, CO, CO2, Particulate emissions, Aldehydes, SOx. Emission effects on health and environment,
Emission Norms. (11)

TYPES OF ALTERNATIVE FUELS: Alcohol fuels - ethanol & methanol, Vegetable oils, Fuel composition, Fuel induction
techniques, Blending and fumigation of fuels, applications to engines. LPG and LNG, CNG, Producer gas, components,
mixtures and kits, fuel supply system, Hydrogen combustion characteristics, safety aspects and system development, HCNG,
Fuel cells, Introduction to Synthetic fuels: GTL, BTL. (12)

BIOFUELS: Oxygenated fuels, Biodiesel formulation techniques, Transesterification, Application in diesel engines, DME
(Dimethyl ether), DEE (Diethyl ether), properties, fuel injection consideration. Biomass: generation, characterization, use as
energy source, Biogas: aerobic and anaerobic bio-conversion processes, microbial reactions, purification, properties of biogas
(composition and calorific value), Storage and enrichment. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Haywood,John. B., “Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals”, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 2001.
2. Bechtold,Richard. L., “Alternate Fuels – Transportation Fuels for Today and Tomorrow”, Society of Automotive
Engineers (SAE) – 2002.
3. “Alcohols as Motor Fuels”, SAE, 2012
4. Watson, E.B., “Alternative fuels for the combustion engine”, ASME, 2011.

32
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18AE33 AUTOMOTIVE HVACR


3003

FUNDAMENTALS: Terminology, design factors and concepts related to air conditioning & refrigeration systems - Construction
and Working principles of Thermostatic Expansion valve and Orifice tube-based system- Heating system types -detailed study
of HVAC components like compressor, evaporator, condenser, TXV, orifice tube, Receiver-drier, heater core etc. Location of air
conditioning components & refrigeration components in a vehicle. (11)

REFRIGERANTS, AIR MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEMS: Refrigerants: Temperature and pressure
relation, Properties of R-12 and R134a- refrigerant oil. Simple problems -Containers - Handling refrigerants - Tapping into the
refrigerant container - Ozone Layer Depletion. Air management system: Air routing for manual, semi and automatic system-
cases and ducts- Air distribution, control head and doors- Defrost system Block diagram - types of Sensors and Actuators, -
Control Logic Electrical wiring diagram of manual and automatic system - multiplexing between BCM and PCM- control of
compressor clutch, blower motor etc.- diagnostics tools and features. (12)

DESIGN OF AIR-CONDITIONING COMPONENTS: Modeling of Fixed and variable Displacement type compressor, evaporator
modeling – heat transfer correlations for the fluids inside the evaporator, analysis of evaporator frosting- condenser modeling -
improvement of refrigerant flow control method. (11)

DIAGNOSIS AND SERVICES: Air conditioning & refrigeration system diagnosis based on temperature and pressure
measurements, sight glass, sound etc. -refrigerant leak detection- Trouble shooting and Servicing of compressor, evaporator,
condenser, heater core. Air routing system service. (11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Birch,Tom., “Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning” Pearson Education Inc., 2003.
2. Dwiggins,Boyce. H., Erjavec,Jack., “Automotive Heating and Air-Conditioning”, Delmer publisher.,2009.
3. Crouse,William. H. and Anglin,Donald. L., “Automotive air conditioning”, McGraw - Hill Inc., 2010.
4. Daly,Steven., “Automotive Air Conditioning and Climate Control System”, Butterworth Heinemann, 2006.

18AE34 FUELS AND COMBUSTION


3003

COMBUSTION PRINCIPLES: Thermodynamics - concepts of combustion – combustion equations - heat of combustion


theoretical flame temperature - chemical equilibrium and dissociation, equilibrium constant for ideal gas mixture. Chemical
thermodynamics, chemical reaction, fuels and combustion, enthalpy of formation and enthalpy of combustion, 1st law analysis
of reacting systems, adiabatic flame temperature of different fuels. (11)

FUELS AND CHEMICAL KINETICS: Flame stability, combustion mechanisms of solid liquid and gaseous fuels. Theories of
combustion - pre-flame velocities - reaction rates - laminar and turbulent flame propagation in engines- reaction mechanisms of
hydrogen and hydrocarbon combustion. (12)

COMBUSTION IN SI ENGINES: Initiation of combustion - flame velocities – flame propagation - normal and abnormal
combustion - knocking combustion - pre-ignition - knock and engine variables – features and design consideration of
combustion chambers - stratified charge combustion - concepts of lean burn engines - heat release correlations. Flow
visualization and modeling, concept of combustion quality, ignition and its effect. (11)

COMBUSTION IN CI ENGINES: Various stages of combustion - vaporization of fuel droplets and spray formation – air motion -
swirl measurement - delay period correlations and affecting variables, diesel knock and engine variables, features and design
considerations of combustion chambers - swirl, squish and tumble Flow visualization and modelling. (11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Ganesan, V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw Hill Book Cop.,2005
2. John, B. Heywood, “Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals”, McGraw Hill Book, 2008.
3. Mathur M. L., and Sharma, R. P., “A Course in Internal Combustion Engines”, Dhanpat Rai Publications Pvt. New
Delhi, 2007.
4. Obert, E. F.,” Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution”, International Text Books Publishers, 2000.

18AE35 SIMULATION OF IC ENGINES


3003

INTRODUCTION TO MODELLING: Advantages of computer simulation, Classification of engine models. Intake and exhaust
flow models – Quasi steady flow - Filling and emptying - Gas dynamic Models. Thermodynamic based in cylinder models. Step
by step approach in SI engine simulation. (11)

COMBUSTION AND STOICHIOMETERY: Reactive processes, Heat of reaction, measurement of URP, measurement of HRP.
Introduction -combustion equation for hydrocarbon fuels. Calculation of minimum air, excess air and stoichiometric air required
for combustion. Conversion of volumetric analysis to mass analysis. Introduction, complete combustion in C-H-N-O systems,
constant volume adiabatic combustion, constant pressure adiabatic combustion, calculation of adiabatic flame temperature,
isentropic changes of state. (11)

33
59th ACM 09.06.2018

COMPUTER SIMULATION OF SI ENGINE WITH FUEL AIR CYCLE: SI Engine simulation with air as working medium,
deviation between actual and ideal cycle. Fuel air cycle analysis - Temperature drop due to fuel vaporization, full throttle
operation, work output and efficiency calculation, part-throttle operation, engine performance at part throttle, super charged
operation. SI Engines simulation with progressive combustion. Wiebe’s law combustion analysis. , validation of the computer
code, engine performance simulation, pressure crank angle diagram, brake power, brake thermal efficiency, effect of speed on
performance. (12)

COMPUTER SIMULATION OF CI ENGINE: Zero, one and multizone models for diesel engine combustion. Double Wiebe’s
Law analysis for diesel combustion. Heat release model and different heat transfer models. Equilibrium calculations. Parametric
studies on simulated engine performance. (11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Ganesan, V., "Computer Simulation of spark ignition engine process", Universities Press (I) Ltd, Hyderbad, 1996.
2. Heywood, John. B., ’Internal Combustion Engines’", Tata McGraw Hill Co., Newyork, 1988.
3. Ramoss, A.L., "Modelling of Internal Combustion Engines Processes", McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,1992.
4. Campbel, Ashley., "Thermodynamic analysis of combustion engines", John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1986.

18AE36 INSTRUMENTATION FOR THERMAL SYTEMS


3003

MEASURMENT CHARACTERISTICS: Instrument Classification, Characteristics of Instruments – Static and dynamic,


experimental error analysis, Systematic and random errors, Statistical analysis, Uncertainty, Experimental planning and
selection of measuring instruments, Reliability of instruments. (11)

MICROPROCESSORS AND COMPUTERS IN MEASURMENT: Data logging and acquisition – use of sensors for error
reduction, elements of micro computer interfacing, intelligent instruments in use. (11)

MEASURMENT OF PHYSICAL QUANTITIES: Measurement of thermo-physical properties, instruments for measuring


temperature, pressure and flow, use of sensors for physical variables. (11)

MEASURMENT TECHNIQUES AND ANALYSERS: Shadowgraph, Schlieren, Interferometer, Laser Doppler Anemometer, Hot
wire Anemometer, heat flux sensors, Telemetry in measurement. Orsat apparatus, Gas Analysers, Smoke meters, gas
chromatography, spectrometry. (12)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Holman, J.P., “Experimental methods for engineers”, McGraw-Hill, 2012
2. Barnery.,” Intelligent Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
3. Prebrashensky, V., “Measurements and Instrumentation in Heat Engineering, Vol. 1 and 2”, MIR Publishers, 2007
4. Raman, C.S., Sharma, G.R. and Mani, V.S.V., “Instrumentation Devices and Systems”, Tata McGraw- Hill, New
Delhi, 2001.

18AE37 THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF HYBRID SYSTEMS


3003
INTRODUCTION: First Law of Thermodynamics for open and closed systems; internal energy, enthalpy, and specific heat -
Second Law of Thermodynamics for closed systems; Thermodynamic equations, Gibbs function - Fluid mechanics: laminar vs.
turbulent flow, internal flow relationships, Navier Stokes equations - Heat transfer: simple conduction, convection, and radiation
relationships; Nusselt number relationships for convective heat transfer; energy equation. (12)

THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF MOTORS: Motor Sizing vs Heat Generation - Operational Temperature Limitations of Electrical
Insulation - Design concepts for Heat Extraction in Motors for xEV systems - Modelling and simulation of heat transfer in motors
- Rendering of Heat extraction solutions - Sensors and Protection solutions. (11)

THERMAL MANAGEMENT FOR BATTERIES AND POWER ELECTRONICS: Introduction - Thermal control in vehicular
battery systems: battery performance degradation at low and high temperatures - Passive, active, liquid, air thermal control
system configurations for HEV and EV applications - Battery Heat Transfer - Introduction to battery modeling: tracking current
demand, voltage, and State of Charge as functions of time for given drive cycles - Development of thermodynamic relationships
for cell heat generation - Lumped cell and pack models for transient temperature response to drive cycles - Model parametric
study results (11)

THERMAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS: Overall energy balance to determine required flowrates - Determination of convection
and friction coefficients for air and liquid systems in various geometric configurations: flow around cylinders, flow between
plates, flow through channels - Development of a complete thermal system model and parametric study results - Temperature
control and heat transfer using phase change materials - Thermal Management of Power Electronics. (11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Nag, P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2013.

34
59th ACM 09.06.2018

2. Sergent,Jerry. andKrum,Al., “Thermal Management Handbook: For Electronic Assemblies Hardcover”, McGraw- Hill.
2005.
3. “Vehicle thermal Management Systems Conference Proceedings, 1st Edition”, Coventry Techno Centre, UK, 2013.
4. Shabany, Younes.,” Heat Transfer: Thermal Management of Electronics Hardcover”, CRC Press. 2010,
5. Obidi,T. Yomi., “Thermal Management in Automotive applications”, SAE International, 2015.

18AE38 FUEL CELL VEHICLES


3003

Introduction and Thermodynamics of fuel cells: Introduction-working and types of fuel cell-Low, medium and high
temperature fuel cell. Enthalpy change of a reacting system, systematic Gibbs free energy, Ideal efficiency of the energy
conversion, energy balance in fuel cells. First and second law of thermodynamics for fuel cells. (10)

Electrochemistry of fuel cells: Nernst equation, relation of the fuel consumption versus current output, stoichiometric
coefficients and utilization percentages of the fuel and oxygen, mass flow rate calculation for fuel and oxygen in single cell and
fuel cell stack, total voltage and current for fuel cells in parallel and serious connection, over-potential and polarizations,
generous issues -water flooding and water management. (11)

FUEL CELL COMPONENTS AND FUELING: Material for conventional and new catalysts for MEA, Gas diffusion layer - Types
and significance, various flow field design and their impact on performance. Fuel cell performance characteristics -
Current/voltage, voltage efficiency and power density, Ohmic resistance, Kinetic performance, mass transfer effects, fuel cell
stacks, bi-polar plate, humidifiers and cooling plates. Hydrogen generation and storage technologies - various methods and
their influences. (12)

Fuel Cell Vehicle architecture: Hybrid Vehicle configurations – Parallel, Series and Parallel-Series, Fuel cell Vehicle Drives,
Recent developments in battery technology for automobile applications, Modeling, Simulation, and Control of Hybrid fuel cell
vehicles, Advanced heating and cooling systems for hybrid fuel cell vehicles. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Babir, Frano., "PEM FUEL CELLS: Theory and Practice", Elsevier Academic Press, USA, 2005.
2. Viswanathan, B. and Scibioh, Aulice. M., "Fuel cells: Principles and Applications", University Press, 2006.
3. Mench,M. M., “Fuel cells Engines”, John Wiley and Sons, 2008.
4. Ehsani, Mehrdad., Gao,Yimin., Gay,Sebastien. E. and Emadi,Ali., "Modem Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel cell
Vehicles", Fundamental, Theory and design “, CRS Press, 2004.

18AE39 AERODYNAMICS OF ROAD VEHICLES


3003

INTRODUCTION: Scope, historical developments, fundamentals of fluid mechanics, flow phenomenon related to vehicles,
external and Internal flow problem, resistance to vehicle motion, performance, fuel consumption and performance potential of
vehicle aerodynamics, engine cooling requirement, air flow to passenger compartment, duct for air conditioning, cooling of
transverse engine and rear engine. (12)

AERODYNAMIC DRAG OF CARS: Cars as a bluff body, flow field around car, drag force, types of drag force, analysis of
aerodynamic drag, drag coefficient of cars, strategies for aerodynamic development, low drag profiles. Front end modification,
front and rear wind shield angle, boat tailing, hatch back, fast back and square back, dust flow patterns at the rear, effects of
gap configuration, effect of fasteners. (11)

VEHICLE HANDLING: Origin of forces and moments on a vehicle, lateral stability problems, methods to calculate forces and
moments – vehicle dynamics under side winds, the effects of forces and moments, characteristics of forces and moments, dirt
accumulation on the vehicle, wind noise, drag reduction in commercial vehicles. (11)

WIND TUNNELS FOR AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS: Introduction, principle of wind tunnel technology, limitation of
simulation, stress with scale models, full scale wind tunnels, measurement techniques, equipment and transducers, road
testing methods, numerical methods. (11)
Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Hucho, W. H., “Aerodynamic of Road vehicles ", Butterworth Co. Ltd., 2003.
2. “Vehicle Aerodynamic”, SP-1145, SAE 2006.
3. Pope, A., “Wind Tunnel Testing ", John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2001
4. “Automotive Aerodynamics: Update SP-706”, SAE, 2004.

OTHER ELECTIVES
18AE40 SPECIAL VEHICLES
3003

TRACTORS AND GRADERS: Tractors - General description, specification and functions, light, medium and heavy wheeled
tractors, crawler tracks mounted / wheeled - Bull dozers, tilt dozers and angle dozers, front end loaders, factors affecting
efficiency of output of tractors, simple problems, merits and demerits.Graders -Description, specification of tractor towed

35
59th ACM 09.06.2018

graders and motor graders, classification and functions of graders, functional details of spreading, mixing, ditching, bank
sloping, snow removal, stripping, scarifying, and finishing, elementary details of transmission system (coupling, clutches, gear
box, driving axles, propeller shafts), running gear and operating equipment air braking system; hydraulic system and its
components, steering system of lights, medium and heavy graders, merits and limitations of graders. (12)

ROOTERS, SCARIFIERS AND SCRAPERS: General description, specification and functions, tractor towed rooters and
scarifiers - Heavy duty, light duty. General description, specification and functions, tractor towed and motorized scrapers,
scraper work in cutting, cambering, side hill cutting, spreading on embankments, compaction of fill merits and demerits. (10)

CRANES, EXCAVATORS AND COMPACTION VEHICLES: General description, specifications and functions, excavator
mounted cranes, mobile cranes with strut and cantilever type jibs, tractor towed and tractor mounted cranes. General
description, specification and functions, classification based on attachments, face shovel, drag shovel, hoe, drag-line and grab
or clam shell, advantages and limitations, Compaction Vehicles -: General description, specification and functions, smooth
wheeled rollers, pneumatic tired rollers, agricultural Rollers, sheep’s foot rollers, vibrating compactors. (13)

HAULAGE VEHICLES AND LIFT TRUCKS: General description, specification and functions, self-propelled and tractor towed
haulage vehicles and pneumatic – tires, dumpers – front tipping; trucks – rear tipping, tractor towed semi-trailers and trailers
(rear and side tipping, bottom dumping). General description, specification and functions, fork lift trucks, alternative front-end
equipment (attachments) – Jib arm, shovel bucket, squeeze clamp, boom, fork extensions, barrel forks. Scissors lift trucks -
Applications in industry, advantages and disadvantages. (10)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Peurifoy, R.L., “Construction Planning, Equipment and Methods”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Graham,Ian., “Off-Road vehicles”, Heinemann Library, 2008.
3. Wong, J. “Terramechanics and Off-Road Vehicle Engineering”, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2009.
4. Roninson,E.G., “Motor Graders”, MIR Publications, Moscow, 2005.

18AE41 VEHICLE TESTING


3003
RIDE, VIBRATION AND BODY TEST: Vibration measurement instrument – accelerometer and signal conditioning, graphical
presentation. Dynamic simulation sled testing, methodology, vehicle acceleration measurement and documentation. Dolly roll
over test, dolly role over fixture, photographic / video coverage, instrumentation. Vehicle roof strength test – test procedure and
test measurements. Door system crush test –procedure and measurements- wind tunnel selection and Reynolds number
capability, model requirements, model details, model mounting, test procedure. (11)

SUSPENSION AND STABILITY FOR DIRECTIONAL CONTROL: Measurement of dimensional and geometric characteristics,
measurement of centre of gravity position, measurement of moments and products of inertia, measurement of suspension
kinematic characteristics, measurement of suspension elastic and coulomb friction characteristics, measurement of shock
absorber characteristics. (11)

STEERING AND BRAKING SYSTEM TESTING: Analysis of constant radius test, constant steer angle test, constant speed
variable radius test, constant speed variable steer angle test, response gain test. Dynamic cornering fatigue, dynamic radial
fatigue tests – procedure, bending moment and radial load calculations. Impact test – road hazard impact test for wheel and
tyre assemblies, test procedures, failure criteria and performance criteria. Bumpers - types of tests, pendulum test, fixed
collision barrier test, procedure, performance criteria. Air and hydraulic brake test, air brake actuator, valves test, performance
requirements. (11)

VEHICLE SIMULATION AND TESTING: Fault insertion testing in system model - brake fluid leakage test in from single to all
wheels – steering – vehicle in loop testing – braking test on split  conditions. Traction loss and roll instability simulation. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Crouse, W. H. and Anglin, D. L., “Automotive Mechanics”’ Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2004.
2. Rangan, Mani and Sharma, “Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. “SAE Hand book, Vol. 3”, SAE Publications, 2009
4. Stockel, M. W., “Auto Mechanics Fundamentals”, Good Heart-Wilcox Co., Inc., 2008

18AE42 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES


3003

Network Analysis: Maximal flow problems-Shortest Route Problems-Minimal Spanning Tree Problems-Minimum Cost
Capacitated Flow problem- PERT and CPM including crashing. (10)

Advanced Topics in Linear Programming: Revised Simplex Method- Integer programming- Traveling salesman problem-
Goal programming. (10)

Dynamic Programming: Concepts-Mathematics description- Deterministic Dynamic Programming (Examples: Facilities


selection problem, Cutting stock problem, Inventory control problem) Problems-Nonlinear Programming problem- Formulation-
Solution Methodology- Problem (Curse) of Dimensionality in Multi State Variables Problem. (12)

36
59th ACM 09.06.2018

Nonlinear Programming (Unconstrained and Equality, inequality Constraints): Basic Concepts-Taylor’s Series
expansions- Fibonacci and Golden Section search- Hooks and Jeeves search- Gradient Methods with equality
constraints.Khun concept- Khun Tucker conditions- Quadratic Programming-Complementary Algorithm- Separable
Programming- Concept of non-derivative search techniques: GA, SAA & TS.
(13)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Taha,Hamdy. A., “Operations Research- An Introduction”, MacMillan Co., Seventh Edition 2003.
2. Ravindran,A., Phillips,Don.T., and Solberg,James. J., “Operations Research- Principles and Practice”, John Wiley and
Sons, Second Edition, Copy right 2011.
3. Srinath, L.S., “PERT and CPM Principles and Applications”, Affiliated East West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
4. King, J.R., “Production Planning and Control”, Pergamon Press Oxford, 2009

18AE43 AUTOMOTIVE PLM


3003
MOTIVATION AND INTRODUCTION: e-commerce, B to B, B to C forms of business, extended enterprise, concepts in PDM -
product life cycle, business objects, work flows, versions, views, product structure, change processes, work list, information flow
model in product development, engineering bill of materials and manufacturing bill of materials. (12)

COMPONENTS OF PLM SOLUTIONS: Object oriented approach in product development solutions, phase gate process in
product design - disparate databases and connectivity, use of EAI technology (middleware) - cases for preparation of combined
BOM and other reports. Component supplier management and sourcing. (11)

PRODUCT VISUALISATION: CAD neutral environment and visualization of products, standard softwares, use of visualization
in several stages of lifecycle, reviews, mark up - case studies. Role of PLM in industries: (like auto, aero, electronic) - other
possible sectors, ten step approachto PLM, benefits of PLM. (11)

Details of Module:Details of modules in a PDM/PLM software, basics on customization and implementation of automotive
PDM/PLM software. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Wang,Lihui. and Andrew, Y. C. N., “Collaborative Design and Planning for Digital Manufacturing”, Springer-Verlag
London Limited, 2009.
2. Stark,John., “Global Product: Strategy, Product Lifecycle Management and the Billion Customer Question”, Springer
Publisher, 2007.
3. Grieves,Michael., “Product Life Cycle Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
4. Stark,John., “Product Lifecycle Management: 21 Century Paradigm for Product Realization”, Springer Publisher,
2005.

18AE44 AUTOMOTIVE ERGONOMICS


3003
INTRODUCTION: Definition, human technological system, multidisciplinary engineering approach, human – machine system,
manual, mechanical, automated system, human system reliability, conceptual design, advanced development, detailed design
and development, human system modeling. INPUT: Input and processing, text, graphics, symbols, codes, visual display of
dynamic information, auditory, tactual, displays, speech communications. biomechanics, biothermodynamics and bioenergetics.
(12)

VEHICLE ERGONOMICS: Introduction, seating dimensions, interior ergonomics, ergonomics system design, seat comfort,
suspension seats, split frame seating, back passion reducers, dash board instruments, electronic displays, commercial vehicle
cabin ergonomics, mechanical package layout, goods vehicle layout. (11)

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Illumination, heat ventilation and air conditioning, noise, motion, speed and acceleration,
sound, vibration. (11)

HUMAN FACTORS APPLICATIONS: Human error, accidents, human factors and the automobile, organizational and social
aspects, steps according to ISO/DIS6385, OSHA’s approach, virtual environments. SAFETY: Seat belt, air bag, collapsible
steering, warning systems, ABS braking system, collision safety systems, global safety standards in automotive applications.
(11)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Bridger, R. S., “Introduction to Ergonomics”, Taylor and Francis, London, 2003.
2. Phillips,Chandler. Allen., “Human Factors Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2000.
3. Helandar,Martin., “A Guide to Ergonomics of Manufacturing”, Taylor and Francis, 2006.
4. Mark, S. S., “Human Factors in Engineering and Design”, McGraw Hill, New York, 2001.

37
59th ACM 09.06.2018

ELECTIVE LABORATORY COURSES

18AE53 AUTOMOTIVE STYLING AND DESIGN LABORATORY


0021
Description: In this practical course students will be provided with a comprehensive practical exposure to Automotive Styling
and Design Laboratory and their functionalities using the following experiments. After this, students are expected to formulate
and complete an activity of industrial relevance. The details like background, problem definition, state of technology/knowledge
in that area are to be arrived based on a good literature review (5 latest papers). Results from the experiments and their
interpretation with respect to the assumptions/background and a formal conclusion are expected in the report which is to be
submitted at the end of the semester. The work is evaluated for the credit assigned. Expected hours needed for this work is 20
hours.

1. Automotive sketching
2. Automotive packaging design
3. Automotive class A modeling
4. Automotive Exterior design
5. Automotive Interior design

Total P: 30

REFERENCE:
1. Manual prepared by the Department of Automobile Engineering, 2015.

15AE54 AUTOMOTIVE EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LABORATORY


0021
Description: In this practical course students will be provided with a comprehensive practical exposure to Automotive
Embedded Systems Laboratory and their functionalities using the following experiments. After this, students are expected to
formulate and complete an activity of industrial relevance. The details like background, problem definition, state of
technology/knowledge in that area are to be arrived based on a good literature review (5 latest papers). Results from the
experiments and their interpretation with respect to the assumptions/background and a formal conclusion are expected in the
report which is to be submitted at the end of the semester. The work is evaluated for the credit assigned. Expected hours
needed for this work is 20 hours.

1. Study of an Integrated Development Environment


2. Simulation of Automotive Sensors and Actuators
3. Interfacing of Sensors and Actuators
4. Code conversion and Waveform (square and rectangle) generation
5. Simulation of automotive lighting system.

Total P: 30

REFERENCE:
1. Manual prepared by the Department of Automobile Engineering, 2015.

18AE55 MODELING AND SIMULATION LABORATORY

0021
Description: In this practical course students will be provided with a comprehensive practical exposure to Modelling and
Simulation Laboratory and their functionalities using the following experiments. After this, students are expected to formulate
and complete an activity of industrial relevance. The details like background, problem definition, state of technology/knowledge
in that area are to be arrived based on a good literature review (5 latest papers). Results from the experiments and their
interpretation with respect to the assumptions/background and a formal conclusion are expected in the report which is to be
submitted at the end of the semester. The work is evaluated for the credit assigned. Expected hours needed for this work is 20
hours.

Experiments:

1.Tire characteristics modeling usingPacejaka’s Magic formula


2. Quarter Car suspension system modeling
3. Dynamics of a Simple Steering System Model
4. Double Wishbone Suspension Kinematic Analysis
5. Nonlinear Damper Characteristics simulation
6. Piston speed and acceleration simulation
7. Simulation of engine kinematic forces
8. Simplified model for Four cylinder CI engine torque
9. Simplified model for Four cylinder SI engine torque
10. Roll centre variation simulation

Total P: 30
REFERENCE:
1. PSG Tech Lab Manual.
2. Crolla, David. and Masahadi,Behrooz.,”Vehicle Power train systems”,John Wiley and sons Publication -2012 .

38
59th ACM 09.06.2018

3. Rill, Georg.,“Road Vehicle dynamics -Fundamentals and Modeling”, CRC Press_2013.

One Credit Courses

18AK01 Model Based Development


1001
Introduction- Automotive system modeling using simulink – Control system modeling using Stateflow- verification and
validation of models-Functional and implementation models –AUTOSAR-Autocode generation. (15)

Total L: 15
References:
1. Kugele,Stefan. M. ,”Model-based Development of Software-intensive Automotive Systems”,Springer , 2012.
2. Navet,Nicolas. andSimonot-Lion,Francoise.,”Automotive Embedded Systems Handbook”, CRC press 2014.
3. Zander,Justyna., Schieferdecker,Ina. andMosterman,Pieter. J.,”Model-Based Testing for Embedded Systems”, CRC
press 2011.

18AK02 Robotics
1001
Introduction-components- types and classification of robots - representation of joints and links using D-H parameters- direct
and inverse kinematics of manipulators - examples of kinematics of some common manipulator configurations- Purpose and
types of sensors, displacement sensors, velocity sensors, force sensors and vision, necessity of actuators, different kinds of
actuators – stepper motors, DC servo and brushless motors, programming of robots. (15)

Total L: 15

References:
1. Morecki, Adam. and Knapczyk, Jozef.,”Theory and Components of Manipulators and Robots”, Springer ,2011.
2. Dinwiddie, Keith.,“Basic Robotics”, Cengage learning ,2009.

18AK03 Integrated Development Environment (IDE)

Fundamentals of KEIL – basics programming ant interfacing with hardware . Fundamentals of Code Warrior – basics
programming ant interfacing with hardware. (15)

Total L: 15
Reference :
Manual prepared by Automobile Engineering Department.

18AK04 Driveline Matching for Special purpose vehicles

Off- Road Vehicle : Performance requirements- selection of engine and tyres- driveline matching and the parameters affecting
the same. (8)

Motor sports Vehicle : Performance requirements- selection of engine and tyres- driveline matching and the parameters
affecting the same. (7)

Total L: 15

Reference :
Manual prepared by Automobile Engineering Department.

AUDIT COURSES

18AE81 ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP81

18AE82 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP82

39
59th ACM 09.06.2018

13. ME – STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING – 2018 Regulations


Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment
(2018 REGULATIONS)
(Minimum No. of credits to be earned:72*)
Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks CAT
Course Title Credits
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
18CS01 Applied Statistics and Reliability 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS02 Advanced Concrete Technology 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS03 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS04 Computer Analysis of Structures 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18CS05 Foundation Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS51 Structural Engineering Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18CS81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 22 Hrs 14 4 4 18 300 300 600
II SEMESTER
18CS06 Structural Dynamics 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18CS07 Applied Elasticity and Plasticity 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS08 Structural Steel Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS09 Prestressed Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS_ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS_ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS52 Symbolic and Numerical Computation Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18CS61 Industry Visit and Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18CS82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 28 Hrs 18 2 8 23 400 400 800
III SEMESTER
18CS_ Professional Elective 3 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS_ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS_ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS_ Professional Elective 6 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS53 Computer Aided Structural Analysis and Design PC
0 0 4 2 50 50 100
Laboratory
18CS71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 22 Hrs 12 0 10 17 300 300 600
IV SEMESTER
18CS72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
Total 28 Hrs 0 0 0 14 50 50 100
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES (Six to be opted)
18CS21 Bridge Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS22 Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS23 Aseismic Design of Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS24 Behaviour and Design of Tall Buildings 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS25 Structural Stability 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS26 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS27 Maintenance and Rehabilitation of Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS28 Shell and Spatial Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS29 Experimental Techniques and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS30 Soil Structure Interaction 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS31 Theory of Plates 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS32 Industrial Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS33 Mechanics of Composite Materials 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS34 Soft Computing In Structural Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS35 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS36 Design of Steel Concrete Composite Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS37 Prefabricated Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS38 Ground Improvement Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS39 Smart Materials and Smart Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS40 Structural Health Monitoring 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.
** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed
CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course;
MC- Mandatory Course

40
59th ACM 09.06.2018

ME (PART TIME) – STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING – 2018 Regulations


Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment
(2018 REGULATIONS)
(Minimum No. of credits to be earned: 72*)
Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks CAT
Course Title Credits
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
18CS01 Applied Statistics and Reliability 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS02 Advanced Concrete Technology 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS03 Reinforced concrete Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS51 Structural Engineering Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18CS81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 14 Hrs 8 2 4 11 200 200 400
II SEMESTER
18CS04 Computer Analysis of Structures 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18CS05 Structural Steel Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS06 Structural Dynamics 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18CS61 Industry Visit & Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18CS82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 17 Hrs 9 4 4 13 200 200 400
III SEMESTER
18CS07 Applied Elasticity and Plasticity 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS08 Foundation Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS53 Computer Aided Structural Analysis and Design 0 0 PC
4 2 50 50 100
Laboratory
18CS52 Symbolic and Numerical Computation Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
Total 14 Hrs 6 0 8 10 200 200 400
IV SEMESTER
18CS09 Prestressed Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CS_ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS_ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS_ Professional Elective 3 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Total 12 Hrs 12 0 0 12 200 200 400
V SEMESTER
18CS_ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS_ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS_ Professional Elective 6 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 15 Hrs 9 6 12 200 200 400
VI SEMESTER
18CS72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
Total 28 Hrs 0 0 28 14 50 50 100
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES (Six to be opted)
18CS21 Bridge Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS22 Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS23 Aseismic Design of Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS24 Behaviour and Design of Tall Buildings 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS25 Structural Stability 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS26 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS27 Maintenance and Rehabilitation of Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS28 Shell and Spatial Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS29 Experimental Techniques and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS30 Soil Structure Interaction 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS31 Theory of Plates 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS32 Industrial Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS33 Mechanics of Composite Materials 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS34 Soft Computing In Structural Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS35 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS36 Design of Steel Concrete Composite Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS37 Prefabricated Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS38 Ground Improvement Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS39 Smart Materials and Smart Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CS40 Structural Health Monitoring 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.
** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed

41
59th ACM 09.06.2018

CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course;
MC- Mandatory Course

I SEMESTER

18CS01/18CN01 APPLIED STATISTICS AND RELIABILITY


2203

REGRESSION AND CORRELATION: Curve fitting, method of least squares - inferences based on the least squares estimator -
correlation - curvilinear regression - multiple regression. (8+7)

STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL: Statistical process control – chance and assignable causes of quality variation, statistical
basis of control charts - control charts for variables - , R and s charts - control charts for attributes – p, np ,c and u charts. (8+7)

ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING: Lot-by-Lot acceptance sampling for attributes – single sampling plans for attributes, double, multiple
and sequential sampling plans, acceptance sampling by variables - chain sampling, continuous sampling , skip-lot sampling plans.
(8+7)
RELIABILITY: Failure distribution - reliability function, mean time to failure, hazard rate function, bathtub curve, conditional
reliability, constant failure rate model – exponential reliability function, failure models, time dependent failure models - Weibull and
normal distributions - serial configuration, parallel configuration, combined series parallel systems, system structure function,
minimal cuts and minimal paths, state dependent systems . (8+7)

Total L:32 + T:28 = 60


REFERENCES:
1. Richard A Johnson, Irwin Miller and John Freund‟s, “Probability and Statistics for Engineers”, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2018.
2. Charles E Ebeling, “An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
3. Eugene L Grant, Richard S Leavenworth, “Statistical Quality Control”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2016.
4. Trivedi K S, “Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queueing and Computer Science Applications”, John Wiley & Sons,
New Delhi, 2016.
5. Douglas C Montgomery, “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2009.

18CS02/18CN05 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY


3003

CONSTITUENTS OF CONCRETE: Composition and properties of Portland cement –hydration of cement – structure of hydrated
cement paste-gel theories –Effect of cement characteristics on strength and heat of hydration- physical properties – acceptance
criteria – types of cements and applications – aggregates – fine aggregate characteristics and significance – mechanical properties
of coarse aggregates – acceptance criteria – influence of aggregate properties on strength of concrete- alkali-aggregate reaction –
grading requirements. (11)

PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE: Microstructure of concrete – nanometer scale –C-S-H structure – transition zone and micro
cracking -Workability - Factors affecting workability - Tests for workability -segregation - bleeding - Modern trends in concrete
production , placement, compaction and curing –- Vacuum dewatering and underwater concreting – special formwork - Factors
affecting strength of concrete - Maturity of concrete – Rheological properties of concrete - Shrinkage - Creep of concrete - Factors
affecting creep and shrinkage of concrete – Compression, Split Tension, Flexure ,Bond strength - IS code provisions - Factors
affecting strength test results - Accelerated strength tests - Stress strain characteristics - Determination of modulus of elasticity –
Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete– load test on structural components . (12)

DURABILITY ASPECTS AND MIX DESIGN: Permeability-causes of concrete deterioration- Chemical attack - Sulphate attack -
Quality of water - Marine environment – effect of fire- frost action- thermal properties of concrete - fire resistance and corrosion
protection - Methods to improve durability- Mix design- Basic considerations – frequency of sampling – nominal and design mixes –
quality control and acceptance criteria -Factors in the choice of mix proportions - Mix design methods - ACI method, IS method - Mix
proportions for weigh batching and volume batching - correction for moisture content and bulking - yield of concrete – design of high
strength concrete (Shacklok and Entroy) (11)

ADMIXTURES AND SPECIAL CONCRETES : Classification of admixtures- uses of chemical and mineral admixtures-influences of
admixtures on properties of concrete- Light weight concrete - Fibre reinforced concrete - Polymer concrete - High Performance
Concrete and future trends– Pumpable concrete – Self compacting concrete- tests for key properties and aspects of mix design-
preplaced concrete – smart concrete – geo polymer concrete – concrete using industrial, agro and construction & demolition waste
materials – sprayed concrete- reactive powder concrete – ready mixed concrete – high toughness and ductile concrete -concrete
composites. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Neville A M and Brooks J J, “Concrete Technology”, Pearson Education Asia Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
2. Mehta P K, Pauls J M and Monteiro, “Concrete: Micro Structure, Properties and Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private
limited, NewDelhi, 2006.
3. Zongjin Li, “Advanced Concrete Technology”, John-Wiley & Sons inc, New York, 2012.
4. Jayant D Bapat, “Mineral Admixtures in Cement and Concrete”, CRC Press, New Delhi, 2013.
5. Malhotra V M and Carino N J, “Handbook on Non-destructive Testing of Concrete”, CRC Press, 2014.

42
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18CS03/18CN03 REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN


3003
DESIGN OF SPECIAL RC ELEMENTS: Design of slender columns - design of shear walls - Design of corbels and deep beams -
Tie and strut model - arch analogy – design of gird floors. (11)

FLAT SLABS AND DESIGN OF CHIMNEYS: Design of flat slabs and flat plates according to IS and ACI method. Design for shear
reinforcement and spandrel beams: Design of RC chimneys for combined effect of self load, wind load and temperature. (11)

BUNKERS AND SILOS: Introduction – Janssen‟s theory, Airy‟s theory – Design of bunkers and silos. (11)

INELASTIC BEHAVIOUR OF CONCRETE BEAMS AND SLABS: Principles of moment - rotation curves, moment redistribution
and Baker's method of plastic design – yield line theory of slabs RC members for fire resistance and ductile detailing: Introduction –
Classification – Effects of high temperature on steel and concrete - Effects of high temperature on different structural members –
Structural detailing – Ultimate moment capacity Ductile Detailing: Concepts of ductility – factors influencing ductility – design
principles and codal provisions – beam to column junction. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Punmia B.C, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain”Limit state design of reinforced concrete”,Laxmi Publications ,New Delhi
2016
2. Gamphir M L, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, PHI Learning Private Ltd., NewDelhi 2011.
3. Varghese P C, "Advanced Reinforced Concrete", Prentice-Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
4. Varghese P C, "Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete", Prentice-Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.
5. McGregar G J and James K Wight, “Reinforced Concrete Mechanics and Design”, INC Pub., 2006.
6. Krishna Raju N and Pranesh R N, "Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design", New Age International Publishers, New Delhi,
2005.

18CS04/18CN04 COMPUTER ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES


3204
FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS: Introduction – Forces and Displacement Measurements – Principle of superposition – Methods of
Structural Analysis – Stiffness and Flexibility matrices of the Elements – Springs system- Strain energy – Betti‟s Law and its
applications - Transformation of system force to element forces – Element flexibility to System flexibility – system displacement to
element displacement – Element flexibility to System flexibility - Transformation of forces and displacement in general – Normal and
orthogonal transformation. (11+6)

FLEXIBILITY METHOD: Choice of redundants – ill and well conditioned equations – Automatic choice of redundants – Rank
technique– Flexibility method – Flexibility analysis due to loads, settlement of supports, Lack of fit and Thermal expansion–
Application to pin jointed plane truss – continuous beams - frames and grids - Transformation of one set of redundants to another
set. (11+8)

STIFFNESS METHOD: Development of stiffness method – Difference between flexibility and stiffness – stiffness analysis due to
Loads, thermal expansion, lack of fit – Application to pin-jointed plane and space trusses – Continuous beams – frames and grids –
Space frames. (11+8)

SPECIAL TOPICS: Static condensation Technique – Substructure Technique – Symmetry & Anti symmetry of structures –
Reanalysis Technique - Direct stiffness approach – Application to two and three dimensional pin-jointed trusses - plane frames –
Grids. (12+8)

Total L: 45 + T: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Madhu B Kanchi, “Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis”, New Age International, New Delhi, 2016.
2. Godbole P N, Sonparote R S and Dhote S U, “Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis”, PHI, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Nelsm J K, Nelson K James and Mc Cormac J C, “Structural Analysis Using Classical and Matrix Methods”, John Wiley & Sons,
2002.
4. Mcguire and Gallagher R H, “Matrix Structural Analysis”, John Wiley, 2001.
5. Rajasekaran S and Sankarasubramanian G, “Computational Structural Mechanics”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2001.

18CS05/18CN23 FOUNDATION STRUCTURES


3003

CHOICE AND SIZING OF SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS AND STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF PILES INCLUDING PILE CAP: Choice
of shallow foundations for different situations – Proportioning of foundations for equal settlement, Sizing of foundations based on
bearing capacity – strip, isolated, combined and strap footing - Provisions of IS 2911 (Part 1 and Part 3) on structural design of piles
- Structural design of straight and underreamed piles including grade beam - Different shapes of pile cap - Structural design of pile
cap. (13)

WELL FOUNDATIONS: Different types based on shape in plan – Grip length – Load carrying capacity based on SPT results –
Thickness of steining and bottom plug – Forces acting on the well – Stability of well subjected to lateral load by Terzaghi‟s approach
– Methods to rectify tilt of well foundation. (9)

SHEET PILE WALL AND ANCHORED BULKHEADS: Different types of sheet pile – Cantilever sheet pile wall in granular soils, in
cohesive soils with granular backfill – Anchored bulkhead- Free earth and Fixed earth support methods – in cohesive soils,
in cohesive soil with cohesionless backfill . (10)

43
59th ACM 09.06.2018

INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS AND SOIL-STRUCTURE INTERACTION PROBLEMS:


Fundamentals of soil dynamics – Determination of dynamic properties of soil based on Block Vibration Test and Cyclic plate load
test – Barkan‟s method of design of block foundation subjected to vertical vibrations – Vibration Isolation – Transmissibility –
Methods of Isolation - Modulus of subgrade reaction – Winkler model – Analysis of infinite beams resting on elastic medium and
subjected to point load, uniformly distributed load and moment. (13)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Kurian K P, “Design of Foundation Systems”, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Varghese P C, “Foundation Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
3. Bowles J E, “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw-Hill International Editions, 2013.
4. Selvadurai A P S, “Elastic Analysis of Soil Foundation Interaction”, Elsevier, 1979.

18CS51/18CN51 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY


0042

1. Study on properties of concrete ingredients – concrete mix design


2. Tests on fresh and hardened concrete
3. Study on structural behaviour of RC beams and RC columns
4. Study on structural behavior of steel beams
5. Study on accelerated curing of concrete, RCPT, permeability of mortar and concrete
6. Study on Non destructive tests – Rebound hammer, Ultrasonic Pulse velocity

Students should conduct selected quality control tests on aggregates and cement, design concrete mix, cast RCC Beam & Column,
calculate the theoretical load and conduct experiment on the RCC specimens, steel beam, measure load, deformation and strain,
plot load deformation curve, moment curvature relationship and discuss. Students should also study the strength and ductility
characteristics of concrete by conducting experiments.
Total P: 60

II SEMESTER

18CS06 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS


3204

SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEM: Introduction - vibration studies and their importance to structural engineering problems
- elements of vibratory systems - simple harmonic motion - vibration with and without damping - constraints - generalized mass -
D`Alembert's principle - Hamilton's principle - degree of freedom - equation of motion for single degree of freedom (SDOF) system -
damped and undamped free vibrations - undamped forced vibration - critical damping - logarithmic decrement - response to support
motion - response of SDOF system to harmonic excitation damped or undamped - evaluation of damping resonance - band width
method to evaluate damping - force transmitted to foundation - vibration isolation. (12+8)

RESPONSE TO GENERAL DYNAMIC LOADING: Fourier series expression for loading - response to general dynamic loading -
(blast or earthquake) - Duhamel's integral. Numerical Evaluation: Newmark‟s method - Wilson θ method – recurrence formula.
GSDOF system: Expression for generalised system properties - vibrational analysis with Rayleigh's variational method – Rayleigh-
Ritz method. (11+8)

MULTIDEGREE FREEDOM SYSTEM: Response to free and forced vibration of undamped and damped systems – application of
Hamilton‟s principle - Lagrange equations coupling - evaluation of structural property matrices - natural vibration - solution of the
eigen value problem - iteration due to Stodola - Holzer method - Transfer matrix method - Rayleigh - Ritz and Dunkerley
approximation - orthogonality and normality principles of natural modes. (12+8)

DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER SYSTEM: Differential equation of motion - analysis of undamped free vibration of simply supported
and cantilever beams - effect of axial loads - numerical evaluation of modes - frequencies and response system - vibration analysis
using finite element method for beams and frames. Idealisation of multi-storied frames for dynamic analysis- modal analysis - time
history analysis - wind induced vibration of structures - moving load, impact & blast loading. (10+6)

Total L: 45+T: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Anil K Chopra, "Dynamics of Structures - Theory and Applications to Earthquake Engineering", Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Paz M, “Structural Dynamics - Theory and Computation", Springer, 2007.
3. Craig R R, "Structural Dynamics - An Introduction to Computer Methods", John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
4. Clough R W and Penzien, "Dynamics of Structures", McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd, 2003.
5. Thomson W T, "Theory of Vibration", Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

18CS07 APPLIED ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY


3003

ANALYSIS OF STRESS, STRAIN, STRESS STRAIN RELATIONS FORMULATION OF PROBLEMS: Analysis of stress (two and
three dimensions) - Body force, surface forces and stresses, uniform state of stress - principal stresses - stress transformation laws
- Differential equations of equilibrium. Analysis of Strain (two and three dimensions) - strain and displacement relation - compatibility
equations - state of strain at a point - strain transformations - principle of superposition. - stress strain relation - generalised Hooke's
law - Lame's constants- Formulation of Problems - Methods of Formulation - Equilibrium equations in terms of displacements -
Compatibility equations in terms of stresses - boundary value problems (11)
TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS IN CARTESIAN COORDINATES: Plane Stress problem, Plane Strain Problem – Formulation-

44
59th ACM 09.06.2018

Boundary condition - examples - Airy's stress function - polynomials - Direct method of determining Airy's stress functions - solution
of Bi-harmonic equation - St.Venant`s principle - Two dimensional problems in Cartesian co-ordinates - bending of a cantilever
loaded at end. (11)

TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS IN POLAR COORDINATES & TORSION OF CYLINDRICAL BARS: General equations in polar
co-ordinates - stress distribution symmetrical about an axis - pure bending of curved bars - strain components in polar co-ordinates -
displacements for symmetrical stress distribution - bending of a curved bar - effect of a circular hole on stress distribution – Thick
cylinder - Forces on wedges - a circular disk with diametric loading - Torsion of prismatic bars - General solution of the problem by
displacement (warping function) and force (Prandtl`s stress function) approaches-Torsion of shafts of circular and non circular
(elliptic, triangular and rectangular) cross sectional shapes only-Torsion of thin rectangular section and hollow thin-walled sections.
(12)

INTRODUCTION TO PLASTICITY & ELASTO PLASTIC PROBLEMS: Introduction to stress strain curve - ideal plastic body -
criterion of yielding - Rankine`s theory - St.Venant`s theory - Tresca criterion - Beltrami`s theory - Von Mises criterion - Mohr`s
theory of yielding - yield surface - Flow rule (plastic stress - strain of relation) - Prandtl Reuss equations - Plastic work - stress -
strain relation based on Tresca - Plastic potential- Elastic plastic problems of beams in bending- thick hollow spheres and cylinders
subjected to internal pressure - General relation - plastic torsion - perfect plasticity - bar of circular cross sections - Nadai`s sand
heap analogy - Failure criteria and fracture - fracture toughness – stress intensity factor. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Sadhu Singh, "Theory of Elasticity", Khanna Publications, NewDelhi, 2000.
2. Timoshenko S and Goodier J N, "Theory of Elasticity", McGraw Hill Book Co., 1988.
3. Chen WP and Henry D J, "Plasticity for Structural Engineers", Springer Verlag, New York, 1988.
4. Chakrabarty, “Theory of Plasticity”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1987.
5. Mendelson A, "Plasticity:Theory & Applications", Macmillan Co., New York, 1968.
6. Chow PC and Pagono NJ, "Elasticity Tensor Dynamic and Engg. Approaches", DVan Nostrand Co., Inc., 1967.

18CS08/18CN24 STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN


3003

CONNECTIONS & TENSION MEMBERS: Concept of design methodologies -Philosophies of Limit State Design, Working stress
design, LRFD, Welded and bolted connections – framed connection – seated connection – moment resistant connection
Introduction of Tension members – net sectional area for concentrically and eccentrically loaded members – tension splices -
bending of tension members – stress concentrations. (12)

COMPRESSION MEMBERS & LOCAL BUCKLING OF THIN PLATE ELEMENTS: Introduction – practical end conditions and
effective length factors – elastic compression members – restrained compression members – torsional buckling - built up
compression members with lacings and battens – column splices.
Plate elements in compression –shear – bending – bending and shear – bearing – design against local buckling. (11)

FLEXURAL MEMBERS & BEAM – COLUMNS: Introduction – Inplane bending of beams – elastic analysis of beams – bending
stresses – shear stresses – strength design – serviceability design – lateral buckling of beams – restrained beams – cantilever&
over hanging beams- braced and continuous beams – mono symmetric beams – non uniform beams.
Inplane behaviour of isolated beam-column – flexural torsional buckling – biaxial bending. (11)

FRAMES & TORSION MEMBERS: Introduction – triangulated frames – two dimensional frames – three dimensional frames- semi
rigid frames- braced frames.
Uniform torsion – non uniform torsion – torsion design – torsion and bending – distorsion. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Subramanian N, “Design of Steel Structures Limit state method”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi 2016.
2. Trahair N S , Brandford M A , Nethercot D M, and Gardner L , “The Behaviour and Design of Steel Structures EC3”, Taylor and
Francis, London and Newyork, 2008.
3. Englekirk R, “Steel Structures: Controlling Behaviour through Design”, John-Wiley &Sons, Inc, 2003.
4. William.T.Segui, “Design of Steel Structures”, Cengage learning,2011.

18CS09/18CN25 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES


3003

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN FOR FLEXURE: Principles - types - prestressing - materials definition of Type I, Type II and Type III
structures – requirements - behaviour of PSC elements - force transmitted by pretensioned and post tensioned systems- analysis -
service loads - methods - losses - ultimate strength-Design For Flexure And Deflection: Philosophy - limit states - concepts -
collapse and serviceability - service load - basic requirements - stress range approach - Lin's approach - Magnel's approach - cable
layouts. Deflection - importance - short and long term deflection of uncracked and cracked members. (11)

DESIGN FOR SHEAR AND TORSION: Shear and principal stresses - limit state shearing resistance of cracked and uncracked
sections - design of shear reinforcement by limit state approach. Behaviour under torsion - modes of failure - design for combined
torsion, shear and bending. Transfer of prestress: Transmission of prestressing force by bond in pretensioned members -
Transmission length - Factors affecting transmission length - check for transmission length - transverse tensile stresses - end zone
reinforcement. Anchorage zone stresses in post-tensioned members - Magnel's method - Calculation of bearing stress and bursting
tensile forces - code provisions - Reinforcement in anchorage zone. (11)

45
59th ACM 09.06.2018

COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION OF PRESTRESSED & INSITU CONCRETE: Need - types of composite construction - behaviour -
analysis for flexural stresses - shear - differential shrinkage - design for flexure and shear- Tanks And Pipes: Circular prestressing
in liquid retaining tanks - analysis for stresses - design of tank wall. PSC pipes - types - design of non cylinder pipes (11)

STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES: Methods of achieving continuity - assumptions in elastic analysis - pressure line -
linear transformation - concordant cables - Guyon's theorem - analysis and design of continuous beams.-Other Structures: Design
of prestressed concrete columns, sleepers, poles and tension members - Methods of achieving partial prestressing - Advantages
and disadvantages - use of non-prestressed reinforcement. (12)
Total L : 45
REFERENCES:
1. Rajagopalan N, "Prestressed Concrete", Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Krishna Raju N, "Prestressed Concrete", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi 1995.
3. Lin T Y and Ned H Burns, "Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures", John Wiley and Sons, Newyork, 1982.

18CS52 SYMBOLIC AND NUMERICAL COMPUTATION LABORATORY


0042
This laboratory is concerned with the use of symbolic computation and numerical methods to study phenomenon governed by the
Principle of Mechanics. After 5 to 6 hours of introductory lectures to the use of available computer programs / packages, the
students are advised to follow the list of tasks.

1. Students should make a mathematical model of a physical phenomenon.


2. Understand the assumptions made.
3. Express the natural or engineering system in terms of partial or total differential equations.
4. Mathematical equations are converted to a form suitable for digital computation. Convert partial or total differential equations to
algebraic equations.
5. Computer programs are made to solve discretized equation by direct or iterative methods.
6. The mathematical model, numerical procedures and the computer code are verified with experimental results or simple methods
for which exact analytical solution is available.

Problems:
Preliminaries – Symbolic data structures – Multi precision arithmetic – Polynomial algorithm – Solving system of equations –
Mathematical function – Differentiation and Integration – Power series – Two or three dimensions Graphics – Differential equations
– Curve fitting – minimization – Linear programming.

Examples:
1. Free and forced vibration of damped and undamped systems.
2. Numerical methods -Newmarks – Wilson Theta methods.
3. Extracting frequencies and mode shapes.
4. Vibration of beams and strings.
5. Finite Element method.
6. Response spectrum.
7. Problems of base excitation.

Total P: 60

18CS61/18CN61 INDUSTRY VISIT AND TECHNICAL SEMINAR


0042
The students will make atleast two technical presentations on current topics related to the specialization. The same will be
assessed by a committee appointed by the department. The students are expected to submit a report at the end of the semester
covering the various aspects of his/her presentation together with the observation in industry visits. A quiz covering the above will
be held at the end of the semester.
Total P: 30

III SEMESTER

18CS53 COMPUTER AIDED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN LABORATORY


0042

ANALYSIS - DISCRETISATION: Matrix methods of Structural Analysis - programs for semi automatic techniques for flexibility and
stiffness approaches -- Direct Stiffness approach by MATLAB and EXCEL.

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS – Modelling – loads and load combinations – calculation of deflections – stress resultants.

STRUCTURAL DESIGN: Design of RC and Steel members – concepts – design principles as per IS codes

GENERAL PURPOSE PACKAGES: Analysis & Design of Steel, RC & Pre-stressed Structures using commercially available
software packages.

Introduction to neural network & genetic algorithm application to structural engineering problems – concepts and case studies from
literature.
Total P: 60

46
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18CS71 PROJECT WORK – PHASE I


0063
* Identification of thrust areas
* Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem
* Finalisation of system requirements and specification
* Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey
* Future trends in providing alternate solutions
* Consolidated report preparation of the above

IV SEMESTER
18CS72 PROJECT WORK – PHASE II
0 0 28 14
The Project work involves the following:

* Preparing a project – brief proposal including


Problem Identification
Methodology specifying the process/specifications/parameters
List of alternate methodology if available
Justification for the methodology adopted
Time line of activities

* Carrying out experimental/theoretical work as per the specified time line of activities.

* A presentation including all the above along with final results and conclusions.

* Consolidated report preparation.

ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES

18CS21/18CN22 BRIDGE ENGINEERING


3003

HYDRAULIC DESIGN OF BRIDGE AND SUBSTRUCTURE: Definition and components of a bridge – layout and planning of a
bridge – classification – investigation of a bridge – preliminary data collection – choice and type of a bridge – hydraulic design of a
bridge. Piers and abutments – bridge bearings – steel rocker and roller bearings – reinforced concrete rocker and roller bearings –
elastomeric bearings. (10)

REINFORCE CONCRETE BRIDGES: Traffic design – loading – highway and railway loading – specification- Straight and curved
bridge decks – decks of various types – slab hollow and voided slab – beam – slab box – reinforced concrete slab bridges – load
distribution – Pigeaud‟s theory – skew slab deck – RC tee beam and slab bridge – Balanced Cantilever bridge – rigid frame bridge –
box girder bridge. (13)

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE AND STEEL BRIDGES: Pre-stressed concrete bridge – Composite beam bridge– Analysis and
Design for static, moving and dynamic loading. Plate girder bridge – box Girder Bridge – truss bridge – influence lines for forces in
member– Analysis for static, moving and dynamic loading. (13)

CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE: Construction methods – short span – long span – false work for concrete bridges –
construction management – inspection and maintenance – lessons from bridge failures – rehabilitation of a bridge – load testing of
bridge (9)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Johnson Victor D, “Essentials of Bridge Engineering”, Oxford & IBH publishing co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
2. Krishna Raju N, “Design of Bridges”, Oxford Publishing co Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.
3. Raina V K “Concrete Bridge Practice”, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing co, New Delhi, 1991.
4. Bakht B and Jaeger L G, “Bridge Deck Analysis Simplified”, McGraw-Hill, International Students‟ edition, Singapore, 1987.
5. Ponnuswamy S, “Bridge Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Pub co., New Delhi, 1986.
6. Taylor F W, Thomson S E and Smulski E, “Reinforced Concrete Bridges”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1955.

18CS22 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD


3003

INTRODUCTION: Concepts - Two dimensional truss element – algorithm to generate stiffness matrix – Assembly & Boundary
conditions - NUMERICAL METHODS – Gaussian elimination method – band and skyline form of storage – band solver –
interpolation – Lagrangian and Hermitian – Numerical integration using Gaussian quadrature. - ENERGY PRINCIPLES AND
METHOD OF WEIGHTED RESIDUAL: Variational principles - Rayleigh Ritz method - Method of collocation - Subdomain method -
Galerkin`s method - Method of least squares - CONVERGENCE & COMPATIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: Properties of single
element - assumed displacement field - various element shapes - Pascal triangle - Melosh criteria. (12)

TRIANGULAR, RECTANGULAR AND ISO PARAMETRIC ELEMENTS: Constant strain triangle - Element stiffness matrix -Various
methods of evaluating element stiffness - Higher order triangular elements - comparison of different methods - rectangular element -
serendipity family - Lagrangian family - Hermitian family - ISO PARAMETRIC ELEMENTS- sub- iso – super parametric elements –

47
59th ACM 09.06.2018

shape functions mapping – linear Iso-parametric quadrilateral. – Simple problems (11)

THREE DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS & PLATE SHELL ELEMENTS: Tetrahedron element family - Hexahedron element family-
ZIB8 and ZIB 20 elements – comparison. Axi symmetric stress analysis - PLATE/SHELL ELEMENTS: Triangular and rectangular
elements - BFS element – Concepts of Shell elements - Degenerated shell elements – Introduction to Finite Strip Method (11)

NONLINEAR ANALYSIS: Types of non-linearities - solution techniques - stability analysis - Load deformation response considering
geometric, material and both non-linearities – Newton Raphson and Riks Wempner methods - eigen value analysis.- APPLICATION
TO FIELD PROBLEMS: Finite Element Modelling - Field problems such as seepage - torsion etc - programming organization of
finite element schemes - mesh generation aspects, adaptive mesh refinement- software packages - Introduction to meshless
methods – principles-applications. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Rao S S, “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, Elsevier, 2005.
2. Bhatti M A, “Fundamental Finite Element Analysis and Applications (with mathematica and MATLAB Computations)”, John
Wiley & Sons, 2005.
3. Cook R D, Malkus D S, Plesha M E and Witt R J, “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis”, John Wiley & Sons,
2004 .
4. Rajasekaran S, "Finite Element Analysis in Engineering Design", S Chand & Co., 2003.
5. Zienkiewicz O C and Taylor, R L, “The Finite Element Method”, Butterworth and Heimann, Vol.1 The basis, Vol.2 Solid
mechanics and Vol.3 fluid dynamics , 2000.
6. Krishnamoorthy C S, “The Finite Element Analysis – Theory and Programming”, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co, 1987.

18CS23 ASEISMIC DESIGN OF STRUCTURES


3003
BASIC CONCEPTS AND ANALYSIS: Elements of Engineering Seismology - Indian Seismology - earthquake history - catastrophes
- failures - lessons learnt in past earthquakes - time history and response spectrum method - modal analysis - earth quake response
to linear systems - response spectrum characteristics - ground motion parameters - construction of design spectrum - lumped mass
system - shear building - symmetrical and unsymmetrical buildings - multiple support excitation - introduction to deterministic earth
quake response to continuous systems on rigid base. (12)

STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA: Principles and design criteria for structures as per IS 1893 - modal response contribution -
modal participation factor - response history - spectral analysis - problems - design and construction of buildings as per IS 4326 -
general principles - special construction features - types of construction - building categories - construction of masonry walls -
precast floors and roofs - guidelines for earthquake resistant of low strength masonry buildings as per IS13828 - behaviour and
design of masonry structures - behavior of masonry infills in RC frame - guidelines for improving earthquake resistance of earthen
buildings as per IS 13827 - guidelines for repair and seismic strengthening of buildings as per IS 13935. (13)

BEHAVIOUR OF RC STRUCTURES: Capacity design - design and detailing as per IS 13920 - behavior of RC structures - cyclic
load - shear wall frame system - Khan and Saboronis method - Coupled shear wall system - Rosman‟s method - ductility
requirements in concrete structures - beam column junction - push over analysis. (10)

BEHAVIOUR OF STEEL STRUCTURES: Behaviour of steel under cyclic load - behavior of flexural members under cyclic loading -
steel bracing systems - behavior and design aspects - ductile design of frame members - frame members subjected to axial
compression and bending - beam column joints - detailing of steel connections - retrofitting and strengthening of steel frames -
analysis for lateral loads - base isolation techniques. (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Anil K Chopra, "Dynamics of Structures - Theory and Applications to Earthquake Engineering", Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Duggal S K, “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.
3. Agarwal P and Shrikande M, “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
4. Englekrik R, “Seismic Design of RC and Precast Concrete Buildings”, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
5. Chen W F and Scawthorn, “Earthquake Engineering Hand Book”, CRC press, 2003.
6. Naeim F, "The Seismic Design Hand Book", Kluwer Academic Publishers, London, 2001.

18CS24 BEHAVIOUR AND DESIGN OF TALL BUILDINGS


3003
LOADING AND STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: History-Design Philosophy - Strength and Stability - Stiffness and Drift - Creep,
Shrinkage and Temperature-Fire-Settlement. Loading – Gravity loading, wind loading, Earthquake loading and combinations of
loading. Structural Forms - Floor Systems – RCC and Steel.Modelling for Approximate and Accurate Analysis – Reduction
Techniques. (10)

BEHAVIOUR OF FRAMED SYSTEMS: Braced Frame-Behaviour of Bracing and Braced bents - Member Force Analysis – Drift
Analysis. Rigid Frame – Behaviour- Approximate Analysis for Gravity and Lateral Loading. Drift Analysis – Flat Plate Structures-
Reduction Techniques. In-filled Frame – Behaviour - Forces – Design of infill, Frame and Horizontal Deflection. (12)

BEHAVIOUR OF SHEAR WALL SYSTEMS: Shear Wall-Behaviour - Proportionate and Non proportionate - Twisting and Non
Twisting - Effects of Discontinuity - Stress Analysis Coupled Shear Wall - Behaviour-Continuous Medium Method – Frame Analogy
MethodWall-Frame – Behaviour - Approximate analysis-Solution for UDL and Alternative Loading- Analysis using Graphs . (12)

OUTRIGGER STRUCTURES AND STABILITY OF TALL BUILDINGS: Outrigger Braced – Analysis of Forces and Horizontal
Deflections – Generalized Solutions – Optimum Locations – Performance Stability – overall buckling analysis of Frames, Wall
frames. Second - Order Effects – P-Delta Analysis – Translational - Torsional instability - Out of Plumb Effect Concepts and

48
59th ACM 09.06.2018

Behaviour of Core and Tubular Structures. Behaviour of Connections - Rigid and Semi rigid-Beam and Beam - Column Connections
- Connections for ductility (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Smith B.S. and Coull A., “Tall Building Structures Analysis and Design”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 2011.
2. Bangash M.Y.H., “Prototype Building Structures – Analysis and Design”, Thomas Telford, 1999.
3. Beedle L.S., “Advances in Tall Buildings CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi, 1996.
4. Taranath B.S., “Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings”, McGraw Hill co, 1988.
5. Fintel M., “Hand Book of Concrete Engineering”, Van Nostrand Reinhold co 1985.

18CS25 STRUCTURAL STABILITY


3003
CONCEPTS OF STABILITY AND COMPRESSION MEMBERS: Introduction – Stability Criteria – Equilibrium, Energy and dynamic
approaches - South well Plot – Stability of link models. Higher order Differential equations – Analysis for Various boundary
conditions – Behaviour of imperfect column – Initially bent column – Eccentrically loaded column - Energy method - Rayleigh Ritz,
Galerkin methods – Numerical techniques – Newmark‟s method – Finite Element Method. (13)

INELASTIC BUCKLING AND BUCKLING OF THIN-WALLED OPEN & CLOSED SECTIONS: Introduction – Double modulus
theory (reduced modulus) – Tangent modulus theory – Shanley‟s theory – Determination of double modulus for various sections.
Torsional buckling – Torsional flexural buckling – Equilibrium and Energy approaches. (10)

LATERAL STABILITY OF BEAMS AND BEAM-COLUMNS: Differential equations for lateral buckling – Lateral buckling of beams
in pure bending – Lateral buckling of cantilever and simply supported ‘I’ beams. Beam-columns with concentrated lateral loads –
Distributed loads – Effect of axial loads on bending stiffness – Stability of frames – Stability functions – PΔ effect. (11)

STABILITY OF PLATES AND ELEMENTS OF NON LINEAR THEORY OF BUCKLING: Governing Differential equation –
Equilibrium, Energy concepts – Buckling of plates of various end conditions – Finite Difference Method – Post-buckling strength –
Finite Element Method. Perfect Systems – Imperfect Systems – Imperfection in-sensitive and sensitive systems – Symmetric and
Asymmetric Bifurcation – Non-linear analysis of shell and spatial structures – Basic concepts. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Timoshenko, S.P. and GereJ.M., “Theory of Elastic Stability”, 2nd Ed. McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Alfutov N. A., “Stability of Elastic structures”, Springerverlay, 2000.
3. El Naschie M. S., “Stress, Stability and Chaos in Structural Engineering: An Energy Approach”, McGraw Hill International
Editions, 1992.
4. Iyengar N.G.R., “Structural Stability of Columns and Plates”, Affiliated East West press Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.
5. Chajes A., “Principles of Structural Stability Theory”, Prentice Hall, 1974.

18CS26/18CN27 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES


3003
CONCEPTS OF OPTIMIZATION AND LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Introduction – Engineering applications of optimization –
statement of an optimization problem - classification of optimization problems. Standard form of a Linear Programming Problem –
plastic design of frames – Graphical method – Simplex method – Basic solution – computation – maximization and minimization.
Duality in Linear Programming – General Primal – Dual relations – Dual simplex method – Transportation problem – Assignment
method. (13)

NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING: One dimensional minimization methods – Dichotomous search, Fibonacci method and Golden
section method. Unconstrained optimization techniques – Classification – Direct search, Pattern search, Cauchy‟s steepest Descent
method, Conjugate Gradient method and Davidon Fletcher Powell method – Constrained function of a single variable – several
variables. (13)

DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Bellman‟s principle of optimality - Multistage decision processes – representation and types – concept
of sub optimization problems using classical and Tabular methods – conversion of a final value problem into an initial value problem
– Linear Programming as a case of dynamic Programming. (10)

GENETIC ALGORITHM, EVOLUTION STRATEGIES AND ANT COLONY OPTIMIZATION: Introduction – Representation of
design variables, objective function and constraints – Choice of population – Genetic operators – survival of the fittest – generation –
generation history – application to trusses. Probability – finding the shortest path – pheromone trail – travelling salesman problem –
Application to structural engineering problems. (9)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Rajasekaran S. and Vijayalakshmi Pai G. A., "Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms", Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2013.
2. K. Deb, “Multi – objective Optimization using evolutionary algorithms”, John Wiley and Sons, 2009.
3. Goldberg D.E., “Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization and Machine Learning”, Pearson Education, 2008.
4. Iyengar.N.G.R and Gupta.S.K, “Structural Design Optimization”, Affiliated East West Press Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
5. Rao S.S. “Optimization Theory and Applications”, Wiley Eastern, 1995.
6. Fox R.L. “Optimization Methods for Engineering Design”, Addison Wesley, Rading, Mass, 1971.

49
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18CS27/18CN28 MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
3003
DIAGONOSIS AND CONDITIONAL ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING STRUCTURES: Types of maintenance – Routine maintenance
works in buildings – Inspection – Structural appraisal. Crack – principal sources for crack formation- Durability aspects. Conditional
survey – visual inspection – field and laboratory testing stage – concrete strength assessment (11)

SELECTION OF REPAIR MATERIALS & DEMOLITION TECHNIQUES: Construction chemicals – repair chemicals – epoxies –
polymers and latex – acrylic polymers – polyester resins - corrosion inhibitors as admixture – bonding coats for reinforcement –
shrinkage compensating compounds - water proofing compounds. Special materials for construction and repair of buildings and
special methods of placing concrete – Demolition Technique (11)

REPAIR OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS & NON STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: Repair against rising dampness and efflorescence in
masonry wall, repair of cracks in masonry wall and concrete member. Repair against rainwater leakage in building, renovation of
water proofing works of RC flat roofs against rain, repair of valley gutters of sloping roof, leakage of bathing area of toilets, sunken
floors of toilets in multistoreyed building. (11)

STRENGTHENING OF EXISTING STRUCTURES: Strengthening of superstructure - Conversion to composite construction – Post


stressing – Jacketing – Bonded overlays – Addition of reinforcement – Strengthening of substructure – Underpinning – Structural
Health Monitoring (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Poonam I. Modi & Chirag N Patel,” Repair and Rehabilitation of Concrete Structures”, PHI, Delhi 2016.
2. Varghese P.C, “Maintenance, Repair and Rehabilitation& Minor works of Buildings”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2014.
3. Malhotra V.M., “Handbook on Non- Destructive testing of Concrete”, CRC Press, 2014.
4. Guha P.K., “Maintenance and Repairs of Buildings”, New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd., Kolkata, 1998.
5. Allen R.T.L and Edwards S.C., “The repair of Concrete Structures”, Thompson Press (India) Ltd., Delhi.

18CS28 SHELL AND SPATIAL STRUCTURES


3003

THEORY OF SHELLS AND SPATIAL STRUCTURES: Definition - Historical development - Types - Materials - practical difficulties -
construction - support conditions - cladding - aesthetics - Structural behaviour of thin shells - General specification of shells -
Analysis of shells - Membrane theory of shells - Edge disturbances - classification of shells - methods of generating the surface of
different shells like conoid, hyperbolic and elliptic paraboloid - formex data generation of space structure. (11)

DESIGN OF CYLINDRICAL AND HYPERBOLIC PARABOLOID SHELLS: Surface definition - Design of cylindrical shells with
edge beam using theory for long shells - Design of cylindrical shell with ASCE manual coefficients - Detailing of reinforcement in
shells and edge beams. Geometry of hypar shell - Analysis of membrane forces and moments - Determination of forces in the edge
members - types of hyperbolic paraboloid roofs - Design of hypar shell roof of the inverted and tilted inverted umbrella types. (12)

SINGLE AND MULTI-LAYER GRIDS AND DOMES: Advantages - cladding - water drainage - progressive collapse and composite
space trusses - Network domes - geodesic domes - double dome - ice dome - erection - connectors - ORS: Classification - ball joint
systems - socket joint - plate joint - slot joint - shell joint - modular system - composite system - prefabricated systems. (12)

STRESSED SKIN - CABLE SUSPENDED STRUCTURES: Stressed skin steel buildings - stressed skin grids - cable suspended
roofs - design of cable roofs - erection of cable roofs - Finite element analysis of skeletal structures - approximate methods - optimal
design of space structures - Failure of shell and space structures - case histories. (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Ramaswamy G.S, "Design and Construction of Concrete Shell roofs", CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Ramaswamy G. S., Eekhout M. and Suresh G. R., “Analysis, Design and Constructions of Space Structures”, Thomas Telford,
2002.
3. Subramanian N., “Principles of Space Structures”, Wheeler Publishing, 1998.
4. Bairagi N. K., “Shell Analysis”, Kanna Publishers, 1990.
5. Chatterjee B.K., "Theory and Design of Concrete Shells", Chapman and Hall Ltd., London, 1990.
6. Billington D.F., "Thin Shell Concrete Structures", Mc Graw Hill Book Company, 1982.

18CS29/18CN30 EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTATION


3003
FORCES AND STRAIN MEASUREMENT: Measurement system: purpose system and elements - characteristics of measurement
system - accuracy, precision, repeatability, Errors in measurements - Strain gauge, principle, types, performance and uses. Photo
elasticity - principle and applications - Hydraulic jacks and pressure gauges - Electronic load cells - Proving Rings - Calibration of
Testing Machines - Long term monitoring-vibrating wire sensors - fiber optic sensors - Introduction to structural modeling. (12)

MEASUREMENT OF VIBRATION AND WIND FLOW: Characteristics of Structural Vibrations - Linear Variable Differential
Transformer (LVDT) - Transducers for velocity and acceleration measurements. Vibration meter - Seismographs - Vibration
Analyzer - Display and recording of signals - Cathode Ray Oscilloscope – wind tunnels-flow meter-venturimeter - Digital Data
Acquisition Systems. (10)

DISTRESS MEASUREMENTS AND ITS CONTROL: Diagnosis of distress in structures - crack observation and measurements –
corrosion of reinforcement in concrete-Half cell, construction and use-damage assessment - controlled blasting for demolition-
techniques for residual stress measurements - structural health monitoring. (11)

50
59th ACM 09.06.2018

NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHODS: Load testing on structures, buildings, bridges and towers-Rebound Hammer - acoustic
emission - ultrasonic testing principles and application - Holography - use of laser for structural testing - Brittle coating - Advance
NDT methods - ultrasonic pulse echo, impact echo, impulse radar techniques, advanced rebar corrosion rate determination system,
ground penetrating radar (GPR) - Applications of NDT for quality assessment and damage detection of structures and materials,
probability application in NDT, statistical quality control. (12)

Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Sadhu Singh, "Experimental Stress Analysis", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Ganesan T P, “Model analysis of Structures”, University Press 2000.
3. Dalley J W and Riley W F, "Experimental Stress Analysis", McGraw Hill Book Company, N.Y.1998.
4. Srinath et.al L.S, "Experimental Stress Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill Company, New Delhi, 1998.
5. Sirohi R S, Radhakrishna H C, "Mechanical Measurements", New Age International (P) Ltd., 1997.
6. Bray D E and Stanley R K, "Non-destructive Evaluation", McGraw Hill Publishing Company, N.Y.1989.

18CS30 SOIL STRUCTURE INTERACTION


3003
SOIL-FOUNDATION INTERACTION: Introduction to soil-foundation interaction problems – Soil behaviour, Foundation behaviour,
Interface behaviour, Scope of soil foundation interaction analysis, Soil response models, Winkler, Elastic continuum, two parameter
models, Elastic plastic behaviour, Time dependent behaviour . (10)

BEAM ON ELASTIC FOUNDATION-SOIL MODELS: Infinite beams, two parameters, Isotropic elastic half space, Analysis of
beams of finite length, Classification of finite beams based on their stiffness. (11)

PLATE ON ELASTIC MEDIUM: Infinite plate, Winkler, Two parameters, Isotropic elastic medium, Thin and thick plates, Analysis of
finite plates, rectangular and circular plates, Numerical analysis of finite plates – Simple solutions. (11)

ELASTIC ANALYSIS OF PILE: Elastic analysis of single pile, Theoretical solutions for settlement and load distributions, Analysis of
pile group, Interaction analysis, Load distribution in groups with rigid cap. Load deflection prediction for laterally loaded piles,
Subgrade reaction and elastic analysis, Piled raft system, Solutions by influence charts. (13)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. ACI 336, “Suggested Analysis and Design Procedure for Combined Footings and Mats”, American Concrete Institute, Delhi,
1988.
2. Scott R.F., “Foundation Analysis”, Prentice Hall of India, 1981.
3. Poulos H.G. and Davis, E.H. “Pile Foundation Analysis and Design”, John Wiley, 1980.
4. Selvadurai A.P.S., “Elastic Analysis of Soil Foundation Interaction”, Elsevier, 1979.

18CS31 THEORY OF PLATES


3003
ELEMENTS OF PLATE - BENDING THEORY AND BENDING OF ISOTROPIC RECTANGULAR PLATES: General behaviour of
plates - Small deflection theory of thin plates - Governing differential equation for deflection of plates - Boundary conditions –
Kirchoff‟s theory - Navier solution for an all - round simply supported rectangular plate subjected to uniformly distributed load,
sinusoidal load and Patch load - Levy's solution for a rectangular plate with different boundary conditions and subjected to uniformly
distributed load. (13)

BENDING OF CIRCULAR PLATES: Symmetrical bending of circular plates - Simply supported solid circular plate subjected to an
uniformly distributed load, an end moment and partially distributed load. (11)

NUMERICAL METHODS: Finite difference method - Isotropic Rectangular plates - Boundary conditions - All round simply
supported square plate and fixed square plate subjected to uniformly distributed load. Plates of various shapes - Rectangular plate -
All round clamped square plate subjected to an uniform load. (12)

ANISOTROPIC PLATES: Bending of anisotropic plates - large deflection theory of plates - Plates on elastic foundation. (9)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Timoshenko S. and Kreiger S.W., "Theory of Plates and Shells", McGraw Hill Book Company, India, 2010.
2. Chandrashekhara, K., "Theory of Plates", Universities Press (India) Ltd., Hyderabad, 2001.
3. Ansel C. Ugural, "Stresses in Plates and Shells", second edition, McGraw Hill International Editions, 1999.
4. Szilard R., "Theory and Analysis of plates - Classical and Numerical Methods", Prentice Hall Inc., 1995.
5. Bairagi N. K., “A text book on Plate Analysis”, Kanna Publications, 1986.

51
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18CS32 INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES
3003
PLANNING AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Classification of Industries and Industrial Structures – planning for layout
requirements regarding lighting, ventilation and fire safety - protection against noise and vibration – guidelines from factories act –
material handling systems - structural loads. (10)

SINGLE STOREY INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES: Types of roofing – roofing sheets – purlins – light gauge sections – built-up
sections – roof trusses – pre-engineered structures. Foundations for industrial structures (13)

MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS: Design Philosophy and practices - Cranes – Types design of EOT over head travelling cranes,
zib cranes and Goaliath cranes. Design of Gantry girders for over head cranes. Conveyor systems – Supports for conveyor
systems. (10)

INDUSTRIAL STORAGE & ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL STRUCTURES: Silos, Bins and Bunkers – Design of supporting
system for storage hoppers and bunkers - Electro Static Precipitators - Wet and dry Scrubbers – Chimneys – Self supporting, Guyed
and Braced chimneys. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Shiyekar M R, “Limit State Design in Structural Steel”, PHI Learning private limited, New Delhi, 2017.
2. Subramanian N, “Design of Steel Structures”, Oxford university press, New Delhi, 2016.
3. Karuna Moy Ghosh, “Analysis and Design Practice of Steel Structures”, PHI Learning private limited, New Delhi, 2014.
4. Sai Ram K S, “Design of Steel Structures”, Pearson, New Delhi, 2013.
5. Alexander Newman, “Metal Building Systems – Design and Specifications”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
6. Dunham, “Planning Industrial Structures”, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1980.

18CS33 MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS


3003

BASICS AND MACROMECHANICS OF COMPOSITES: Classification – polymer - metal – ceramic – carbon-carbon – recycling of
fiber reinforced composites – mechanics terminology – advantages Stess and strain – Hooke‟s law - Engineering Constants of
angle lamina - Hygrothermal stresses. (12)

MICROMECHANICAL ANALYSIS OF A LAMINA: Volume and mass fraction – density – evaluation of elastic moduli – semi-
empirical models – elasticity approach – ultimate strength of uni-directional lamina – coefficients of thermal expansion. (10)

MICROMECHANICAL ANALSYSIS OF LAMINATE: Introduction – laminate code – stress – strain for a laminate – in-plane and
flexural modulus of a laminate – hygrothermal effects – warpage of laminates. (12)

FAILURE, ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF LAMINA & LAMINATES: Special cases of laminates – symmetric – cross-ply, angle –ply,
antisymmetric, Balanced, Quasi-isotropic – strength failure theories – Tsai – Hill failure theory – Tsai –Wu failure theory – failure
criterion - design of a laminated composite (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Kollar L.P. and Springer G.S., “Mechanics of Composite Structures”, Cambridge University Press, 2003.
2. Reddy J.N., “Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates - Theory and Analysis”, CRC Press, USA, 2001.
3. Jones R.M., “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, McGraw Hill Koghkusha Internation Students, 1999.
4. Kaw A.K., “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, CRC Press, 1997, USA.
5. Iyengar N.G.R. and Gupta S.K., “Structural Design Optimisation”, Affiliated East – West Press Pvt. Ltd., 1997.

18CS34 SOFT COMPUTING IN STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING


3003
NEURAL NETWORKS, ASSOCIATIVE MEMORY AND ADAPTIVE RESONANCE THEORY: Basic Concepts - Artificial Neural
Network (ANN) Architecture - Learning Methods - Back Propagation Network (BPN) - Single layer ANN - Multilayer ANN - Learning
Method of Effect of tuning parameters. Kosko's Discrete (Bi-directional Associative Memory) BAM - input normalization - Evolution
Equation - vector quantization - Architecture of ART1 and ART2 - Application to structural engineering problems. (13)

FUZZY LOGIC: Fuzzy sets and relations – Fuzzy sets and Crisp sets - Predicate logic - Fuzzy quantifiers - Fuzzy Rule based
systems – Fuzzification and Defuzzification methods - Application to controllers- Application to structural Engineering problems.
(11)
GENETIC ALGORITHMS: Basic concepts – Representation of design variables, objective function and constraints - Genetic
operators - reproduction - selection - cross over - mutation – Choice of population – Survival of the fittest – generation – generation
history - convergence of GA - optimal design using GA - Application to structural engineering problems. (12)

HYBRID SYSTEMS AND SUPPORT VECTOR MACHINES: Neuro - Fuzzy Hybrids - Fuzzy genetic hybrids - Neuro genetic hybrid -
Fuzzy BPN - Fuzzy Art Map - Fuzzy controlled GA. Support vector regression – Classifications. (9)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Rajasekaran S. and Vijayalakshmi Pai G. A., "Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms", Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2017.
2. Goldberg D. E., "Genetic Algorithms in Search Optimization and Machine Learning", Addison Wesley, Rading Mass, USA,
2006.
3. Gunn S. R., “Support Vector Machines for Classification and Regression”, Technical Report ISIS-I-98 - University of
Southampton, 1998.

52
59th ACM 09.06.2018

4. Tsoukalas H. L. and Uhrig E. R., "Fuzzy in Neural Approaches in Engineering", John Wiley and Sons, USA, 1997.
5. Adeli H. and Hung S. L., "Machine Learning, Neural Networks, Genetic Algorithms and Fuzzy Systems, John Wiley and Sons,
New York, 1995.
6. Zadeh, Loffi A, "Fuzzy Sets", Information Control, Vol.8, pp.338-353, 1965.

18CS35 GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING


3003
ELEMENTS OF EARTHQUAKE SEISMOLOGY AND DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES: Mechanism of earthquakes, causes of
earthquake, earthquake fault sources, elastic rebound theory, seismic wave in earthquake shaking, definition of earthquake terms,
Quantification of earthquakes – Dynamic soil properties – Representation of state of stresses by Mohr circle, Measurement of soil
properties – Field and laboratory tests (12)

LIQUEFACTION AND DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF SOLID WASTE LANDFILLS AND LINING SYSTEMS: Liquefaction and its
related phenomena, Evaluation of liquefaction hazards, Liquefaction susceptibility – Historical, geologic, compositional and state
criteria – Initiation of liquefaction, Effects of liquefaction – Alteration of ground motion, sand boils, settlement and instability.
Performance of solid waste landfills during earthquakes, Analysis of solid waste landfills stability during earthquakes, Monitoring and
safety control of landfills, Safety and risk analyses (13)

SEISMIC SLOPE STABILITY: Types of earthquake induced landslides, Earthquake induced landslide activity, Evaluation of slope
stability. Review of static slope stability analysis, Seismic slope stability analysis – Analysis for inertial and weakening instability
(10)
SEISMIC DESIGN OF RETAINING WALLS: Review of calculation of static pressures on retaining walls, Dynamic response of
retaining walls, Seismic pressures on retaining walls – Yielding and non yielding walls, Effect of water, finite element analysis,
Seismic displacements on retaining walls, seismic design considerations. (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Swamisaran, ”Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations”, Galgotia Publications Pvt.Ltd.,NewDelhi,2012.
2. Prasad B. B., “Fundamentals of Soil Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Ansal A., “Recent Advances in Earthquake Geotechnical Engineering and Microzonation", Kluwer Academic Publishers, The
Netherlands, 2004.
4. Kramer S. L., “Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering", Pearson Education (Singapore) Private Ltd. (Indian Branch), New Delhi,
2003.
5. IS 1893, Indian Standard Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures.

18CS36 DESIGN OF STEEL CONCRETE COMPOSITE STRUCTURES


3003

CONNECTIONS: Introduction – limit states of composite sections – Design philosophies - codes of practice - shear connectors –
types of shear connectors – degree of shear connection – partial and complete shear connections – Load bearing mechanism-
strength of shear connectors - standard tests for shear connectors. (10)

COMPOSITE BEAMS: Elastic behavior of composite beams - Ultimate load behavior - Full shear connection and partial shear
connection - Types of Profile steel sheeting - Design of composite beam – simply supported and continuous beams – beam with
profile sheeted deck slab - Analysis and design of composite beams without profile sheet. (10)

COMPOSITE SLABS: Introduction of composite floors - shear transferring mechanism in profile deck system – resistance to
longitudinal shear - resistance to vertical shear - Bending resistance of composite slab - Design considerations of composite floor -
profiled sheeting – sheeting parallel to span – sheeting perpendicular to span – analysis and design of composite floor system - limit
state of serviceability. (13)

COMPOSITE COLUMNS AND COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION: Types – design of composite columns – Relative slenderness -
resistance to axial, uniaxial and biaxial loading - Transverse and longitudinal shear - in-filled and encased columns - Design
Philosophy. Case studies on steel concrete composite construction in buildings- beam column joints - classification of joints - Effects
of Temperature, shrinkage, creep and vibration on composite beams. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Qing Quan Liang,” Analysis and Design of Steel and Composite Structures”, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, 2015.
2. Johnson R.P, “Composite Structures of Steel and Concrete”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, India, 2013.
3. Sai Ram K S, “Design of Steel Structures”, Pearson Education, 2010.
4. Oehers D.J. and Bradford M.A., “Composite Steel and Concrete Structural Members, Fundamental Behaviour”, Permagon
Press, Oxford, 1999.
5. Teaching resource material for, “Structural Steel Design,” Volume 2 of 3, Institute for Steel Development and Growth (INSDAG),
2002.
6. Narayanan R, “Composite Steel Structures – Advances, Design and Construction”, Elsevier, Applied Science, UK, 1987.

18CS37/18CN32 PREFABRICATED STRUCTURES


3003
DESIGN PRINCIPLES: Road to industrialization in buildings – History - Standardization and Components - Types of prefabrication
– Prefabrication systems - Disuniting of structures - IS Code Specifications - Construction principles – Manufacture of prefabricated

53
59th ACM 09.06.2018

components – Transport and Erection of structural components – Finishing and Fitting -up operations – Dimensional deviation and
Tolerance – Principles of structural design of prefabricated components (11)

ROOF, FLOOR UNITS AND WALL PANELS: Roofing slabs – Large slab type roof components – Floor units – Structural design of
roof and floor units – Manufacture of roof and floor units – Dimensional variations – General consideration on external wall
construction - Types of wall panels - Load bearing walls – Wind bracing (shear wall) – Curtain walls – Window panels – Connections
and joints for wall panels – External wall panel examples – Manufacture, transport and erection of wall panels – Structural design
and problems. (12)

INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS: Structural Systems - Single bay - Multi-bay buildings - Low rise buildings - Applications - Design and
Detailing - Crane track beams - Columns – Frames - Structural Connections - Execution of construction work – Structural design
and stability problems. (10)

SPECIAL STRUCTURES: Design and Detailing, Construction, Stability conditions and Design of plates and shells – Lattice
structures – Arches – Pipe bridges and Conveyor bridges - Concrete poles – Silos - Inelastic behavior of externally prestressed
continuous composite box-girder bridge with prefabricated slabs - Cyclic behavior of prefabricated circular composite columns with
low steel ratio - Seismic performance of prefabricated steel beam-to-column connections. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Handbook on Precast Concrete Buildings, Indian Concrete Institute, 2016.
2. PCI Design Handbook, Precast/Prestressed Institute, Eighth Edition, 2015.
3. PCI Connections Manual for Precast & Prestressed Concrete Construction, First Edition, 2008.
4. Koncz T, “Manual of Precast Concrete Construction”, Vol I, II & III, Bauverlag, GMBH, 1971.
5. Sebestyen G, “Large Panel Buildings”, Akademiai Kiado, Publishing House of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Budapest,
1965.
6. Mokk L, “Prefabricated Concrete for Industrial and Public Structures”, Akademial Kiado, Budapest 1964.

18CS38/18CN38 GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES


3003
INTRODUCTION AND MECHANICAL MODIFICATION: Need for ground improvement - methods of ground improvement -
geotechnical problems in alluvial and black cotton soils – selection of suitable ground improvement techniques based on soil
conditions; Methods of compaction, principles of soil densification, properties of compacted soil, dynamic compaction. (12)

SOIL NAILING AND MICROPILING: Introduction – functions and applications of soil nailing – methods of construction of soil nailed
cut – components of sail nail system; Reinforcing mechanism of micropile – installation of micropile. (11)

GEOSYNTHETICS AND DEWATERING SYSYTEMS: Introduction – functions of geosynthetics – types of geosynthetics -


properties of geosynthetics and its applications; Dewatering techniques- well points – vacuum and electroosmatic methods. (11)

GROUTING TECHNIQUES AND SOIL STABILIZATION: Types of grouts, grouting equipment and machinery, injection methods,
grout monitoring – applications of grouting; Lime stabilization - Base exchange mechanism, Pozzolanic reaction, lime-soil
interaction, Design of Foundation on lime columns. Cement stabilization: Mechanism, amount, age and curing. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Satyendra Mittal, "An Introduction to Ground Improvement Techniques", Scientific International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
2. Nihar Ranjan Patra, "Ground Improvement Techniques", Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.
3. Purushothama Raj P, “Ground Improvement Techniques”, University Science Press, 2009.
4. Sivakumar Babu.G.L., “Introduction to Soil Reinforcement and Geosynthetics”, Universities Press, Hyderabad,2009.
5. Manfired R.Hausmann, “Engineering principles of ground modification, McGraw-Hill Pub,Co.,1990.

18CS39 SMART MATERIALS AND SMART STRUCTURES


3003
INTRODUCTION AND MEASURING TECHNIQUES: Properties of smart materials - mechanisms – instrumented structures
functions and response sensing system – self diagnosis – signal processing consideration – actuation systems and effectors. Strain
measuring techniques using electrical strain gauges, types – resistance-capacitance – inductance - wheatstone bridges - pressure
transducers - load cells - temperature compensation – strain rosettes. (13)

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: Sensing technology – types of sensors – physical measurement using piezo electric strain
measurement – inductively read transducers – LVDT – fiber techniques - fiber optic strain sensors - Actuator techniques – Actuator
and Actuator materials - piezo electric and electro resistive material – magneto structure material – shape memory alloys
electrorheological fluids (ER) – electromagnetic actuation – role of actuators and actuator materials. (12)

SIGNAL PROCESSING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS: Data Acquisition and processing – signal processing and control for smart
structures – sensors as geometrical processors – signal processing – control system – linear and non linear. (9)

INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURAL HEALTH MONITORING (SHM): Definition and characters of SHM, SHM and bio mimetics,
SHM as a part of system management, Passive and Active SHM, NDE, SHM and NDECS – basic components of SHM –
Applications – SHM of a bridge – applications for external post tensioned cables, monitoring historical buildings. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Gauenzi, P., “Smart structures”, Wiley, 2009.

54
59th ACM 09.06.2018

2. Hand Book on Seismic Retrofitting of Buildings, Published by CPWD & Indian Building Congress in Association with IIT,
Madras, Narosa Publishing House, 2008.
3. Daniel Balageas, Claus - Peter FritzenamI Alfredo Guemes, Structural Health Monitoring, Published by ISTE Ltd., U.K. 2006.
4. Brain Culshaw, “Smart Structures and Materials”, Artech House, London, 2000.
5. L.S.Srinath, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
6. Cady,W.G, “Piezoelectricity”, Dover Publication.

18CS40 STRUCTURAL HEALTH MONITORING


3003

INTRODUCTION AND VIBRATION BASED TECHNIQUES FOR SHM: Definition and characters of SHM, SHM as a way of
making materials and structures smart, SHM and Biomimetics, Process and pre-usage monitoring as a part of SHM, Passive and
active SHM, NDE, SHM and NDECS. Basic vibration concepts for SHM, Local and global methods, Damage diagnosis as an
inverse problem, Model-based damage assessment, Mathematical description of structural systems with damage, General dynamic
behavior, State-space description of mechanical systems, Modeling of damaged structural elements, Damage identification in non-
linear systems. (13)

FIBER-OPTIC SENSORS : Classification of fiber-optic sensors, Photoelasticity in a plane stress state, Structures with embedded
fiber Bragg gratings, Orientation of the optical fiber optic with respect to the reinforcement fibers, Ingress/Egress from the laminate,
Fiber Bragg gratings as damage sensors for composites, Measurement of strain and stress variations, Examples of applications in
civil engineering, (10)

SHM WITH PIEZOELECTRIC SENSORS: The use of embedded sensors as acoustic emission (AE) detectors, Experimental results
and conventional analysis of acoustic emission signals, Algorithms for damage localization, Algorithms for damage characterization,
New concepts in acoustic emission, State of the-art and main trends in piezoelectric transducer-based acousto-ultrasonic SHM
research, Acousto-ultrasonic signal and data reduction methods. (9)

SHM USING ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE and LOW FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC TECHNIQUES: Composite damage,
Electrical resistance of unloaded composite, Percolation concept, Anisotropic conduction properties in continuous fiber reinforced
polymer, Influence of temperature, Composite strain and damage monitoring by electrical resistance, unidirectional and
Multidirectional laminates, Damage localization. Theoretical considerations on electromagnetic theory, Maxwell„s equations,
Applications to the NDE/NDT domain and SHM domain, General principles, Magnetic method, Electric method and Hybrid methods.
(13)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Douglas E Adams, “Health Monitoring of Structural Materials and Components-Methods with Applications”, John Wiley and
Sons, 2007.
2. Victor Giurglutiu, “Structural Health Monitoring with Wafer Active Sensors”, Academic Press Inc, 2007.
3. Daniel Balageas, Claus-Peter Fritzen, Alfredo Güemes, “Structural Health Monitoring”, Wiley-ISTE, 2006.
4. J.P. Ou, H.Li and Z.D. Duan, “Structural Health Monitoring and Intelligent Infrastructure”, Vol-1, Taylor and Francis Group,
London, U.K, 2006.

AUDIT COURSES

18CS81 ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP81

18CS82 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP82

55
59th ACM 09.06.2018

ME –INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING – 2018 Regulations


Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment
(2018 REGULATIONS)
(Minimum No. of credits to be earned: 71*)
Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks CAT
Course Title Credits
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
18CN01 Applied Statistics and Reliability 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CN02 Pavement Analysis Design & Evaluation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CN03 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CN04 Computer Analysis of Structures 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18CN05 Advanced Concrete Technology 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CN51 Structural Engineering Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18CN81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 22 Hrs 14 4 4 18 300 300 600
II SEMESTER
18CN06 Construction Project Management 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18CN07 Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18CN08 Geographic Information Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
Design of Urban Water Supply and Waste 0 0 PC
18CN09 3 3 50 50 100
Treatment Systems
18CN_ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN_ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Computer Aided Project Planning and Scheduling 0 0 50 PC
18CN52 4 2 50 100
Laboratory
18CN61 Industry Visit & Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18CN82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 28 Hrs 18 2 8 23 400 400 800
III SEMESTER
18CN_ Professional Elective 3 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN_ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN_ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN_ Professional Elective 6 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN53 Geographic Information System Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18CN71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 22 Hrs 12 0 10 17 300 300 600
IV SEMESTER
18CN72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
Total 28 Hrs 0 0 28 14 50 50 100
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES (Six to be opted)
18CN21 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN22 Bridge Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN23 Foundation Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN24 Structural Steel Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN25 Prestressed Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN26 Infrastructure Management 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN27 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN28 Maintenance and Rehabilitation of Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN29 Modern Materials for Construction 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN30 Experimental Techniques and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN31 Financial Management and Accounting 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN32 Prefabricated Structures 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN33 City Planning and Urban Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN34 Organizational Behavior 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN35 Geosynthetics in Infrastructure Projects 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN36 Corrosion in Reinforced Concrete 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN37 Remote Sensing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18CN38 Ground Improvement Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.
** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed
CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course;
MC- Mandatory Course

56
59th ACM 09.06.2018

I SEMESTER

18CN01 APPLIED STATISTICS AND RELIABILITY


vide Structural Engineering 18CS01

18CN02 PAVEMENT ANALYSIS, DESIGN AND EVALUATION


3003
PRINCIPLES OF PAVEMENT DESIGN: Types of pavement - flexible and rigid - Components of pavement and their functions,
Provisions of IRC Guidelines for each component, Comparison between highway and airport pavements, Factors influencing
pavement stability: Vehicle and traffic factors-ESWL and Wheel Load Factor - Moisture and climate, soil-CBR, Hveem stabilometer
method, Plate Bearing method for finding modulus of subgrade reaction and North Dakota Cone method - and stress distribution
factor - Boussinesq and Burmister theories. (10)

DESIGN OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT: Empirical method based on arbitrary strength - CBR method - Provisions of IRC 37 - Plate
Bearing method (US Navy method for airfields), Theoretical and semi - theoretical methods - Kansas and Texas triaxial methods,
IRC guidelines for design of flexible rural roads. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) method (Recommended by International Civil
Aviation Organization) (10)

DESIGN OF RIGID PAVEMENT: Stresses in rigid pavement due to wheel load-Older, Westergaard, Bradbury and Kelly theories -
Stresses due to change in temperature - warping stress - theory by Bradbury - Stress due to subgrade restraint, Critical combination
of stresses. Modulus of Rupture of concrete, Design of airport pavement - Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) method
(Recommended by International Civil Aviation Organization) - Design of rigid highway pavement - IRC 58 method - IRC guidelines
for design of rigid rural roads. Types of joints, Types of rigid pavement based on reinforcement, Design of reinforcement in
longitudinal and transverse direction, tie bars and dowel bars. (13)

PAVEMENT EVALUATION AND REHABILITATION: Distresses in flexible and rigid pavements - condition surveys - Types of
roughness - present serviceability index - skid resistance - structural evaluation – Benkelman deflection method – Design of
overlays both for highway and airport pavements - flexible overlay over flexible pavement, rigid overlay over rigid pavement, flexible
overlay over rigid pavements – Methods suggested by IRC, FAA and Asphalt Institute. Stabilisation with special reference to
highway pavements, Chemical and mechanical stabilisation, Use of Geosynthetics in roads. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Sharma S. K., "Principles, Practice and Design of Highway Engineering", S Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.
2. Wright P.H and Dixon K.K., “Highway Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2009.
3. Yoder E. J. and Witezak M. W., "Principles of Pavement Design", John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 2008.
4. Croney P and Croney D., “Design and Performance of Road Pavements”, HMO Stationary Office, 2008.
5. Kadiyali L.R., “Principles and Practice of Highway Engineering”, Khanna Tech. Publications, New Delhi, 2004.

18CN03 REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN


vide Structural Engineering 18CS03

18CN04 COMPUTER ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES


vide Structural Engineering 18CS04

18CN05 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY


vide Structural Engineering 18CS05

18CN51 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY


vide Structural Engineering 18CS51

II SEMESTER

18CN06 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT


3204
PLANNING: Management objectives and concepts as a blend of art and science – Functions of management – Opportunities and
threats to project managers – Application of management principles and tools to construction projects – Importance of applying
management concepts in construction industry. Importance of planning in the overall project management – Periods of planning –
Pre tender, Pre contract and contract period planning – Data collection, analysis, design, Activity – time scheduling, charts for
labour, material, staff and plant requirements – BOQ and cost estimates – Master Programme Chart. (11)

PROJECT SCHEDULING: Activity break down – Bar chart scheduling – its merits and shortcomings; Inter dependencies of
activities – CPM/PERT network diagram – Forward and Backward pass – Critical period and critical path analysis – Float – Three
time aspects for PERT activities and their identification based on statistical data – Probability of achieving desired time targets for
construction projects. (11)

57
59th ACM 09.06.2018

RESOURCE AGGREGATION, LEVELING & TIME COST OPTIMIZATION: Optimal use of resources – Aggregation as per early
start time of activities and initial histogram – Leveling of resources by manipulating activity start time with respect to float availability
and late finish time of activities and final histogram. Direct cost and Indirect cost, and their influence on project duration – Normal
and Crash duration of activities and their corresponding costs – Crashing of network to optimize cost and duration of projects –
Simple Operation Research techniques to optimize assignment of tasks to groups of workmen, and transport of materials from
quarries to sites. (11)

TECHNICAL PROCEDURES & COST CONTROL: Tenders – aim, importance and tender documents; tender process – Invitation,
submission, opening, scrutiny, negotiation, acceptance and award. Contract – definition, types of contracts, their merit and suitability
– contract agreement – Principal clauses and conditions; Payment for works – Measurements, Running Bills, deductions. Aims and
scope of cost control – use of estimates, data, unit rate and standard rate as tools for cost monitoring – systems of cost control
based on accounting details of spends and periodicity of cost comparison. Mass Haul Diagram – features and characteristics –
balancing cut and fill and optimizing haul distances and quantities. (12)

Total L: 45+T:30
REFERENCES:
1. Shrivastava U. K., “Construction Planning and Management”, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Ghattas R. G and Sandra Mckee, “Practical Project Management”, Pearson Education (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
3. Punmia B. C. and Khandelval K. K., “Project Planning and Control with PERT and CPM”, Laxmi Publications, 2002.
4. Srinath L. S., “PERT/CPM Principles and Applications”, Affiliated East West Press (P) Ltd., 2002.

18CN07 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND TRANSPORT PLANNING


3003

TRAFFIC AND TRAFFIC STREAM CHARACTERISTICS: Physical, Physiological, Psychological, environmental characteristics of
Road user ,vehicle characteristics and their relations; Fundamental parameters and relations of traffic flow: speed, density, volume,
travel time, headway, spacing, time-space diagram, time mean speed, space mean speed and their relation, relation between
speeds, flow, density, fundamental diagrams; Traffic stream models: Green shield‟s model, Greenberg‟s logarithmic model, Lighthill-
Withams theory, shock waves. (11)

TRAFFIC SURVEYS STUDIES AND QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN TRAFFIC ENGINEERING: Measurement at a point:
Traffic volume measurement, equipment for flow measurements, data analysis, concepts of ADT, AADT;
Measurement over a short section: Speed measurements, 15th and 85th percentile speeds, design speed, speed distributions;
Moving observer method: Concepts and derivation, illustration, Measurement along a length of road: Density measurement, travel
time measurement; Automated traffic measurement: GPS devices, loop detectors, video analysis, and other technologies.
Specialized traffic studies: Parking studies, Accident studies, Congestion studies. Quantitative techniques: Probability distributions,
significance testing and linear regression models. (11)

TRAFFIC INTERSECTION CONTROL OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT: Principles of traffic control: Requirements, basic driving
rules, priority movements, principles of traffic control, intersections conflicts; Traffic signs and road markings: Regulatory, warning,
and information signs; longitudinal, transverse, and object marking; Channelization: channelizing devices, geometrical aspects,
turning radius ;Traffic rotary: Conflict resolution in a rotary, geometric layout, design elements, capacity of rotary; Grade separated
intersection: Road over bridges, under pass, overpass, trumpet interchange, diamond interchange, fully and partial clover leaf
intersection. Elements of traffic signal, Design principles of a traffic signal, Evaluation of a traffic signal, coordinated traffic signal.
(12)
TRANSPORTATION PLANNING AND TRANSPORT ECONOMICS: Transportation system and planning process - System
approach in transport planning - Interdependence of land use and traffic - transportation survey. Conventional and four stage
modeling process - trip generation and trip distribution, model spilt, and land use transport model. Transport planning strategies,
TSM, TDM, Traffic calming, road pricing and ITS. Economic evaluation of transport plans - accident cost - traffic congestion, restrain
and road pricing, EIA. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Kadiyali L. R., "Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning", Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2005.
2. Partha Chakroborty and Animesh Das, "Principle of Transportation Engineering", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Khanna K. and Justo C. E. G., “Highway Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, Roorkee, 2001.
4. Nicholas J. Garben and Lester A. Hoel, "Traffic and Highway Engineering", PWS Publication, 1999.
5. Taylor M.A.P and Young W., “Traffic Analysis - New Technology and New Solutions”, Hargreen Publishing Company, 1998.
6. Jason C.Yu, “Transportation Engineering: Introduction to Planning”, Design and Operations, Elsevier, 1992.

18CN08 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS


3003
GIS TECHNIQUES, DATABASE AND DATA STRUCTURES: Map – Types of map - Map analysis, Digital Cartography and
Evolution of GIS, Components of GIS - Software, Hardware and organization - Types of Map Projections and Coordinate concepts-
Datums, ellipsoids, geoids, Type of data - spatial and non spatial data, Various Sources of data - Conceptualization of real world in
GIS, georeferencing, vector and raster data structure, database concepts, E-R Model, Geodatabase, Object Oriented Database
(11)
DATA INPUT, DATA OUTPUT AND ERROR ANALYSIS: Digitizer, scanner, files and data formats, Collection of Data using GPS -
Data transfer from other spatial data sources, GIS flow chart for projects, Edge matching, rubber sheeting. Types of output data,
Map Design, source of errors, types of errors, elimination, accuracies. Data quality and data standards: Concepts – Definition and
assessment of data quality, Multimedia GIS, 3D GIS, meta data, Open source GIS and OGC standards. (11)

ADVANCED ANALYSIS: Spatial Analysis, data retrieval, query, simple analysis, spatial statistics, Topology, Measuring distance,
area and connectivity, buffering and neighbourhood functions - Raster and Vector overlay method - Reclass, Recode, vector data
analysis, raster data analysis, Modeling in GIS, digital Elevation Model, DTM, Cost and path analysis, Spatial interpolation - Analysis

58
59th ACM 09.06.2018

of surfaces - Network analysis - shortest path problem, traveling salesman problem, location and allocation of resources. Artificial
Intelligence and expert system, Multicriteria analysis, Analytical Hierarchy process. (11)

GIS APPLICATIONS: GIS for water distribution network, sewer network, transportation network, telecom network, power network
and other utilities, Site selection for larger projects based on GIS analysis, Remote Sensing data integration, Navigtion and tracking
using GPS and GIS, GIS database for buildings, Emergency planning, Internet GIS. (12)
Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Demers M. N., “Fundamentals of Geographical Information Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2008.
2. Chang K. T., “Introduction to Geographical Information Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Elangovan K., “GIS: Fundamentals, Applications and Implementation”, New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Chrisman N. R., “Exploring Geographic Information Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2001.
5. Clarke K. C., “Getting Started with Geographic Information Systems”, Prentice Hall, 2001.
6. Burrough P. A., “Principles of GIS for Land Resources Management”, Oxford Publication, 2000.

18CN09 DESIGN OF URBAN WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEMS


3003
WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS: Quantity of water - population forecasting- per capita consumption - fluctuation in consumption
rate - design period. Purification of water - screening - aeration - plain sedimentation - sedimentation with coagulation - filtration -
slow sand filter, rapid sand filter, pressure filter - disinfection of water - optional treatment methods - design aspects - storage
reservoir types and design. (11)

WATER DISTRIBUTION AND SEWERAGE SYSTEMS: Classification - layout of distribution system - residual pressure - analysis
of distribution system - leakage / waste prevention - appurtenances in distribution system Water carriage system - types - quantity of
sewage - self cleansing velocity - non-scoring velocity - shapes of sewers-sewer materials-design of sewers-construction of sewers
testing-plumbing systems - sewer appurtenances - sewage pumping. (11)

WASTE WATER TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL: Sewage characteristics - BOD- COD- population equivalent - relative stability -
designing of waste water treatment units - screens - grit chamber - skimming tank - sedimentation- biological treatment methods -
trickling filters - activated sludge process - oxidation pond - rotating biological contactors - design of septic tank and final disposal
unit - disposal of sludge - disposal by dilution - oxygen sag curve - standards of dilution - self-purification process - zones of pollution
- standards of waste water for irrigation - irrigation methods - percolation test. (11)

SOLID WASTE AND AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT: Solid wastes - composition - generation and factors influencing - collection
systems - processing, component separation - volume reduction methods - size reduction - recovery of material - disposal methods,
composting, land filling, anaerobic digestion. Effect of air pollution on human health, plants, animals, properties - air quality and
emission standards - particulate removal - removal of gaseous pollutants - stack design - sampling techniques. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Santhosh Kumar Garg, "Environmental Engineering Volume - I and II", Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2015.
2. Punmia B C, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun K Jain, "Environmental Engineering Volumes I and II", Laxmi Publications, Jodhpur,
2014.
3. Peavy H S, Rowe D R and Tchobanoglous G, "Environmental Engineering", McGraw Hill Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
4. MetCalf and Eddy, Inc. "Wastewater Engineering Treatment, Disposal, Reuse", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited,
New Delhi, 2012.
5. Rao M N and Rao H V N, "Air Pollution", Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2011.
6. "Manual on Solid Waste Management", Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation, Ministry of Urban
Development, New Delhi.

18CN52 COMPUTER AIDED PROJECT PLANNING AND SCHEDULING LABORATORY


0042

OVERVIEW AND STRUCTURING PROJECTS: Optimize the project plan, Understand data structures, Create a project, Create a
Work Breakdown Structure, Add activities, View calendars, Create relationships, Schedule the project, Assign constraints, Format
schedule data, create reports

CUSTOMISING THE PROJECTS: Working with layouts, grouping, sorting, and filtering data; Customising layouts printing layouts
and reports, Publishing a project on the web

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND RISK ASSESSMENT: Roles and Resource, Assigning Roles, Assigning Resources, Analyzing
Resources, Optimizing the Project Plan,

UPDATING AND MANAGING THE SCHEDULE: Managing the Baselines, updating, scheduling and leveling, sumarising projects
issues and thresholds, managing risks, Project Execution and Control, Reporting Performance, Apply a risk assessment to a project
schedule, resources and costs, comparing actual with schedule comparison.

Total P: 60

18CN61 INDUSTRY VISIT & TECHNICAL SEMINAR


vide Structural Engineering 18CS61

59
59th ACM 09.06.2018

III SEMESTER

18CN53 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM LABORATORY


0042
DATA, FILES AND DATABASE: Input of data – Scanning, Manual and automatic digitization, use of GPS for data collection, for
utilities, use of digitiser, type of data - database, Files, Methodology of GIS data creation and analysis.

DATA MANIPULATION: Sources of errors, cleaning of errors, topology building, raster cell resolution, edge matching,
georeferencing, satellite image processing

SIMPLE ANALYSIS: Reclass, Recode, Buffering, area, distance, perimeter measurement, Database initiated analysis, Simple
overlay, raster and vector data analysis

ANALYSIS IN GIS: Weighted overlay - proximity analysis - DEM, DTM, TIN, Perspective view - network analysis - GIS application
in resource management - cartographic design of maps - multicriteria evaluation. DATA OUTPUT: Multimedia - GIS Maps, images,
Texts, Graphs, Cartographic symbolism

EXERCISES:
1. Onscreen digitisation for points. lines and polygons in a map.
2. GPS data collection for utilities and integration of data from various sources
3. Cleaning up the data, error removal , topology building, georeferencing and map projection
4. Classifications of spatial data, layer and symbol concept using a GIS software.
5. Satellite image processing to produce landuse / landcover maps
6. Attribute data query on maps, simple analysis
7. Simple overlay and weighted overlay
8. Network analysis in GIS.
9. Creating DEM, TIN, slope, aspect, hill shade and perspective view maps
10. Site selection of projects using GIS.
11. Output generation and cartographic design of maps.

Total P: 60

18CN71 PROJECT WORK – PHASE I

* Identification of thrust areas


* Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem
* Finalisation of system requirements and specification
* Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey
* Future trends in providing alternate solutions
* Consolidated report preparation of the above

IV SEMESTER

18CN72 PROJECT WORK – PHASE II

The Project work involves the following:

* Preparing a project – brief proposal including


Problem Identification
Methodology specifying the process/specifications/parameters
List of alternate methodology if available
Justification for the methodology adopted
Time line of activities

* Carrying out experimental/theoretical work as per the specified time line of activities.

* A presentation including all the above along with final results and conclusions.

* Consolidated report preparation.

ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES

18CN21 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT


3003
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) OBJECTIVES AND NEED: Impact of Civil Engineering development projects on
environment – International scenario of environment protection – Environmental protection methods – Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) – Objectives and need - Environmental Impact statement (EIS) – EIA capability and limitations – Legal provisions

60
59th ACM 09.06.2018

on EIA – Indian legislation to protect environment - environmental clearance procedure - Guidance for Industrial licensing
(11)

EIA METHODOLOGIES - PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT: Methods of EIA – Checklists – Matrices – Networks – Cost-benefit
analysis – environmental pricing – analysis of alternatives - case studies. Assessment of Impact on land, water and air, noise,
social, cultural flora and fauna - Mathematical models - public participation. (12)

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN: Plan for mitigation of adverse impact on environment – options for mitigation of impact
on water, air and land, flora and fauna; Addressing the issues related to the Project Affected people - Rapid EIA - ISO 14000 - EIA
in India – Environmental guidance for infrastructure projects and river valley projects – Legislations and Institutional support –
International cooperation . (11)

EIA FOR INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS: Case studies on bridges – power plants – highways – dams – urban development –
water supply and drainage projects. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Anji Reddy M, “Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory and Practice”, BS Publications, Hyderabad, 2017.
2. Barthwal RR, “Environmental Impact Assessment”, New Age International P Ltd, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Charles H Eccleston, “Environmental Impact Assessment: A Guide to Best Professional Practices”, CRC Press, 2011.
4. Judith Petts, “Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment Vol. I & II”, Blackwell Scientific Publications, London 2005.
5. Peter Morris and Rikki Therivel, “Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment”, SPON Press, London, 2003.
6. Canter R.L., “Environmental Impact Assessment”, McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi, 1996.

18CN22 BRIDGE ENGINEERING


vide Structural Engineering 18CS21

18CN23 FOUNDATION STRUCTURES


vide Structural Engineering 18CS08

18CN24 STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN


vide Structural Engineering 18CS02

18CN25 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES


vide Structural Engineering 18CS09

18CN26 INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT


3003
OVERVIEW OF INDIAN INFRASTRUCTURE ASSETS: Infrastructure – Definition - Infrastructure management-Importance of
infrastructure management. Urban Infrastructure, Roads, Railways, Ports, Airports, Energy - social Infrastructure - education, health
care - Infrastructure deficiencies – Smart cities – MRTS. (12)

ASSET MANAGEMENT & RURAL INFRASTRUCTURE: Design service life - Built infrastructure issues - Report card -
Infrastructure Inspection - Sustainable Infrastructure - Alternate construction materials, village ponds, village transportation,
Sanitation (11)

PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION: Tender Document – Terms and Conditions – Bidding Process – Contracts – Terminology in
Contracts – Types of Contracts – BOO, BOT, DBOT, DBOOT, BOOT, EPC & Turnkey – Project Planning – Mobilization of
resources - Work Flow Execution – Construction & Maintenance during Defect Liability Period - Arbitration. (11)

PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION & PPP: Private Sector participation in Infrastructure Development Projects – Public Private
Partnership Projects - Technology Transfer and Foreign Collaboration – Scope of Technology Transfer - Case study (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Narindar Jethi K, “Infrastructure Development In India”, New Century Publications, 2007.
2. 3i Network, “India Infrastructure Report 2007 : Rural Infrastructure”, Oxford University Press, 2007.
3. 3i Network, “India Infrastructure Report 2006 : Urban Infrastructure”, Oxford University Press, 2006.
4. Joshi P, “Law Relating to Infrastructure Projects”, Taxmann Publishers, 2001.
5. Raghuram G, “Infrastructure Development and Financing : Towards a Public Private Partnership”, Macmillan , 2001.

18CN27 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES


vide Structural Engineering 18CS26

18CN28 MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES


vide Structural Engineering 18CS27

61
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18CN29 MODERN MATERIALS FOR CONSTRUCTION


3003
MICROSTRUCTURE AND MATERIAL BEHAVIOUR: Introduction to the physics and chemistry of materials, Focusing on chemical
bonding, crystal structure, mechanical properties, phase transformation, Energy in building materials and building, Green and
climate responsive buildings (11)

STRUCTURAL MATERIALS: Criteria for selection of structural materials: Ceramics and Glass, Metals, Polymers, Fibre reinforced
polymers, Fire proofing materials, Bituminous materials, Typical agro waste and other biomass resources. (11)

NON-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS: Criteria for selection of non construction materials: PVC, EPOXY, Thermocole, Geotextile,
Acoustics, Thermal and sound insulation materials, Green building materials, special paints for Road marking. Construction
chemicals – sealants, engineering grouts, mortars, admixtures and adhesives. (11)

SPECIAL CONCRETE: High strength and high-performance concrete - FRP - Fibre reinforced polymer composite - Lightweight
concrete - vacuum concrete - silica fume concrete – ferro cement and ferro concrete – concrete for off shore structure, Bacterial
concrete, self curing and self healing concrete: Non destructive testing methods for concrete. Scope, type and application of Smart
and Intelligent materials in buildings. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Shan Somayaji, “Civil Engineering Materials”, Second Edition, Prentice Hall Inc., 2001.
2. Mamlouk M.S, Zaniewski J.P., “Materials for Civil and Construction Engineers”, Prentice Hall Inc., 1999.
3. Aitkens, “High Performance Concrete”, McGraw Hill, 1999.
4. Neveille A.M and Brooks J J., “Concrete Technology”, Longman, 1999.
5. Metha P.K and Montreil P.J.M., “Concrete Microstructure Properties and Materials”, Indian Concrete Institute, 1997.
6. Edwar Nawy E G., “Concrete Construction Engineering Handbook”, CRC press, New York, 1997.

18CN30 EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTATION


vide Structural Engineering 18CS29

18CN31 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING


3003

BASIC ACCOUNTİNG, BALANCE SHEET & MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING: Meaning of Accounting - Definition and
objectives.Need for accounting- Internal and external users of accounting information-Branches of Accounting - Accounting
Information system - Accounting Cycle – Accounting Concepts, Conventions and Principles - The Corporate Balance Sheet –
Format of Balance sheet – Balance Sheet as per company law and annexure to it– Generally Accepted Accounting Principles -
Financial Accounting vs. Management Accounting. (11)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ANALYSIS & MARGINAL COSTING: Characteristics – limitations - Ratio Analysis (Including Dupont
Model): Interpretation - Difference between Cash flow and Fund flow - Meaning of a cash flow statement – classification of cash
flows – Preparation and Interpretation of Cash Flow Statement - Direct Cost - Overheads – Cost Sheet – Cost - volume profit
analysis – Break Even Point - Application of marginal costing techniques to Managerial Decision making. (11)

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT & TIME VALUE OF MONEY: An overview – Nature & scope - Finance functions - goals of financial
management - Financial manager‟s role - agency problems ,agency cost - Long term finance - ordinary shares, right issue of equity
shares, preference shares, debentures, term loan, asset based financing-hire purchase, leasing, venture capital financing. Short
term finance - trade credit, bank credit, bill discounting, commercial paper - Time value of money - Concept - future value - present
value – single cash flows, annuity, uneven cash flows, multi period and continuous - yield calculation, applications : bond's
valuation and yield - valuation of preference shares - valuation of ordinary shares. (11)

COST OF CAPITAL & RECEIVABLES MANAGEMENT: Concept - determining component cost of capital - weighted average cost
of capital - weighted marginal cost of capital - Capital budgeting decisions - Evaluation of capital budgeting - discounted & non
discounted cash flows methods – simple problems - Principles and concepts of working capital – operating cycle - determinants of
working capital - policies for financing current assets - Inventory management and cash management – basic concepts only. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
nd
1. Sudarsana Reddy, “Financial Management”, 2 Revised Ed., Himalaya PH, 2010
2. Pandey, I M., “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 10th Ed, 2010.
3. Chandra Prasanna, “Financial Management: Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw, New Delhi, 2010.
4. Jonathan Berk, “Financial Management”, Pearson Education, 2010.
5. Ehrhardt, Michael and Brigham, Engene F, “Corporate Finance: A Focused Approach”, Cenage Learning, Australia, 2009.
6. Bhat and Sudhindra, “Financial Management: Principles and Practice”, Excel books, ND, 2007.

18CN32 PREFABRICATED STRUCTURES


vide Structural Engineering 18CS37

18CN33 CITY PLANNING AND URBAN DESIGN


3003

CITY AND METROPOLITAN PLANNING: Evolution of cities; principle of city planning; type of cities &new towns; Indian cities and
metropolises constraints and prospects, Polarization of economic socio cultural and administrative activities: Distribution of

62
59th ACM 09.06.2018

urbanization process; National settlement polices; eco city concept; sustainable development. Metropolitan plan making processes,
metropolitan plans in India, Metropolitan planning strategies. (11)

TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING: Planning survey techniques; Conducting survey; statistical methods of data analysis; report
presentation ; application of GIS and remote sensing techniques in urban and regional planning ; decision making models. (11)

DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT: Scope and content of master plan and structure plan, integrated urban
development plans and IDSMT and urban development projects; Planning laws ; development control and zoning regulations; law
relating to land acquisition; development enforcements, urban land ceiling, scope and content of zonal development plans, detailed
town planning schemes, area development plans, action plans and subject plans. Land management techniques; planning and
municipal administration; disaster mitigation management; 73rd and 74th constitutional amendments; public participation and role of
NGO & CBO. (12)

URBAN DESIGN: Definition of urban design , scope of urban design under Indian context and its integration with urban planning;
Historical development and approach to urban design; urban form; Urban structure and design rational linter - relationship between
economic activities, public organization , communication system, urban conservation and land-use structure. Organization of space.
Review and designing of urban renewal and redevelopment projects for old and new towns. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Urban Raw M, “Urban Planning and Practice”, CBS Publisher, 2005.
2. Simon Eisner, Arthur B Gallion, “Urban Pattern City Planning and Design, CBS Publisher, 2004.
3. Peter Hall, “Urban and Regional Planning”, Taylor and Francis, 2003.
4. Sundaram K.V, “Urban and Regional Planning in India”, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
5. Cliff Moughlin, Rafael Cuesta, “Urban Design Method and Techniques”, Butterworth, 1999.
6. Harold Maclean Lewis, Wrigley J S, “Planning the Modern City”, Vol .I and Vol. II, John-Wiley, 1998.

18CN34 ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR


3003
IMPORTANCE OF OB & PERSONALITY: Definition, Meaning and Importance of OB, Historic developments of OB, Hawthorne
experiment, Basic OB Model, Different approaches to OB, Contributing disciplines to OB, Scope of OB, Significance of OB - Origin
of the word Personality, Determinants of Personality, Theories of Personality (Psychoanalytic theory, Self theory, Holland‟s
personality theory, Myers Briggs Type Indicators and Big 5 personality theory), Attributes of personality. (11)

EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE & MOTIVATION: Definition and Meaning, Categories of intelligence, EI Dimensions, Physiology of
EI, OB applications of emotions – Characteristics of Motivation, Process of Motivation, Theories of Motivation (Maslow‟s need
theory, ERG theory, Hertzberg theory, Expectancy theory, Theory X & Y, McClelland‟s theory of needs, Goal setting theory, Equity
theory), Incentives for Motivation. (12)

LEADERSHIP & GROUP DYNAMICS: Definition and Meaning, Styles of leadership, Theories of leadership (Trait theory, Ohio state
theory, Managerial grid, Contingency theory, Path goal theory, Leader Member Exchange(LMX), Transactional & transformational
leadership theory, Charismatic and Visionary leadership theory) - Difference between Group and Team, Groups in Organisation,
Team Effectiveness model, Troubles with team, Social loafing. (11)

ORGANISATIONAL CULTURE & ORGANISATIONAL CHANGE: Meaning and Definition, Characteristics of Organisational
culture, Elements of Organisational culture, Organisational sub culture, Artifacts for Organisational culture, Bicultural audit,
Strategies to merge different organisational culture. - Factors of Organisational change, Lewin‟s forced field model, Human reactions
to change, Resistance to change, Strategies for reducing change, Ethical issues in Organisational change. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Fred Luthans, “Organisational Behaviour”, New York, McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Stephen P. Robins, “Organisational Behaviour”, Pearson Education, 2011.
3. Edwin Gerlof, “Organisation Theory and Design”, McGraw Hills, 2011.
4. Danial C. Fieldman and Hugh Arnold, “Managing Individual and Group Behaviour in Organization”, McGraw Hills, 2010.
5. Robrt Kreitener and Angelo Kinieki, “Organisational Behavior”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

18CN35 GEOSYNTHETICS IN INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS


3003
GEOSYNTHETIC MATERIALS AND THEIR PROPERTIES: Basic descriptions of geosynthetics, types, functions, materials,
manufacturing processes, properties and testing, Concepts and mechanism of reinforced soil, Factors influencing behaviour and
performance. (12)

REINFORCED SOIL RETAINING WALLS AND SLOPE STABILITY: Components of reinforced soil walls, Principles of design –
Internal and external stability – Design – Slope stabilization. (11)

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL, FILTRATION AND DRAINAGE: Liners for ponds and canals, covers and liners for landfills,
material aspects and stability considerations; Applications, Geotextile filter requirements, boundary conditions, drain and filter
properties, design criteria. (11)

EMBANKMENTS IN SOFT SOILS AND PAVEMENT: Embankment in soft soils - Analysis, Influence of reinforcement extensibility,
deformation in foundation, Overall stability with respect to bearing.
Pavement applications, Role of subgrade conditions, Design – The Giroud and Noiray approach, Geotextile serviceability,
Application in pavement overlays. (11)

63
59th ACM 09.06.2018

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Sivakumar Babu, G.L., “Introduction to Soil Reinforcement and Geosynthetics”, Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2009.
2. Mandal J N, “Geosynthetics World‟, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
3. Robert M Koerner, “Designing with Geosynthetics”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2005.
4. Braja M Das, “Shallow Foundations: Bearing Capacity and Settlement”, CRC Press, New York, 1999.

18CN36 CORROSION IN REINFORCED CONCRETE


3003
BASICS OF CORROSION: Theoretical Concepts of Corrosion of Steel in Concrete Structures. Mechanism of Chloride induced and
carbonation induced Corrosion - parameters influencing rebar corrosion (11)
FORMS OF CORROSION & CORROSIVE ENVIROMENTS: Galvanic Corrosion, Crevice Corrosion, Pitting Corrosion, Integranular
corrosion, Erosion and hydrogen embrittlement. Mineral Acids, Organic Acids, Atmosphere Corrosion, sewage water treatment
plants. (11)

CORROSION MEASUREMENT & EVALUATION: Weight Loss method, Half cell potential Technique – Linear Polarization
Resistance, Galvanostatic Pulse Technique – Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy, Cyclic Polarisation and Voltammetry and
Corrosion Sensors for field monitoring. (11)

CORROSION PREVENTION: Materials Selection: Metals & Alloys - Metal purification, Alteration of Environment changing mediums
- Electrochemical techniques - Cathodic & Anodic protection, Sacrificial Anode. Coatings: metallic & other Inorganic coatings -
Organic coatings - Corrosion inhibitors. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Amir Poursaee, “Corrosion of Steel in Concrete Structures”, First Edition, Elseiver, Wood Head Publishing, 2016.
2. Luca Bertolini et al, “Corrosion of Steel in Concrete, Prevention, Diagonisis, Repair”, Second Edition, Wiley Publishing, 2014.
3. Mars G. Fontana, “Corrosion Engineering”, Third Edition, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York 1988.
4. Hans Bohni, “Corrosion in Reinforced Concrete Structures”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, Cambridge England, 2005.

18CN37 REMOTE SENSING


3003

REMOTE SENSING SYSTEM: Elements of EMR - wavelength regions – energy interaction in atmosphere – scattering -
atmospheric windows – terrestrial interaction – spectral reflectance curves – Planck„s blackbody law – displacement law and
emissivity effects - heat capacity, thermal property of objects – Radar interaction with Earth surface and vegetation, Surface
scattering theory - active and passive remote sensing - platforms. Sensors used in remote sensing - types of resolutions (11)

SATELLITE DATA PRODUCT AND INTERPRETATION OF SATELLITE IMAGERIES: Thermal sensors - thermal image
interpretation, Radar principles and applications – SRTM and its application -Types of data product - software and hardware
requirement for data processing - Elements of visual image interpretation - Digital Image processing techniques, Landuse /
landcover classification. (11)
CHARACTERISTICS OF SATELLITES AND THEIR APPLICATIONS: GOES, NOAA, METEOSAT, INSAT - Land observation
satellites: LANDSAT, SPOT, IRS, IKONOS, GEOEYE, QUICKBIRD, WORLDVIEW – SEASAT, SIRA, SIRB, ERS, JERS,
RADARSAT and other currently available satellites. (12)

REMOTE SENSING APPLICATIONS: Urban land use planning – urban sprawl - cadastral mapping - site selection for various
infrastructure projects - resource management - mapping of infrastructure facilities and planning - integration of satellite imageries in
GIS (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Lillisand T, Kiefer R. W and Chipman J., “Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2015.
2. Jensen, John R., “Remote Sensing of the Environment: An Earth Resource Perspective”, 2nd Ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey,
2007.
3. Sabins F F, "Remote Sensing - Principles and Interpretation", 3rd Edition, Waveland Press Inc., 2007.
4. James B. Campbell, “Introduction to Remote Sensing”, Taylor & Francis, London, 1996.
5. “American Society of Photogrammetry, Manual of Remote Sensing”, 2nd Edition, American Society of Photogrammetry, Falls
Church, Virginia, 1983.

18CN38 GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES


vide Structural Engineering 18CS38

AUDIT COURSES

18CN81 ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP81

18CN82 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP82

64
59th ACM 09.06.2018

13. Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment


ME COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
(2018 REGULATIONS)
(Minimum No. of credits to be earned: 72*)
Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks
Code Course Title Lecture Credits CAT
Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
Applied Mathematics For Computer Science 2 2 0 3 PC
18ZC01 50 50 100
Engineering
18ZC02 Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZC03 Database Management Systems 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18ZC04 Advanced Computer Architecture 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZC05 Analysis and Design of Software Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms 50 50
18ZC51 0 0 4 2 100 PC
Laboratory
18ZC81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 22 Hrs 14 4 4 18 300 300 600
II SEMESTER
18ZC06 Data Intensive Computing Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZC07 Advanced Operating Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZC08 Advanced Computer Networks 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZC09 Embedded Systems 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18ZC__ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC__ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC52 Data Intensive Computing Systems Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18ZC61 Industry Visit & Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18ZC82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 28 Hrs 18 2 8 23 400 400 800
III SEMESTER
18ZC__ Professional Elective 3 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC__ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC__ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC__ Professional Elective 6* 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC53 Software Development Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18ZC71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 20 Hrs 11 2 10 17 300 300 600
IV SEMESTER
18ZC72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
Total 28 Hrs 0 0 28 14 50 50 100
ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES
Group I
18ZC21 Cloud Computing 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC22 XML and Web Services 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC23 Semantic Web Technology 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC24 Agile Software Development 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC25 Internet of Things 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Group II
18ZC26 Compiler Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC27 Evolutionary Computing Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC28 Information Retrieval 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC29 Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC30 Virtualization 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC31 Programming Paradigms 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC32 Cryptography and Network Security 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC33 Cellular Network Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC34 Adhoc and Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC35 Memetic Algorithm 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC36 Computer Vision 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE

65
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18ZC37 Cognitive Computing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC38 Theoretical Computer Science 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC39 Advanced Algorithms 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC40 Software Defined Networks 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZC41 Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.
** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed
CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course;
MC- Mandatory Course

66
59th ACM 09.06.2018

SEMESTER I

18ZC01 APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR COMPUTER SCIENCE ENGINEERING


2203
NUMBER THEORY: Divisibility: properties of divisibility, fundamental theorem of arithmetic, division algorithm, Euclidean algorithm,
extended Euclidean algorithm. Arithmetical functions - Möbius function, Euler totient function. Congruence - basic properties of
congruence, residue classes and complete residue system, linear congruences, Euler-Fermat theorem, simultaneous linear
congruences, Chinese remainder theorem. (8+7)

APPLICATIONS OF NUMBER THEORY: Pseudo random bit generators: linear congruential generator, Blum Blum-Shub generator.
Primality testing-Legendre and Jacobi symbols, the solovay -strassen algorithm, the Miller- Rabin algorithm. Classical cryptography
– the shift cipher, the substitution cipher, the affine cipher.Public key cryptography - RSA cryptosystem. (8+7)

GRAPH THEORY: Graphs - directed and undirected, subgraphs, graph models, degree of a vertex, degree sequence, hand-
shaking lemma, walk, trail, path, connectedness, distance and diameter. Common classes of graphs – regular, complete Petersen,
cycle, path, tree, bi-partite, hypercube, mesh - Isomorphic graphs. Representations of graphs – adjacency list, incidence list,
adjacency matrix, incidence matrix, Eulerian graphs – Chinese postman problem and its solution – Hamiltonian graphs – travelling
salesman problem – nearest neighbour algorithm. (8+7)

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Classification, Markov chain: transition probability matrices – Chapman Kolmogorov equations -
classification of states, limiting probabilities, Poisson process - continuous time Markov chains: Kolmogorov equations, limiting
probabilities, birth-death processes. (8+7)

Total L:32 + T:28 = 60


REFERENCES:
1. Douglas R Stinson, “Cryptography: Theory and Practice”, Chapman Hall”, New York, 2017.
2. Saeed Ghahramani, “Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes”, Pearson, New Delhi, 2016.
3. Trivedi K S, “Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queueing and Computer Science Applications”, John Wiley & Sons, New
Delhi, 2016.
4. Yellen J and Gross J, “Graph Theory and its Applications”, Chapman & Hall, New York, 2006.
5. Tom M Apostol, “Introduction to Analytic Number Theory”, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1998.

18ZC02/18ZS02 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS


3003
ALGORITHM ANALYSIS: Analysis of iterative and recursive Algorithms – Asymptotic notations – Parallel Algorithms:Introduction-
Scalar Product of two vectors- Matrix multiplication. (10)

TREES: Search Trees – Balanced Search Trees: AVL, RBT, Splay-Heaps: Binary heap, leftist heap, binomial heap, Fibonacci heap,
Multi-dimensional data structure: kd tree (15)

GRAPHS: Representation – Shortest path algorithms: Unweighted shortest path, Dijikstra’s algorithm, Graphs with negative edge
costs, Acyclic graphs, All pairs shortest path – Network Flow problems – Activity Networks – DFS applications: Biconnectivity, Euler
Circuits (10)

DISJOINT SETS AND HASHING: Disjoint Sets: Representation – Union and find operations - Hashing: Static hashing – Dynamic
hashing - Overflow handling - Bloom filters - Locality sensitive hashing (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson, Ronald L Rivest and Clifford Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, PHI learning Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2010
2. Venkatesan R and Lovelyn Rose S, “Data Structures”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.
3. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.
4. Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, Susan Anderson-Freed, “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”, Universities Press, Hyderabad,
2012.
5. Peter Brass, “Advanced Data Structures”, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2008.

18ZC03/18ZS03 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS


3204
RELATIONALDATABASE:Relational database Design - ERDiagram, Extended ER Diagram, Reduction to relational schemas,
Normalization- Functional Dependencies, Normal Forms,SQL (12+8)

QUERY OPTIMIZATION: Algorithms for Query Processing – external sorting, SELECT and JOIN operation, PROJECT and set
operation, aggregate operation and OUTER JOINs, Heuristics of Query Optimization, Cost Based Query Optimization. (11+7)

67
59th ACM 09.06.2018
TRANSACTION AND SECURITY: Properties of Transaction, Serializability, Concurrency Control – locking, timestamp, validation
based protocols, Deadlock – prevention, detection, recovery, Database security – issues, access control. (12+7)

TRENDS IN DATABASE: Introduction to NoSQL databases - Key-Value Stores – Columnar Stores – Document Stores, Graph
database - The Power of Graph Databases - Options for Storing Connected Data -Data Modeling with Graphs-Building a Graph
Database Application - Case Study - Neo4J. (11+8)
Total L: 45 +T: 30=75
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas Connolly and CarlolynBegg, “Database Systems, A Practical Approach toDesign, Implementation and Management”,
Pearson Education,Harlow,2015.
2. Sadalage, P. & Fowler,”NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence”, Pearson
Education,USA,2013
3. R. Elmasri, S.B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Pearson Education,USA,2016.
4. Redmond, E. &Wilson, “Seven Databases in Seven Weeks: A Guide to Modern Databases and the NoSQL
Movement”,Prsgmatic Programmers, LLC,USA,2012.
5. Ian Robinson, Jim Webber, Emil Eifrem, Graph Databases, , New Opportunities for Connected Data, O'Reilly Media,USA,
2015
18ZC04 ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
3003
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF PROCESSOR AND MEMORY: Instruction Set Principles - Review of Memory Hierarchy - Pipelining
– Quantitative design and analysis of Processor - Memory Hierarchy Design (12)

INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM: Pipelining and Handling Hazards - Instruction Scheduling - Static and Dynamic Branch
Prediction - Hardware Based Speculation - Limitations of ILP. (11)

DATA LEVEL PARALLELISM: Vector Architecture - SIMD Instruction Set - GPU Architecture - Detecting and Enhancing Loop
Level Parallelism. (11)

THREAD LEVEL PARALLELISM: Symmetric and Distributed Shared Memory Architectures - Performance Issues -
Synchronization - Models of Memory Consistency case studies of multi-core - Introduction to Domain Specific Architecture. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. John L Hennessey, John M Doe and David A Patterson, “Computer Architecture A Quantitative Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann,
USA, 2017.
2. Randal E. Bryant, Davie Richard O'Hallaron, “Computer Systems: A Programmer's Perspective” , Pearson, 2016.
3. David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and Design MIPS Edition: The Hardware/Software Interface”,
Morgan Kaufmann,2014.
4. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, Wiley Global Education, 2012.

18ZC05/18ZS05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SOFTWARE SYSTEMS


3003
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS: Software Characteristics –Software Myths – Software life cycle models – The Linear
Sequential Model - The Incremental Model - The RAD Model - Evolutionary Software Process Models - The Prototyping Model -
Spiral Model –Agile Methods- Requirement Engineering - Requirement Engineering Tasks. (12)

SYSTEM ANALYSIS: Requirement Analysis – Analysis Modelling Approaches – Data Flow Oriented Modelling – Context diagram,
Data flow diagrams – Elements of Analysis Model - Data Modeling – Objects and Classes – Object Identification – Relationship
among objects – classification . (11)

UML MODELING: Unified Software Development Process – Scenario Based Modeling – Class Based Modeling – Behavioral Model
– CASE tools. (11)

SYSTEM DESIGN: Design Process – Design Concepts – Modularity – Functional Independence - Modular Design – Coupling –
Cohesion – Refactoring – Design Model – Architectural Design - Component Level Design Element – Deployment Level Design –
Architectural Styles and Patterns – IEEE Standard for Software Design Descriptions. (11)
Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Roger Pressman S, “Software Engineering: A Practitioners”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2014
2. Booch G, Maksimchuk R A, Engel M W, Young B J, Conallen J, Houston K A, “Object Oriented Analysis and Design with
Applications”, Addison-Wesley, USA, 2007.
3. Booch G, Rumbaugh J and Jacobson I, “The Unified Modeling Language User Guide”, Addison Wesley Professional,USA,
2005.
4. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2011.

68
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18ZC51/18ZS51 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LABORATORY


0042

The students will design, analyse and implement suitable data structures like Arrays, linked lists, stacks, queues,Search
Trees,Heaps,kd Tree, Graph Algorithms, Sets,Hashing for real world problems.
Total P: 60

SEMESTER II

18ZC06/18ZS06 DATA INTENSIVE COMPUTING SYSTEMS


3003
.
INFRASTRUCTURE: Cloud, Data intensive systems and Industry 4.0 – Cloud Architecture – Virtualisation – Data Virtualisation –
Storage Virtualisation – Network Virtualisation: SAS,SAN – File Systems – Big Data Characteristics – Use cases – Data Analytics
Life cycle – Case study. (12)

STORAGE PLATFORMS: NoSQL – Key-value store - Hadoop Architecture – Map Reduce programming – Examples - Spark;
Column-oriented stores – HBase architecture, Hive; Document stores – MongoDB architecture – examples ; Graph stores – Neo4j
architecture – examples; Realtime Processing – Storm (11)

THEORY AND METHODS-I: Preprocessing – Statistical measures – Hypothesis testing – ANOVA - feature selection – PCA
Regression – linear, logistic – LDA – Association Rule Mining – Text Analysis (11)

THEORY AND METHODS-II: Clustering – partitioning and hierarchical approaches – Classification – KNN, Decision trees, Naive
Bayes, SVM– Time Series Analysis – ACF, AR, MA, ARMA, ARIMA – Stream Analysis (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. EMC Education Services, “Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and Presenting Data Big
data science & analytics : a hands-on approach”, Wiley, 2015.
2. Jared Dean, “Big Data, Data Mining, and Machine Learning: Value Creation for Business Leaders and Practitioners”, Wiley,
USA, 2014.
3. Gareth James, Daniela Witten, Trevor Hastie and Robert Tibshirani, “An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in
R”, Springer, USA, 2013.
4. Nathan Marz and James Warren, “Big Data - Principles and Best Practices of Scalable Realtime Data Systems”, MEAP Began,
USA, 2012.
5. Venkata Josyula, Malcolm Orr & Greg Page, “Cloud Computing: Automating the Virtualized Data Center”, CISCO Press, USA,
2011.

18ZC07/18ZS33 ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEMS


3003
PROCESS SCHEDULING & PROCESS SYNCHRONIZATION: Overview, Process scheduling, Operations on process, Inter
process communication, Process scheduling criteria, process scheduling algorithms. Process Synchronization: Background,
Hardware Support to Process Synchronization, Semaphores, Monitors - Memory Management Techniques. Case study: process
scheduling in Linux. (12)

DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEMS: Issues in Distributed Operating System – Architecture – Communication Primitives –
Lamport’s Logical clocks – Causal Ordering of Messages – Distributed Mutual Exclusion Algorithms – Centralized and Distributed
Deadlock Detection Algorithms – Agreement Protocols - Case Study: Remote Procedure call in Distributed Computing Environment.
(11)
DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Distributed File Systems – Design Issues - Distributed Shared Memory – Algorithms
for Implementing Distributed Shared memory–Issues in Load Distributing – Scheduling Algorithms – Synchronous and
Asynchronous Check Pointing and Recovery – Fault Tolerance – Two-Phase Commit Protocol – Non blocking Commit Protocol –
Security and Protection. (11)

REAL TIME AND MOBILE OPERATING SYSTEMS: Basic Model of Real Time Systems – Characteristics - Applications of Real
Time Systems – Real Time Task Scheduling - Handling Resource Sharing - Mobile Operating Systems –Micro Kernel Design -
Client Server Resource Access – Processes and Threads - Memory Management - File system – case study - iOS and Android:
Architecture and SDK Framework - Media Layer - Services Layer - Core OS Layer - File System. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Mukesh Singhal, Niranjan Shivaratri, “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems”, McGrawHill,2011
2. William Stallings, “Operating Systems – Operating System: Internals and Design Principles”, Prentice Hall, 2014.
3. Nancy A Lynch, “Distributed Algorithms”, Morgan Kaufmann Series, Elsevier, 1996.

69
59th ACM 09.06.2018
4. Hagit Attiya, Jennifer Welch, “Distributed Computing: Fundamentals, Simulations and Advanced Topics”, McGraw-Hill, 2004.
5. Rajib Mall, “Real-Time Systems: Theory and Practice”, Pearson, 2006.

18ZC08/18ZS34 ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS


3003
INTERNET ROUTING, QOS ANALYSIS AND MULTICASTING: Internet Architecture - IP service Model – Routing Domains and
Autonomous Systems – Intra Domain Routing Algorithms - Inter Domain-Routing: BGP - BGP Traffic Engineering. Routing
Convergence.Need for QoS - End to End QoS - QoS Levels - Performance Measures: Bandwidth - Delay and Jitter - Packet Loss -
Throughput. Routing Overheads .Multicast: Address Assignments - Multicast Routing – DVMRP- Protocol Independent Multicasting.
(12)
TCP PERFORMANCE MODELING: TCP Segment format - TCP Sliding Windows - Congestion Control and Queuing - TCP
Congestion Control - Analysis of TCP: Buffer Sizing - Throughput - Fairness - Random Early Detection Gateways for Congestion
Avoidance. - Congestion Control for High Bandwidth - Delay Product Networks - Variations of TCP. (11)

HIGH SPEED NETWORKS: Packet Switching Vs Cell Switching - ATM Networks: ATM Protocol Architecture - Logical Connections
- ATM Cells - Service Categories - ATM Adaptation Layer - Traffic and Congestion Control In Frame Relay and ATM Networks.
High-Speed LANS - Fast Ethernet - Gigabit Ethernet. (11)

WIRELESS NETWORKS: Wireless Networks: Cellular Networks: GSM - UMTS - 3G and 4G Networks – IEEE E 802.11 - Bluetooth
- WIMAX -.. WSN- Characteristics - Architecture – Applications- Network Virtualization and Software Defined Networking (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. James F Kurose, Keith W Ross, “Computer Networking - A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet”, Pearson Education,
India, 2012.
2. Larry L Peterson and Bruce S Davie, “Computer Networks: A systems approach”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Burlington,
USA, 2011.
3. Andrew S Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Prentice Hall, USA, 2010.
4. William Stallings, “High-Speed Networks and Internets: Performance and Quality of Service”, Pearson Education, India, 2002.
5. HolgerKarl , Andreas Willig, “Protocol and Architecture for Wireless Sensor Networks”, John Wiley Publication, 2002.

18ZC09 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS


3204
BASICS OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS: Introduction - Fundamental Components of Embedded Systems - Challenges for Embedded
Systems - Architecture of Embedded Systems - Embedded Design Life Cycle - Selection Process - Hardware Software Partitioning
decision - Programming Embedded Systems. Memory Management: Memory Access Procedure - Memory Interfacing -- Memory
Management Methods - Interrupts - Interrupt Latency – Re-entrancy - Interrupt Priority - Programmable Interrupt Controllers -
Interrupt Service Routines (13+8)

COMMUNICATION INTERFACES: General Purpose Input Output(GPIO) interface - A/D and D/A converters - Serial
Communication Interfaces - RS232/UART - RS422/RS485 – Mod bus - CAN bus - Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface - SPI
Interface - USB - IrDA - Ethernet Interface – Wireless Communication - IEEE 802.11 – Bluetooth. (11+7)

REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS: Real-Time Concepts – Real-time Task Management – Real-time Task Scheduling - Clock
Driven Scheduling - Event Driven Scheduling - Resource Sharing and dependencies – Priority Inversion - Priority Inheritance
Protocol - Priority Ceiling Protocol – Task synchronization - Mutex - Semaphores - Inter Task Communication - Message Queues –
Signals - Timers - Commercial RTOS (11+7)

VALIDATION AND DEBUGGING: Host and Target Machines - Validation Types and Methods - Host Testing - Host-Based Testing
Setup – Toolchain - Cross-compilers -Target Testing - Remote Debuggers and Debug Kernels - ROM Emulator - Logical Analyzer -
Background Debug Mode – JTAG - In-Circuit Emulator

CASE STUDY: RFID Card Verification System - GPS Navigation System - Development of Protocol Converter (10+8)

Total L: 45 +T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Rajib Mall, ”Real-time systems: Theory and Practice”, Pearson Education India, 2009
2. Sriram V Iyer and Pankaj Gupta, “Embedded Real-time Systems Programming”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi, 2006
3. Arnold S Berger, “Embedded Systems Design - An Introduction to Processes, Tools and Techniques”, CMP Books, USA, 2002.
4. Prasad K V K K, “Embedded/Real-Time Systems: Concepts, Design and Programming - The Ultimate Reference”, Himal
Impressions, New Delhi, 2003.
5. Michael Barr, “Programming Embedded Systems in C and C++”, O'Reilly, 1999.

70
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18ZC52/18ZS52 DATA INTENSIVE COMPUTING SYSTEMS LABORATORY
0042
The students will learn to use data intensive computing platforms like Hadoop, Spark, Hbase, MongoDB, Neo4j and R for
techniques like MapReduce, Machine Learning, Data Visualization, Regression, Clustering, Association Rule Mining, Classification,
Time Series Analysis etc and are then applied to solve a data intensive problem.

Total P: 60

18ZC61/18ZS61 INDUSTRY VISIT & TECHNICAL SEMINAR


0042
The student will make at least two technical presentations on current topics related to the programme. The same will be assessed
by a committee appointed by the department. The students are expected to submit a report at the end of the semester covering the
various aspects of his/her presentation together with the observation in industry visits.
Total P: 30

SEMESTER III

18ZC53/18ZS53 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY


0042
The student will demonstrate the ability to design research methodology that adequately addresses the following:
 Idea generation and Concept Selection

 Identification of real time problem in the field of computers.


 Comparing and contrasting different types of research methods.
 Patent search for foolproof concept selection
 Time line of activities

 Design

 Conceptualizing a research design and propose an innovative solution for the problem identified.

 Development and Testing

 Model/prototype development
 Validation and testing

Report submission and presentation


Total P: 60

18ZC71/18ZS71 PROJECT WORK I


0063
 Identification of a real world problem.
 Conduct literature survey
 Formulate a solution for the problem based on literature survey.
 Implementation of the modules
 Compare the results with existing solutions
 Write a technical report on the work done
 Publish the work in reputed national / international conferences
Total P: 90

SEMESTER IV

18ZC72/18ZS72 PROJECT WORK II


0 0 28 14
 Problem Identification.
 Define the scope and objectives of the problem
 Develop a mathematical model with realistic assumptions.
 Propose a novel and original solution for the identified problem
 Implementation of the modules
 Interpretation and validation of results using formal research methods

71
59th ACM 09.06.2018
 Comparison with existing solutions
 Publish the work in refereed national / international journals
Total P: 420

ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES

18ZC21 CLOUD COMPUTING


2203
INTRODUCTION TO CLOUD COMPUTING: The Vision of Cloud Computing - Defining a Cloud- A Cloud Computing Reference
Model –Cloud Deployment Models: Public, Private, Community, Hybrid Clouds - Cloud Delivery Models: IaaS, PaaS, SaaS
Characteristics and Benefits - Challenges Ahead - Historical Developments - Computing Platforms and Technologies. (8+7)

VIRTUALIZATION: Introduction - Hypervisors – Challenges of X86 Architecture-Main Categories of Virtualization: Full, Para -
Levels of virtualization: Hardwrare, Programming language, Application, Operating system, Storage, network, desktop, Application
Server - Benefits of Virtualization - Cost of Virtualization - Virtualization Drawbacks – Xen-KVM. (7+8)

CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES : infrastructure as a service: Amazon EC2 - Platform as Service: Google App Engine, Microsoft Azure
Amazon AWS , Aneka – Software as a service : RESTFul Web Services – SLA- Cloud Storage: MapReduce, GFS, HDFS, Hadoop
Framework-Cloud container: Docker. (7+8)

CLOUD SECURITY Infrastructure Security: Network level, Host level and Application level –Data Security- Identity and access
Management: Architecture and Practices - Security Management in the Cloud – Availability management- access Control
(8+7)
Total L: 30 + T: 30=60

REFERENCES:
1. RajkumarBuyya, Christian Vecchiola and ThamaraiSelviS, “Mastering Cloud Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private
Limited,New Delhi,2013.
2. Diane Barrett and Gregory Kipper, “Virtualization and Forensics: A Digital Forensic Investigators Guide to Virtual Environment”,
Elsevier, USA,2010.
3. David S Linthicium, “Cloud computing and SOA convergence in your enterprise”, Pearson, USA,2010.
4. Tim Mather, SubraKumarasamy and ShahedLatif,“Cloud Security and Privacy: An Enterprise Perspective on Risks and
Complainace”,O'Reilly, USA,2011.
5. Dimitris N. Chorafas, “Cloud Computing Strategies”CRC Press,2010
6. Sébastien Goasguen , “Docker in the Cloud -Recipes for AWS, Azure, Google, and More”, O’Reilly Media ,2016.

18ZC22 XML AND WEB SERVICES


2203
XML TECHNOLOGY: Benefits – XML Documents - Well-Formed XML – Validation - DTD – XML Schemas - Relax NG –
Schematron (8+8)

XMLPROCESSING: Parsing XML – Updating XML – Extracting Data from XML – XPATH – Xquery – XSLT. (7+7)

WEBSERVICES AND IMPLEMENTATION: Architecture – Messaging – Service Description – Service Discovery – Service
Transport Security – SOAPProtocol – WSDL – UDDI – Web Service Clients and Service Invocation – WS -* Standards. (8+8)

REST BASED WEB SERVICES: Principles - Comparison with SOAP-XML Based Web Services – Design and Implementation of
REST Services – Resource Oriented Architecture – best practices. (7+7)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
REFERENCES:
1. KalinM, “Java Web Services: Up and Running”, O'Reilly Media, USA, 2013.
2. Fawcett J, Ayers D, Liam and REQ, “Beginning XML”, Wrox, 2012.
3. Richardson L and Ruby S, “Restful Web Services”, O'Reilly, USA, 2008.
4. Hansen MD, “SOA Using Java Web Services”, Prentice Hall, USA, 2007

18ZC23 SEMANTIC WEB TECHNOLOGY


2203
SEMANTIC WEB VISION: Introduction to syntactic web and semantic web-Evolution of web - Semantic Web Technologies -
Recommended Layered Architectures. Structured web documents - The XML Language: Structuring - Namespaces - Addressing
and Querying XML Documents - Processing. (8+8)

72
59th ACM 09.06.2018

RESOURCE DESCRIPTION: RDF- RDF Schema: Axiomatic Semantics for RDF and RDF Schema - Direct Inference System for
RDF and RDFS, Querying in SPARQL. (7+7)

ONTOLOGY ENGINEERING AND WEB ONTOLOGY LANGUAGE: OWL Language - Ontology Examples - OWL in OWL - Future
Extensions to OWL - Ontology engineering: Constructing Ontologies Manually - Reusing Existing Ontologies - Using Semiautomatic
Methods - On-To-Knowledge Semantic Web Architecture. (8+8)

INFERENCE RULES, TOOLS AND APPLICATIONS: Rules - Monotonic Rules: Syntax - Semantics - Representing Family
Relationships. Non monotonic Rules: Syntax - Brokered Trade as an Example - Monotonic and Non monotonic Rule Markup.
Development tools for semantic web - Jena Framework - Semantic Wikis-Semantic web service, Horizontal Information Products at
Elsevier - Data Integration at Audi - Skill Finding at Swiss Life. (7+7)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
REFERENCES:
1. Ducharme B, “Learning SPARQL”, O’Reilly Media, USA, 2018.
2. John Hebeler, Matthew Fisher, Ryan Blace and Andrew Perez-Lopez “Semantic web programming”, Wiley, 2009.
3. Antoniou Gand Van Harmelen F, “Semantic Web Primer”, MIT press, USA, 2008.
4. Davies J, Studer R and Warren P, “Semantic Web Technologies: Trends and Research in Ontology-based Systems”, Wiley,
USA, 2006.
5. Daconta, MC, J Obrst L and SmitKT,“The Semantic Web: A Guide to the Future of XML, Web Services, and Knowledge
Management”, Wiley, USA, 2003.

18ZC24/18ZS22 AGILE SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT


2203
AGILE PRINCIPLES AND MODELING: Introduction - Traditional, IID and Agile Methodologies – Comparison - Need - Manifesto –
Values and Practices – Agile Modeling Values, principles and practices – Agile modeling with RUP (8+8)

EXTREME PROGRAMMING: Life Cycle – User Stories – Architecture – Planning – Iteration – Testing – Release – XP Values – XP
Practices – Planning – Coding – Pair Programming Model – Refactoring – Agile Modeling and XP – case study (7+7)

SCRUM: Introduction – Practices - Applying Scrum – Need – Scrum Values - Practices- Tools in Agile Software Development –
Case Study – Applying Scrum for IoT projects, Applying Scrum for Big Data Projects (7+7)

OTHER AGILE DEVELOPMENT METHODOLOGIES: FDD – DSDM - Lean and Kanban Software development – Comparison of
agile approaches - Case Studies - Defining Data Warehousing Projects for Iterative Development – User stories – agile estimation -
Adapting Iterative Development for Data warehousing Projects. ` (8+8)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

REFERENCES:
1. Robert Martin, “Agile Software Development: Principles, Patterns, and Practices”, Pearson Education Ltd., 2014.
2. Jim Highsmith, “Agile Data Warehousing Project Management”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.
3. Alistair Cockburn, “Agile Software Development: The Cooperative Game”, Pearson Education, USA, 2006.
4. Scott Ambler, “Agile Modeling: Effective Practices for eXtreme Programming and the Unified Process”, Wiley Computer
Publishing, 2002.
5. Ken Schwaber and Mike Beedle, “Agile Software Development with Scrum”, Prentice Hall, USA, 2001.

18ZC25/18ZS23 INTERNET OF THINGS


2203
IOT ARCHITECTURE: Introduction to IoT - M2M Architecture - Design Principles for Connected Devices - Definitions and
Functional Requirements – Sensors and Actuators IOT Architecture - IETF Architecture for IoT - OGC Architecture - Communication
Model (8+6)

COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS: Protocol Standardization for IoT – Efforts – M2M and WSN Protocols – SCADA and RFID
Protocols – Unified Data Standards – Protocols – IEEE 802.15.4 – BACNET Protocol – MODBUS – Zigbee Architecture –
6LOWPAN – LoRA-COAP - MQTT (8+6)

ELECTRONIC PROTOTYPING: Prototypes and Production - Open Source versus Closed Source - Prototyping Embedded Devices
- Prototyping IoT Projects with Arduino - Prototyping IOT Projects with Raspberry PI (8+8)

CASE STUDIES AND IOT DATA ANALYTICS: Real world design constraints - Applications - Asset management, Industry 4.0,
Smart grid, Commercial building automation, Smart cities Data Analytics for IoT – Edge analytics - sensor data fusion techniques -
Cloud Storage Models & Communication APIs - Cloud for IoT - Predictive analytics (8+8)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

73
59th ACM 09.06.2018

REFERENCES:
1. Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., UK, 2014.
2. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison and Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of Things”, Springer, 2011.
3. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick and OmarElloumi, “The Internet of Things: Key Applications and Protocols”, Wiley & Sons
Ltd., UK, 2012.
4. David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi and OlivierHersent, “M2M Communications: A Systems Approach”, John Sons Ltd, UK, 2012

18ZC26 COMPILER DESIGN


3003
LEXICALANALYSIS: Introduction to Compilers - Analysis of the Source Program, The Phases of a Compiler, The Grouping of
Phases, Compiler Construction Tools, a Simple One-Pass Compiler, Language Design. The Role of the Lexical Analyzer - Input
Buffering, Specification of Tokens, Recognition of Tokens, Regular Expressions - Finite Automata- Deterministic Finite Automata -
Converting RE to Non Deterministic Finite Automata - Converting NFA to DFA. LEX Specification – Design of Lexical Analyzer for a
Sample language. (10)

SYNTAX ANALYSIS: The Role of the Parser - Context Free Grammars - Top Down Parsing - Bottom Up Parsing - Recursive
Descent Parser - Predictive Parser - Shift Reduce Parser - SLR Parser - LR Parser - LALR Parser - Error Handling and Recovery in
Syntax Analyzer - YACC Specification – Design of a Syntax Analyzer for a Sample Languge. (12)

SYNTAX DIRECTED DEFINITIONS AND INTERMEDIATE CODE GENERATION: Syntax Directed Definitions: Inherited and
Synthesized Attributes - Construction of Syntax Trees - Bottom-Up Evaluation of S-Attributed and L-Attributed Definitions -
INTERMEDIATE CODE GENERATION: Intermediate Languages- Declarations, Assignment Statements, Boolean Expressions,
Case Statements, Back Patching. Storage Management - Runtime Storage Management, Activation Record, Symbol Table -
Organization. (12)

CODE OPTIMIZATION AND CODE GENERATION: Principal Sources of Optimization - Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs - DAG
Representation - Optimization of Basic Blocks - Introduction to Global Data Flow Analysis - Peephole Optimization - Issues in the
Design of Code Generator - A Simple Code Generator. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Alfred V Aho, Monica S Lam, Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D Ullman, “Compilers - Principles, Techniques and Tools”, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Sudha Sadasivam G, “Compiler Design”, Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2008.
3. Dhamdhere D M, “Compiler Construction Principles & Practice”, Macmillan India Ltd., New Delhi, 2001.
4. Jean Paul Tremblay and Paul G Serenson, “The Theory& Practice of Compiler Writing”, McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2001
5. Dick Grone, Henri E Bal, Ceriel J H Jacobs and Koen G Langendoen, “Modern Compiler Design” , John Wiley &Sons, New
Delhi, 2000.

18ZC27/18ZS31 EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTING TECHNIQUES


3003
HEURISTIC AND METAHEURISTIC APPROACHES: Challenges in Solving Complex Problems - Evolutionary algorithms:
Principles, Historical development, Features, Classification and Components, Advantages, Applications. Heuristic Search: Problem
representation as search - Generate and Test - Breadth First Search - Depth First Search - Hill Climbing: Principles, Local and
Global maxima, Ridges, Plateau - Steepest Ascent - Simulated annealing: Annealing schedule, Parameter Selection (12)

GENETIC ALGORITHM: Biological Background - Simple Genetic Algorithm (SGA) - Representation types - Recombination Types -
Mutation types - GA Algorithm - Schema Theorem - Variations of GA: Adaptive GA, Real Coded GA - Differential Evolution:
Principles, Mutation, Crossover, Selection (11)

SWARM INTELLIGENCE: Particle Swarm Optimization: Swarms, Operating principles, PSO Algorithm, Neighborhood Topologies -
Variations of PSO: Binary, weighted - Ant Colony Optimization: Ant foraging behavior, Theoretical Considerations, ACO Algorithm,
Variations of ACO: Elitist Ant System (EAS), MinMax Ant System (MMAS) and Rank Based Ant Colony System (RANKAS). (11)

MULTI-OBJECTIVE OPTIMIZATION: Principles - Classical Methods - Challenges - Evolutionary algorithms for multi-objective
optimization - Multimodal function optimization - Non-Dominated Sorting Genetic Algorithm (NSGA): Non-elitist, elitist - Controlled
elitism in NSGA (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Eiben AE and Smith JE, “Introduction to Evolutionary Computing”, Springer, Heidelberg, 2015.
2. Rich E and Knight K, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, India, 2011.
3. Deb K, “Multi-Objective Optimization Using Evolutionary Algorithms”, Wiley-Blackwell, USA, 2008.
4. Dorigo M and Stutzle T, “Ant Colony optimization”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
5. Kennedy J and Eberhart RC, “Swarm Intelligence”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, USA, 2001.

74
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18ZC28 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
3003

INTRODUCTION: The notion of Relevance, The IR problems, Conceptual Models of IR systems, Characteristics of text collections,
Term and Language properties for IR collections, Data and File Structures for Information Retrieval, Boolean Retrieval, Evaluation in
information retrieval (12)

INDEXING: Automatic Indexing, Indexing goals, Lexical Analysis, Stemming algorithms, Part-of-speech tagging and Parsing,
Phrase recognition, Thesaurus Construction, Indexing and storage issues, Dictionaries and Tolerant Retrieval, Index Compression
(11)
RETRIEVAL MODELS AND SCORING: Vector Space Model: Term frequency and weighting, Probabilistic information retrieval:
The Binary Independence Model, Language models for information retrieval, Computing Scores: Efficient scoring and ranking,
Search Relevance and Query Understanding (11)

TEXT CLASSIFICATION and WEB SEARCH: Issues in the classification of text documents, Naive Bayes, Support vector
machines, Web Search: Web characteristics, Advertising as the economic model, Web crawling and indexes, Link analysis,
Personalization. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. David A. Grossman and Ophir Frieder,” Information Retrieval: Algorithms and Heuristics”, Dordrecht, The Netherlands:
Springer, 2014.
2. Bruce Croft W, Metzler D, and Strohman T, “Search Engines: Information Retrieval in Practice”, Addison Wesley, USA, 2013.
3. Gerald K, “Information Retrieval Architecture and Algorithms”, Springer, Heidelberg, 2013.
4. Manning C, Raghavan P, and Schutze H, “Introduction to Information Retrieval”, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.
5. Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Berthier Ribeiro-Neto, “Modern Information Retrieval: The Concepts and Technology behind
Search”, Addison Wesley, USA, 2012.

18ZC29 NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING


3003
WORDS: Introduction - Mathematical Foundations – Linguistic Essentials - Regular Expressions, Text Normalization, Edit Distance
- Finite State Transducers - Language Modeling with N-grams - Naive Bayes Classification and Sentiment - Neural Nets and Neural
Language Models - Hidden Markov Models - Neural Sequence Modeling: RNNs and LSTMs - Part-of-Speech Tagging (12)

SYNTAX: Formal Grammars of English - Syntactic Parsing – Ambiguity – Cocke Kasami Younger (CKY) algorithm - Partial Parsing
- Statistical Parsing (11)

SEMANTICS: Vector Semantics - Semantics with Dense Vectors - Computing with Word Senses: WSD and WordNet - Lexicons for
Sentiment and Affect Extraction - The Representation of Sentence Meaning - Computational Semantics - Information Extraction -
Semantic Role Labeling and Argument Structure - Coreference Resolution and Entity Linking (11)

PRAGMATICS AND APPLICATIONS: Discourse Coherence – Sequence To Sequence Models and Machine Translation -
Summarization - Question Answering (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, “Speech and Language Processing”, Prentice-Hall, Inc., 2017.
2. Christopher D. Manning, Hinrich Schütze, “Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing”, The MIT Press, 2018.
3. Nitin Indurkhya, Fred J. Damerau, “Handbook of Natural Language Processing Machine Learning & Pattern Recognition
Series, Chapman & Hall/CRC, Taylor and Francis Group, 2010.
4. Yoav Goldberg, “Neural Network Methods for Natural Language Processing”, Synthesis Lectures on Human Language
Technologies, April 2017.
5. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, “Natural Language Processing with Python - Analyzing Text with the Natural
Language Toolkit”, O,Reilly.
18ZC30 VIRTUALIZATION
3003
ARCHITECTURE AND EMULATION: Computer architecture - Virtual Machine (VM): Basics and types – Taxonomy- Interpretation
- Different types - Interpreting Complex Instruction Set - Binary Translation - Code Discovery and Dynamic Translation - Control
Transfer Optimizations - Instruction Set Issues - Dynamic Program Behavior - Profiling - Optimization: Translation Blocks,
Framework, Code Reordering and Optimization. (12)

VM TYPES: Process VM: Issues, Emulation Types, Code Cache Management, System Environment - High Level Language (HLL)
VM: Object Oriented HLL VMs, Java Virtual Machine (JVM), Common Language Infrastructure, Implementation and Issues, High
Performance Emulation - Code Signed VM: Mapping, Code Issues and Caching, Traps, I/O. (11)

75
59th ACM 09.06.2018
SYSTEM VIRTUAL MACHINES: Key Concepts - Resource Virtualization: Processors, Memory, I/O - Performance Enhancement.
(11)
MULTIPROCESSOR VIRTUALIZATION AND CASE STUDY: Partitioning of Multiprocessor Systems - Partitioning: Physical,
Logical - Different Host and Guest Instruction Set Architectures - Security - Migration of Computing Environments - Case Study:
Virtual Box (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Portnoy M, “Virtualization Essentials”, Sybex, USA, 2012.
2. Ruest N and Ruest D, “Virtualization, A Beginner's Guide”, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media, USA, 2009.
3. Craig ID, “Virtual Machines”, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg, 2006.
4. Smith J E and Nair R, “Virtual Machines: Versatile Platforms for Systems and Processes”, Elsevier, India, 2005.
5. Wolf C and Halter EM, “Virtualization: From the Desktop to the Enterprise”, Apress, USA, 2005.

18ZC31 PROGRAMMING PARADIGMS


3003
BASICS OF PROGRAMMING: Role of Programming Languages - Programming Paradigms - Syntactic Structure - Expression
Notations - Abstract Syntax Trees - Lexical Syntax - Context Free Grammars - Grammars for Expressions. Semantic Methods:
Synthesized Attributes, Attribute Grammars, Natural Semantics, Denotational Semantics (11)

IMPERATIVE AND OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Structured Programming - Syntax-Directed Control Flow - Design
Considerations - Programming with Invariants - Data Representation - Data Types - Error Checking - Procedure Activations -
Parameter Passing - Scope and Scope Rules - Activation Records - Object Oriented Constructs - Information Hiding - Design With
Modules - Defined Types - Declarations - Inheritance - Polymorphism - Dynamic Allocation – Templates. (11)

FUNCTIONAL PROGRAMMING: Static Types and Lambda Calculus: Equality, Substitution, Pure Lambda Terms, Programming
Constructs as Lambda Terms, Typed Lambda Calculus, Polymorphic Types. Types, Values and Operations - Expression Evaluation
- Lexical Scope - Type Checking - Lists - Function Declaration by Cases - Functions as First-Class Values - ML: Implicit Types -
Data Types - Exception Handling In ML - Scheme: Structure of Lists, List Manipulation, Simplification of Expressions. (12)

LOGIC AND CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING: Computing with Relations - Prolog: Data Structures, Programming Techniques,
Control, Cuts - Concurrent Programming: Parallelism in Hardware, Streams and Implicit Synchronization, Concurrency as
Interleaving, Liveness Properties - Safe Access to Shared Data. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Sebesta R W, “Concepts of Programming Languages”, Addison-Wesley, USA, 2012.
2. Harper R, “Practical Foundations for Programming Languages”, Cambridge University Press, USA, 2012.
3. Michael L. Scott, "Programming Language Pragmatics”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc, USA, 2009.
4. Sethi R, “Programming Languages: Concepts and Constructs”, Addison-Wesley, USA, 2002.

18ZC32 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY


3003
SECURITY CONCEPTS & SYMMETRIC CIPHERS: The OSI Security Architecture - Security Attacks, Security Services - Security
Mechanisms - A Model for Network Security - Classical Encryption Techniques: Symmetric Cipher model, substitution techniques,
Transposition techniques, Steganography. Block Ciphers and Data Encryption Standard: Block Cipher Principles, DES. (10)

PUBLIC-KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY: Number Theory: Prime Numbers, Fermat’s and Euler’s Theorems - Principles of Public-Key
Cryptosystems - The RSA Algorithm - Diffie - Hellman Key Exchange - Elliptic Curve Cryptography (10)

CRYPTOGRAPHIC HASH FUNCTIONS: Applications of Cryptographic Hash Functions - Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) Message
Authentication Codes - Message Authentication Requirements - Message Authentication Functions- Digital Signatures - Digital
Signature Standard (DSS). (10)

MUTUAL TRUST, NETWORK& INTERNET SECURITY: Key Management and Distribution: Symmetric Key Distribution Using
Symmetric Encryption, Asymmetric Encryption - Distribution of Public Keys - X.509 Certificates - Public Key Infrastructure –
Transport Level Security - Basic Concepts, Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) - Transport-Level Security, Transport Layer Security (TLS)
- HTTPS - Secure Shell (SSH) - Introduction to quantum cryptography - Ethical hacking (15)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice”, Prentice Hall of India Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2013.
2. AtulKahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata McGraw Hill Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
3. Bernard Menezes, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Cengage Learning India, New Delhi, 2010.
4. Behrouz A and Forouzan, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata McGraw Hill Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.

76
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18ZC33 CELLULAR NETWORK ENGINEERING
3003
CELLULAR NETWORK and MAC LAYER: Introduction – Mobile IP: IP packet delivery, Agent discovery, tunneling and
encapsulation, IPV6-Network layer in the internet-Routing, Destination Sequence distance vector – Cellular Network applications -
Important Issues and the Need for Medium Access Control (MAC) Protocols - Classification of MAC Protocols - Multiple-Channel
MAC Protocols. (12)

CELLULAR TRANSPORT LAYER: TCP enhancements for wireless protocols – Traditional TCP: Congestion control, fast
retransmit/fast recovery, Implications of mobility – Classical TCP improvements: Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Time out
freezing, Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP – TCP over 3G wireless networks. (11)

CELLULAR WIDE AREA NETWORK: Overview of UMTS Terrestrial Radio access network - UMTS Core network Architecture: 3G-
MSC, 3G-SGSN, 3G-GGSN, Firewall, DNS/DHCP - High speed Downlink packet access (HSDPA) - LTE network architecture and
protocol. (11)

4G NETWORKS: Introduction – 4G vision – 4G features and challenges – Applications of 4G – 4G Technologies: Multicarrier


Modulation, Smart antenna techniques, OFDM-MIMO systems, Adaptive Modulation and coding with time slot scheduler, Cognitive
Radio. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. D.P. Agrawal and Qing-Anzeng, “Introduction to Wireless and Mobile Systems”, CL Engineering, 2010.
2. Subir Kumar Sarkar, T.G. Basavaraju, C. Puttamadappa, “Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Principles, Protocols and
Applications”, Auerbach Publications, 2013.
3. Jonathan Loo, Jaime Lloret Mauri, Jesús Hamilton Ortiz, “Mobile Ad Hoc Networks: Current Status and Future Trends”, CRC
Press, 2012.
4. Radhika Ranjan Roy, “Handbook of Mobile Ad Hoc Networks for Mobility Models”, Springer Science+Business Media, LLC
2011.
5. Joh R. Vacca, “Wireless Broadband Networks Handbook 3G, LMDS and Wireless Internet”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

18ZC34 ADHOC AND SENSOR NETWORKS


3003
AD HOC NETWORKS &MAC: Introduction – Self Organizing behavior – Issues and classification of MAC protocol - MACA -
MACAW – DBTMA. (12)

AD HOC NETWORKS: ROUTING AND TRANSPORT LAYER: Routing challenges in Ad hoc Network- Classification- Proactive,
reactive, and hybrid routing protocols -DSDV, AODV, DSR, OLSR, CBRP, FSR. Issues of TCP in Ad hoc Networks - TCP Over Ad
Hoc Networks (11)

SENSOR NETWORK: Challenges for Wireless Sensor Networks - Single Node Architecture - Hardware Components - Energy
Consumption of Sensor Nodes – Single hop versus Multi hop Networks - Sensor Network Applications. Coverage problem in Sensor
Network - Types of coverage - OGDC coverage algorithm (11)

SENSOR NETWORK: MAC AND ROUTING: Classification of MAC protocols - MAC related properties - MAC performance issues -
MAC protocols for sensor networks - Issues with the adoption of ad hoc routing protocols - Data-centric routing - Position-based
routing - Data aggregation - Clustering-based routing algorithm (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. C Siva Ram Murty & BS Manoj, “Ad HOC Wireless Networks: Architectures & Protocols”, Pearson Education,2004.
2. Mohamed Illayas , “Handbook of Ad Hoc Wireless Network”, CRC Press,2002.
3. Ibrahiem M. M. El Emary, S. Ramakrishnan, “Wireless Sensor Networks: From Theory to Applications”, CRC Press, 2013.
4. Ian Akyildiz, Mehmet Can Vuran, “Wireless Sensor Networks” John Wiley & Sons USA 2010.
5. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor Networks Technology, Protocols and Applications”, John Wiley &
Sons, Online.

18ZC35 MEMETIC ALGORITHM


3003
INTRODUCTION: Optimization - Evolutionary Algorithms: Components, Operation, variants, design and Tuning – Local Search:
Basic concepts, Neighborhoods and Local optima, Classifications, Local search in combinatorial and continuous domains (12)

MEMETIC ALGORITHM (MA) DESIGN ISSUES: Need for MA - MA template - Design issues - Balancing Global and Local search -
Time complexity of Local search - Diversity management (11)

SELF-ADAPTATIVE AND COEVOLVING MA: Self-adaption and co-evolution - framework, Self adaptation of fixed and varying
sized rules - Population size Variation - Handling Uncertainties (11)
77
59th ACM 09.06.2018

MULTI-OBJECTIVE MEMETIC ALGORITHMS (MOMA): Basic Concepts, Adaption of Memetic algorithms for multi-objective
optimization, Examples of MOMA, Implementation of MOMA - Applications (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Ferrante Neri, Carlos Cotta, and Pablo Moscato, “Handbook of Memetic Algorithms”, Studies in Computational Intelligence,
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2012.
2. Chi-Keong Goh, Yew Soon Ong , Kay Chen Tan, “Multi-Objective Memetic Algorithms”, Studies in Computational Intelligence,
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2009.
3. William E. Hart, Dr. J. E. Smith, N. Krasnogor, “Recent Advances in Memetic Algorithms”, Studies in Fuzziness and Soft
Computing, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2005.

18ZC36 COMPUTER VISION


3003
INTRODUCTION: Motivation, Difficulty, Image analysis tasks, Image representations, Image digitization, Image properties, Color
images, Cameras (11)

DATA STRUCTURES AND TEXTURE: Levels of image data representation - Traditional image data structures - Hierarchical data
structures - Statistical texture description, Syntactic texture description methods, Hybrid texture description methods, Texture
recognition method applications (11)

OBJECT RECOGNITION AND 3D VISION: Knowledge representation, Statistical pattern recognition, Neural nets, Syntactic pattern
recognition, Recognition as graph matching, Optimization techniques in recognition, Fuzzy systems-3D vision: Tasks - Basics of
projective geometry - Scene construction from multiple views, Uses: Shape from X - Full 3D objects - 3D model based vision - 2D
view based 3D representation. (12)
MOTION ANALYSIS: Differential motion analysis methods, Optical flow, Analysis based on interest points, Detection of specific
motion patterns, Video Tracking, Motion models to aid tracking. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle, “Image Processing, Analysis and Machine Vision”, Cengage Learning, New
Delhi, 2014.
2. Wesley E. Synder and Hairong Qi, “Machine Vision”, Cambridge University Press, USA, 2010.
3. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer-Verlag, London, 2011.
4. Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E Woods, Steven L Eddins, “Digital Image Processing”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.

18ZC37 COGNITIVE COMPUTING


3003

INTRODUCTION TO COGNITIVE SCIENCE AND COGNITIVE COMPUTING WITH AI: Cognitive Computing - Cognitive
Psychology - The Architecture of the Mind - The Nature of Cognitive Psychology – Cognitive architecture – Cognitive processes –
The Cognitive Modeling Paradigms - Declarative / Logic based Computational cognitive modeling – connectionist models –
Bayesian models. Introduction to Knowledge-Based AI – Human Cognition on AI – Cognitive Architectures (12)

COGNITIVE COMPUTING WITH INFERENCE AND DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS: Intelligent Decision making - Fuzzy
Cognitive Maps – Learning algorithms: Non linear Hebbian Learning – Data driven NHL - Hybrid learning – Fuzzy Grey cognitive
maps – Dynamic Random fuzzy cognitive Maps (11)

COGNITIVE COMPUTING WITH MACHINE LEARNING: Machine learning Techniques for cognitive decision making – Hypothesis
Generation and Scoring - Natural Language Processing - Representing Knowledge - Taxonomies and Ontologies - Deep Learning
(11)
CASE STUDIES: Cognitive Systems in health care – Cognitive Assistant for visually impaired – AI for cancer detection, Predictive
Analytics - Text Analytics - Image Analytics -Speech Analytics – IBM Watson - Introduction to IBM’s PowerAI Platform - Introduction
to Google’s TensorFlow Development Environment (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Hurwitz, Kaufman, and Bowles, “Cognitive Computing and Big Data Analytics”, Wiley, Indianapolis, 2005.
2. Jerome R. Busemeyer, Peter D. Bruza, “Quantum Models of Cognition and Decision”, Cambridge University Press, 2014.
3. Emmanuel M. Pothos, Andy J. Wills, “Formal Approaches in Categorization”, Cambridge University Press, 2011.
4. Nils J. Nilsson, “The Quest for Artificial Intelligence”, Cambridge University Press, 2009.
5. Neil Stillings, Steven E. Weisler, Christopher H. Chase and Mark H. Feinstein, “Cognitive Science: An Introduction”, MIT Press,
1995.

78
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18ZC38 THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
3003
REGULAR LANGUAGES AND FINITE AUTOMATA: Basics of Automata Theory - Chomsky Hierarchy of Grammars and the
Corresponding Acceptors. Regular Expression - Deterministic FA - Non deterministic FA - Minimization of DFA - Pumping Lemma
of Regular Languages - Decision Problems. Context Free Grammars - Non Deterministic PDA (11)

DECISION PROBLEM: Decision properties Turing Machines - Variants of TMs - Programming Techniques for TMs - Non
Deterministic TMs - TMs and Computers - Recursive and Recursively Enumerable Languages. (11)

COMPUTABILITY THEORY: Hilbert's Problem - Computable Functions – The Recursion Theorem - Decidable Language -
Universal Turing Machines - Undecidablity - Halting Problem - Rice Theorem - Post Correspondence Problem - Church Turing
thesis. (11)

TIME AND SPACE COMPLEXITY THEORY: Tractable and Intractable Problems - Time of Tractable Problems – P, NP, NP-
Complete Classes - Boolean Satisfiability Problem - Polynomial Time Reductions - Proof of NP-completeness : Vertex Cover
Problem - Clique Problem - Hamiltonian Circuit problem - TSP - NP hard, Cook LevininTheorem. Space Complexity of tractable
problems – Savitch’s theorem – Class PSPACE – PSPACE Completeness – Class L and NL – NL Completeness – coNL. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Michael Sipser, “Introduction to the Theory of Computation”, Thomson course Technology, USA, 2012.
2. John C Martin, “Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi,
2007.
3. John E Hopcroft and Rajeev Motwani and Jeffrey D Ullman, “Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation”,
Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Peter Linz, “An Introduction to Formal Language and Automata”, Narosa Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
5. Harry R Lewis, Christos H Papadimitriou, “Elements of the Theory of Computation”, Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education,
New Delhi, 2003.
6. Christos H Papadimitriou, “Computational Complexity”, Addison-Wesley, New York, 1994.

18ZC39 ADVANCED ALGORITHMS


3003
ADVANCED RANDOMIZATION AND HARDNESS OF APPROXIMATION: Algorithm for Bipartite Matching - Constructing Perfect
Matching - Randomized Markov Chains - Ergodicity - Time Reversal. Hardness of Approximation: Reductions from NP-Complete
Problems Reductions that Preserve Approximation. (12)

MULTITHREADED ALGORITHMS: Dynamic Multithreaded Algorithms - Performance Measures and Scheduling – Analyzing
Multithreaded Algorithms - Parallel Loops and Race Conditions - Multithreaded Matrix Multiplication – Merge Sort. (11)

ONLINE ALGORITHMS: Investment Problem- Ski Rental Problem – Randomized On-Line Algorithms - Analysis of Marking
Algorithm and Finding Lower Bound - The K-Server Problem (11)

STRING MATCHING: Notations - Naive String Matching Algorithm - Rabin-Karp Algorithm - String Matching with Finite Automata -
Knuth-Morris - Pratt Algorithm. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson, Ronald L Rivest and Clifford Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms” ”, PHI learning Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
2. David P. Williamson and David B. Shmoys, ”The Design of Approximation Algorithms”, Cambridge University Press, 2010
3. Allan Borodin and Ran El-Yaniv, “Online Computation and Competitive Analysis”, Cambridge-UK, Cambridge University Press,
1998.
4. Michel Goemans, “Lecture Notes on Advanced Algorithms”, MIT,1996.

18ZC40 SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS


3003
NETWORK FUNCTION VIRTUALIZATION: History and Evolution of Software Defined Networking (SDN): IETF Forces, Active
Networking. Control and Data Plane Separation: Concepts, Advantages and Disadvantages, the OpenFlow protocol - Network
Function Virtualization: Concepts, Applications, Existing Network Virtualization Framework (VMWare and others), Mininet based
examples. (12)

CONTROL AND DATA PLANE SEPARATION: Control Plane: Overview, Existing SDN Controllers including Floodlight and
OpenDaylight projects - Customization of Control Plane: Switching and Firewall Implementation using SDN Concepts. Data Plane:
Software-based and Hardware-based; Programmable Network Hardware. Programming SDNs: Northbound Application
Programming Interface, Current Languages and Tools, Composition of SDNs. (11)

79
59th ACM 09.06.2018

SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS FOR THE INTERNET-OF-THINGS: Challenges - Understanding the nature of IoT traffic flows
in different use cases-A software defined end-to-end IoT Infrastructure - Effective resource provisioning in the IoT Multinetwork
environments - Addressing scalability and security issues- Adding SDN automation and verification in IoT infrastructure. (11)

USE CASES OF SDNS: Data Centers, Internet Exchange Points, Backbone Networks, Home automation Systems, Industrial
automation Systems and Smart grids. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray, “SDN: Software Defined Networks, An Authoritative Review of Network Programmability
Technologies”, O'Reilly Media, 2013.
2. Paul Goransson and Chuck Black, “Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2014.
3. Vivek Tiwari, “SDN and OpenFlow for Beginners”, Amazon Digital Services, Inc., 2013.
4. Fei Hu, “Network Innovation through OpenFlow and SDN: Principles and Design”, CRC Press, 2014.

18ZC41/18ZS37 MACHINE LEARNING


3003
COMPUTATIONAL LEARNING THEORY BASICS: Introduction: Types of Learning - Designing a learning system – concept
learning - Find-s – Candidate Elimination - PAC Learnabilty- Sample complexity for finite and Infinite hypothesis spaces-VC
Dimension - Evaluating Hypothesis - Estimating Hypothesis Accuracy - Error Estimation - Bias-Variance - Confidence Interval -
Central Limit Theorem (12)

LINEAR MODELS: Linear Models For Regression – Linear Regression Models, Maximum Likelihood Estimation - Least Squares,
The Bias-Variance Decomposition, Bayesian Linear Regression, Linear Models for Classification, Probabilistic Generative Models,
Probabilistic Discriminative Models, Linear Discriminant Analysis. (11)

NEURAL NETWORKS: Neural Networks - Feed-forward Networks - Network Training - Delta Rule- Gradient Descent - Error
Backpropagation - Regularization in Neural Networks. (11)

KERNEL AND GRAPHICAL METHODS: Kernel Methods - Constructing Kernels- Radial Basis Function Networks - Gaussian
Processes - Maximum Margin Classifiers – SVM - Graphical Methods – Bayes Theorem - Bayesian Networks - Markov Random
Fields - Inference in Graphical Models - Mixture Models – Expectation Maximization. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Christopher Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer-Verlag New York, 2013.
2. Tom M. Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, “The Elements of Statistical Learning - Data Mining, Inference, and
Prediction”, Second Edition, Springer Series in Statistics, Springer-Verlag New York, 2013.
4. Yaser S. Abu Mostafa, Malik Magdon Ismail, Hsuan Tien Lin, “Learning From Data A Short Course”, Amlbook.Com, 2012.

AUDIT COURSES

18ZC81 ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP81

18ZC82 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP82

80
59th ACM 09.06.2018

13. Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment


ME SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
(2018 REGULATIONS)
(Minimum No. of credits to be earned: 72*)
Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks
Code Course Title Lecture Credits CAT
Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
18ZS01 Applied Statistics and Reliability 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZS02 Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZS03 Database Management Systems 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18ZS04 Open Source Software 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZS05 Analysis and Design of Software Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZS51 Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms 50 50
0 0 4 2 100 PC
Laboratory
18ZS81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 23 Hrs 13 6 4 18 300 300 600
II SEMESTER
18ZS06 Data Intensive Computing Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZS07 Software Testing and Quality Assurance 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18ZS08 Software Engineering Management 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZS09 Software Architecture 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ZS__ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS__ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS52 Data Intensive Computing Systems Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18ZS61 Industry Visit & Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18ZS82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 28 Hrs 18 2 14 23 400 400 800
III SEMESTER
18ZS__ Professional Elective 3 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS__ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS__ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS__ Professional Elective 6 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS53 Software Development Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18ZS71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 20 Hrs 11 2 10 17 300 300 600
IV SEMESTER
18ZS72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
Total 28 Hrs 0 0 28 14 50 50 100
ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES
Group I
18ZS21 User Interface Design 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS22 Agile Software Development 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS23 Internet of Things 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Group II
18ZS24 Systems Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS25 Software Reliability 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS26 Software Metrics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS27 Design Patterns 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS28 Decision Support Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS29 Privacy Preserving Data Mining 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS30 Agent Based Intelligent Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS31 Evolutionary Computing Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS32 Data Integration 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS33 Advanced Operating Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS34 Advanced Computer Networks 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS35 Social Networks Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS36 Privacy in Social Networks 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ZS37 Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.
81
59th ACM 09.06.2018
** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed
CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course;
MC- Mandatory Course

SEMESTER I

18ZS01 APPLIED STATISTICS AND RELIABILITY


2203
REGRESSION AND CORRELATION: Curve fitting, method of least squares - inferences based on the least squares estimator -
correlation - curvilinear regression - multiple regression. (8+7)

STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL: Statistical process control – chance and assignable causes of quality variation, statistical
basis of control charts - control charts for variables - , R and s charts - control charts for attributes – p, np, c and u charts. (8+7)

ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING: Lot-by-Lot acceptance sampling for attributes – single sampling plans for attributes, double, multiple
and sequential sampling plans, acceptance sampling by variables - chain sampling, continuous sampling, skip-lot sampling plans.
(8+7)
RELIABILITY: Failure distribution - reliability function, mean time to failure, hazard rate function, bathtub curve, conditional
reliability, constant failure rate model – exponential reliability function, failure models, time dependent failure models - Weibull and
normal distributions - serial configuration, parallel configuration, combined series parallel systems, system structure function,
minimal cuts and minimal paths, state dependent systems. (8+7)

Total L:32 +T: 28 = 60


REFERENCES:
1. Richard A Johnson, Irwin Miller and John Freund’s, “Probability and Statistics for Engineers”, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2018.
2. Charles E Ebeling, “An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
3. Eugene L Grant, Richard S Leavenworth, “Statistical Quality Control”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2016.
4. Trivedi K S, “Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queueing and Computer Science Applications”, John Wiley & Sons,
New Delhi, 2016.
5. Douglas C Montgomery, “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2009.

18ZS02/18ZC02 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS


3003
ALGORITHM ANALYSIS: Analysis of iterative and recursive Algorithms – Asymptotic notations – Parallel Algorithms:Introduction-
Scalar Product of two vectors- Matrix multiplication. (10)

TREES: Search Trees – Balanced Search Trees: AVL, RBT, Splay-Heaps: Binary heap, leftist heap, binomial heap, Fibonacci heap,
Multi-dimensional data structure: kd tree (15)

GRAPHS: Representation – Shortest path algorithms: Unweighted shortest path, Dijikstra’s algorithm, Graphs with negative edge
costs, Acyclic graphs, All pairs shortest path – Network Flow problems – Activity Networks – DFS applications: Biconnectivity, Euler
Circuits (10)

DISJOINT SETS AND HASHING: Disjoint Sets: Representation – Union and find operations - Hashing: Static hashing – Dynamic
hashing - Overflow handling - Bloom filters - Locality sensitive hashing (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson, Ronald L Rivest and Clifford Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, PHI learning Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2010..
2. Venkatesan R and Lovelyn Rose S, “Data Structures”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.
3. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.
4. Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, Susan Anderson-Freed, “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”, Universities Press, Hyderabad,
2012.
5. Peter Brass, “Advanced Data Structures”, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2011.

18ZS03/18ZC03 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS


3204
RELATIONALDATABASE:Relational database Design - ERDiagram, Extended ER Diagram, Reduction to relational schemas,
Normalization- Functional Dependencies, Normal Forms,SQL (12+8)

QUERY OPTIMIZATION: Algorithms for Query Processing – external sorting, SELECT and JOIN operation, PROJECT and set
operation, aggregate operation and OUTER JOINs, Heuristics of Query Optimization, Cost Based Query Optimization. (11+7)
82
59th ACM 09.06.2018

TRANSACTION AND SECURITY: Properties of Transaction, Serializability, Concurrency Control – locking, timestamp, validation
based protocols, Deadlock – prevention, detection, recovery, Database security – issues, access control. (12+7)

TRENDS IN DATABASE: Introduction to NoSQL databases - Key-Value Stores – Columnar Stores – Document Stores, Graph
database - The Power of Graph Databases - Options for Storing Connected Data -Data Modeling with Graphs-Building a Graph
Database Application - Case Study - Neo4J. (11+8)
Total L: 45 +T: 30=75
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas Connolly and CarlolynBegg, “Database Systems, A Practical Approach toDesign, Implementation and Management”,
Pearson Education,Harlow,2015.
2. Sadalage, P. & Fowler,”NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence”, Pearson
Education,USA,2013
3. R. Elmasri, S.B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Pearson Education,USA,2016.
4. Redmond, E. &Wilson, “Seven Databases in Seven Weeks: A Guide to Modern Databases and the NoSQL
Movement”,Prsgmatic Programmers, LLC,USA,2012.
5. Ian Robinson, Jim Webber, Emil Eifrem, Graph Databases, , New Opportunities for Connected Data, O'Reilly Media,USA,
2015.

18ZS04 OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE


2203
BASICS OF PYTHON: Python - Variables - Executing Python from the Command Line - Editing Python Files - Python Reserved
Words - Basic Syntax-Comments - Strings and Numeric Data Types - Simple Input and Output. Control Flow and Syntax - Indenting
- if Statement - Relational Operators - Logical Operators - Bit Wise Operators - while Loop - break and continue - for Loop - Lists –
Tuples - Sets - Dictionaries. (8+8)

PYTHON PROGRAMMING: Functions - Passing parameters to a Function - Variable Number of Arguments - Scope - Passing
Functions to a Function - Mapping Functions in a Dictionary – Lambda - Modules - Standard Modules – sys – math – time - dir
Function. Error Handling: Run Time Errors - Exception Model - Exception Hierarchy - Handling Multiple Exceptions - Data Streams -
Access Modes Writing - Data to a File Reading - Data From a File - Additional File Methods - Using Pipes as Data Streams -
Handling IO Exceptions - Working with Directories. (7+7)

BASICS OF PHP: Introduction to Open Source Programming and Scripting Language PHP - Variables – data types – arrays – array
functions - Control structures – String manipulation – anonymous function - File Handling and Data Storage - Working with Forms –
development of applications using PHP with Mysql (8+8)

WEB SERVERS AND MYSQL: Web Server – Feature – Architectures - Case Study: Apache Web Server - Configuring and Using
Web Server - Comparison of Apache Web Server with Commercial Web Servers. MySQL - Internals and Portability - Data Types -
Security - Scalability - Connectivity – Localization – PostgreSQL - CouchDB - Hbase (7+7)

Total L:30 + T:30 = 60


REFERENCES:
1. Julie Meloni, “Teach Yourself PHP, MySQL and Apache All in One”, Pearson Education, USA, 2012.
2. Wesley J Chun, “Core Python Applications Programming”, Prentice Hall, 2012.
3. Allen B Downey, “Think Python”, O’Reilly, 2012.
4. Mark Summerfield, “Programming in Python 3: A Complete introduction to the Python Language”, Addison Wesley
Professional, 2009.
5. Martin C. Brown, “PYTHON: The Complete Reference”, McGraw Hill, 2001.

18ZS05/18ZC05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SOFTWARE SYSTEMS


3003
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING CONCEPTS: Software Characteristics –Software Myths – Software life cycle models – The Linear
Sequential Model - The Incremental Model - The RAD Model - Evolutionary Software Process Models - The Prototyping Model -
Spiral Model-Agile methods – Requirement Engineering - Requirement Engineering Tasks. (12)

SYSTEM ANALYSIS: Requirement Analysis – Analysis Modelling Approaches – Data Flow Oriented Modelling – Context diagram,
Data flow diagrams – Elements of Analysis Model - Data Modeling – Objects and Classes – Object Identification – Relationship
among objects – classification . (11)

UML MODELING: Unified Software Development Process – Scenario Based Modeling – Class Based Modeling – Behavioral Model
– CASE tools. (11)

SYSTEM DESIGN: Design Process – Design Concepts – Modularity – Functional Independence - Modular Design – Coupling –
Cohesion – Refactoring – Design Model – Architectural Design - Component Level Design Element – Deployment Level Design –
Architectural Styles and Patterns – IEEE Standard for Software Design Descriptions. (11)

83
59th ACM 09.06.2018
Total L: 45

REFERENCES:
1. Roger Pressman S, “Software Engineering: A Practitioners”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2014
2. Booch G, Maksimchuk R A, Engel M W, Young B J, Conallen J, Houston K A, “Object Oriented Analysis and Design with
Applications”, Addison-Wesley,USA,2007.
3. Booch G, Rumbaugh J and Jacobson I, “The Unified Modeling Language User Guide”, Addison Wesley Professional,USA,
2005.
4. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007.
.

18ZS51/18ZC51 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LABORATORY


0042
The students will design, analyse and implement suitable data structures like Arrays, linked lists, stacks, queues,Search
Trees,Heaps,kd Tree, Graph Algorithms, Sets,Hashing for real world problems.
Total P: 60

SEMESTER II

18ZS06/18ZC06 DATA INTENSIVE COMPUTING SYSTEMS


3003

INFRASTRUCTURE: Cloud, Data intensive systems and Industry 4.0 – Cloud Architecture – Virtualisation – Data Virtualisation –
Storage Virtualisation – Network Virtualisation: SAS,SAN – File Systems – Big Data Characteristics – Use cases – Data Analytics
Life cycle – Case study. (12)

STORAGE PLATFORMS: NoSQL – Key-value store - Hadoop Architecture – Map Reduce programming – Examples - Spark;
Column-oriented stores – HBase architecture, Hive; Document stores – MongoDB architecture – examples ; Graph stores – Neo4j
architecture – examples ; Realtime Processing – Storm (11)

THEORY AND METHODS-I: Preprocessing – Statistical measures – Hypothesis testing – ANOVA - feature selection – PCA
Regression – linear, logistic – LDA – Association Rule Mining – Text Analysis (11)

THEORY AND METHODS-II: Clustering – partitioning and hierarchical approaches – Classification – KNN, Decision trees, Naive
Bayes, SVM– Time Series Analysis – ACF, AR, MA, ARMA, ARIMA – Stream Analysis (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. EMC Education Services, “Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and Presenting Data Big
Data Science & Analytics : A Hands-on Approach”, Wiley, 2015.
2. Jared Dean, “Big Data, Data Mining and Machine Learning: Value Creation for Business Leaders and Practitioners”, Wiley,
USA, 2014.
3. Gareth James, Daniela Witten, Trevor Hastie and Robert Tibshirani, “An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in
R”, Springer, USA, 2013.
4. Nathan Marz and James Warren, “Big Data - Principles and Best Practices of Scalable Realtime Data Systems”, MEAP Began,
USA, 2012.
5. Venkata Josyula, Malcolm Orr & Greg Page, “Cloud Computing: Automating the Virtualized Data Center”, CISCO Press, USA,
2011.

18ZS07 SOFTWARE TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE


3204
TESTING FUNDAMENTALS, TECHNIQUES AND STRATEGIES: Objectives and Principles - V Process Model - Testing
techniques: White Box Testing: Static testing – Structural Testing - Black Box Testing: Cause Effect Graphing Technique –
Orthogonal Array Testing - Testing Strategies for Conventional Software - Testing Strategies for Object Oriented Software –
Acceptance Testing – Ad Hoc Testing - Art of Debugging: Debugging Process - Debugging Strategies. (12+8)

TEST AUTOMATION AND MANAGEMENT: People and Organizational Issues in Testing - Test Planning – Management –
Execution – Reporting - Software Test Automation: Design and Architecture for Testing - Generic requirements for test
tool/framework - Selection of Test Tool - Automation for Extreme Programming Model - Challenges in Automation. (11+7)

SOFTWARE TESTING TOOLS: Introduction to Selenium – Selenium Components – Introduction to IDE and test scripts creation
using IDE – Webdriver: Introduction to locators, WebDriver scripts, WebDriver methods – Get, FindElement, close; WebElement

84
59th ACM 09.06.2018
Methods – SendKeys, clear, click, wait type and window maximize:Browser Verification – getTitle, getCurrentUrl, Interacting with
Edit, Buttton, checkbox, Link, Radio button, Dropdown - Interacting with alerts, Frames, Windows, Exceptions. (11+8)

SOFTWARE QUALITY CONCEPTS, QUALITY METRICS AND STANDARDS: Views of Quality - Quality Control vs Quality
Assurance - Cost of Quality - Quality Assurance Group - Roles and Responsibilities - SQA Activities - Formal Technical Reviews -
Statistical Approach to Quality Assurance - Software Quality Measurement - Project Metrics – Progress Metrics – Productivity
Metrics - Standards: Role of ISO, TMM. (11+7)

Total L: 45 +T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Roger Pressman S, “Software Engineering: A Practitioners”, 6th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Srinivasan Desikan and Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Software Testing Principles and Practices”, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2009
3. Rex Allen Jones II, “Absolute Beginner (Part 1) JAVA 4 Selenium WebDriver: Come Learn How to Program for Automation
Testing (Practice how to selenium Tutorials)”, Createspace Independent Publishing Platform, 2016
4. MilindLimaye, “Software Quality Assurance”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
5. Glenford J. Myers, “The Art of Software Testing”, Second Edition, John Wiley & Amp; Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey.

18ZS08 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT


3003
SOFTWARE PROCESS AND PEOPLE MANAGEMENT: Process-Process Maturity - Capability Maturity Model and its variants -
CMMI - PEOPLE MANAGEMENT: Basic organization structures - Decision making - Issues in people management. Effective Team
building - Organizational Behavior - Productivity improvement. (9)

SOFTWARE ESTIMATION AND FEASIBILITY STUDY: Components of Software Estimation - Problems associated with estimation
- Estimation methods - Full Function Points – LOC Estimation- COCOMO II – Putnam Estimation Model - Cost Estimation –
Economical, Technical and Operational Feasibility studies. Discounted cash flow and return on investment - Stepwise planning -
Identifying scope and objectives. (12)

PROJECT SCHEDULING AND TRACKING: Principles of project scheduling - Critical Path - Tracking methods - Timeline chart -
Earned value Analysis. RISK MANAGEMENT: Nature, Type of Software Risks - Risk identification - Risk exposure - Risk
prioritization - Risk Mitigation, Monitoring and Management plan. (12)

SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE: Need for Configuration Management - check in check out
process - Versions and Variations – Baselines - Software Configuration Audit - Software Maintenance Process, Activities and
Categories – Maintenance Measurement – Service Measurement and Benchmarking (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Roger Pressman S, “Software Engineering: A Practitioners”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Gopalaswamy Ramesh and Ramesh Bhattiprolu, “Software Maintenance: Effective Practices for Geographically Distributed
Environments”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Rajesh Naik and Swapna Kishore, “Software Requirements and Estimation”, Tata McGraw Hill, India, 2008.
4. Pankaj Jalote, “Software Project Management in Practice”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2005.
5. Watts Humphrey, “Managing the Software Process”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2000.

18ZS09 SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE


3003
MIDDLEWARE ARCHITECTURES: Definition – Architecture for Non-Functional Requirements – Role of Software Architect –
Technologies – Software Quality Attributes - Classification – Distributed Objects – Message Oriented Middleware – Application
Servers – Enterprise Java Beans Architecture. (12)

SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE: Service Oriented Systems – Web Services – Components – Restful Web Services -
Advanced Middleware Architectures – Business Process Orchestration, Integrating Architecture Issues, ESB - Message Brokers.
(11)
SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURAL PROCESS AND MDA: Process – Requirements, Design, Validation-Documentation - UML 2.0,
Architectural Views, Component Diagrams, Templates - Aspect Oriented Architecture-Aspects, AOP, Example - Architecture,
Aspects and Middleware, Tools, Model Driven Architecture - Need, Tools, MDA and Software Architecture - Requirements,
Transformation. (11)

ARCHITECTURAL STYLES AND PATTERNS: Patterns in Software Architecture – Layers, Pipes and Filters, Blackboard, Broker,
MVC, Presentation – Abstraction - Control, other styles - event-based, data centred, interpreter, message dispatcher, multitier
distributed - Adaptable Systems (11)
Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Simon Brown, “Software Architecture for Developers”, Lean Publishing, Vancouver, BC, Canada, 2013.
2. Ian Gorton, “Essential Software Architecture”, Springer, New York, 2011.

85
59th ACM 09.06.2018
3. Mahesh P Matha, “Object Oriented Analysis & Design Using UML - An Introduction to Unified Process & Design Patterns”,
Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., India, 2010.
4. George Fairbanks, “Just Enough Software Architecture”, Marshall and Bainerd, Boulder, USA, 2010.
5. Frank Buschmann, Regine Muine, Hans Rohner, Peter Sommerlad and Michael Stal, “Pattern Oriented Software Architecture”,
John Wiley, England, 2001.

18ZS52/18ZC52 DATA INTENSIVE COMPUTING SYSTEMS LABORATORY


0042
The students will learn to use data intensive computing platforms like Hadoop, Spark, Hbase, MongoDB, Neo4j and R for
techniques like MapReduce, Machine Learning, Data Visualization, Regression, Clustering, Association Rule Mining, Classification,
Time Series Analysis etc and are then applied to solve a data intensive problem
Total P: 60

18ZS61/18ZC61 INDUSTRY VISIT & TECHNICAL SEMINAR


0042
The student will make at least two technical presentations on current topics related to the programme. The same will be assessed
by a committee appointed by the department. The students are expected to submit a report at the end of the semester covering the
various aspects of his/her presentation together with the observation in industry visits.
Total P: 30

SEMESTER III

18ZS53/18ZC53 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY


0042
The student will demonstrate the ability to design research methodology that adequately addresses the following:

 Idea generation and Concept Selection


 Identification of real time problem in the field of computers.
 Comparing and contrasting different types of research methods.
 Patent search for foolproof concept selection
 Time line of activities

 Design
 Conceptualizing a research design and propose an innovative solution for the problem identified.

 Development and Testing

 Model/prototype development
 Validation and testing

Report submission and presentation


Total P: 60

18ZS71/18ZC71 PROJECT WORK I


0063
 Identification of a real world problem.
 Conduct literature survey
 Formulate a solution for the problem based on literature survey.
 Implementation of the modules
 Compare the results with existing solutions
 Write a technical report on the work done
 Publish the work in reputed national / international conferences
Total P: 90

SEMESTER IV

18ZS72/18ZC72 PROJECT WORK II


0 0 28 14
 Problem Identification.
 Define the scope and objectives of the problem
 Develop a mathematical model with realistic assumptions.

86
59th ACM 09.06.2018
 Propose a novel and original solution for the identified problem
 Implementation of the modules
 Interpretation and validation of results using formal research methods
 Comparison with existing solutions
 Publish the work in refereed national / international journals
Total P: 420

ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES

18ZS21 USER INTERFACE DESIGN


2203
TASK ORIENTED UI DESIGN: User Interface – Importance-Goals - UI and Software Designer – Human Factors in Design – User
Needs and Requirements - Task Oriented UI Design – Principles – Design Evaluation – Choice of Color – Design Phases – Case
Study. (7+7)

OBJECT ORIENTED DESIGN ANDCSCW UI: Object Oriented UI Design: Design of Icons – Use of Metaphors – GUI Design –
Case Study, CSCW Characteristics – Examples – CSCW UI – Method of Specifying and Designing UI for CSCW Systems – Case
Study. (8+8)

USABILITY AND ACCESSIBILITY: Usability - The Viewpoint of User, Customer and Designer – Usability Specification – Stages in
Usability Specification and Evaluation - Accessibility - Need – Incorporating Accessibility – Involving People with Disability –
Accessibility in User Centered Design Process (8+8)

WEB INTERFACE DESIGN: Designing Web Interfaces - Drag and Drop-Direct Selection-Contextual Tools, Overlays, Inlays and
Virtual Tags - Process Flow - Case Studies (7+7)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
REFERENCES:
1. Jeniffer Tidwell,” Designing Interfaces”, O’Reilley, USA, 2011
2. Bill Scott and Theresa Neil, “Designing Web Interfaces”, O’Reilly Media Inc., USA, 2009
3. Ben Schneiderman, “Designing the User Interface”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
4. Andrew Sears and Julie A Jacko, “HCI handbook”, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, New York, 2008.
5. Linda Mcaulay, “HCI for Software Designers”, International Thompson Computer Press, USA, 1998.

18ZS22/18ZC24 AGILE SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT


2203
AGILE PRINCIPLES AND MODELING: Introduction - Traditional, IID and Agile Methodologies – Comparison - Need - Manifesto –
Values and Practices – Agile Modeling Values, principles and practices – Agile modeling with RUP (8+8)

EXTREME PROGRAMMING: Life Cycle – User Stories – Architecture – Planning – Iteration – Testing – Release – XP Values – XP
Practices – Planning – Coding – Pair Programming Model – Refactoring – Agile Modeling and XP – case study (7+7)

SCRUM: Introduction – Practices - Applying Scrum – Need – Scrum Values – Practices - Tools in Agile Software Development –
Case Study – Applying Scrum for IoT projects, Applying Scrum for Big Data Projects (7+7)

OTHER AGILE DEVELOPMENT METHODOLOGIES: FDD – DSDM - Lean and Kanban Software development – Comparison of
agile approaches - Case Studies - Defining Data Warehousing Projects for Iterative Development – User stories – agile estimation -
Adapting Iterative Development for Data warehousing Projects. ` (8+8)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
REFERENCES:
1. Robert Martin, “Agile Software Development: Principles, Patterns, and Practices”, Pearson Education Ltd. 2014.
2. Jim Highsmith, “Agile Data Warehousing Project Management”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.
3. Alistair Cockburn, “Agile Software Development: The Cooperative Game”, Pearson Education, USA, 2006.
4. Scott Ambler, “Agile Modeling: Effective Practices for eXtreme Programming and the Unified Process”, Wiley Computer
Publishing, 2002.
5. Ken Schwaber and Mike Beedle, “Agile Software Development with Scrum”, Prentice Hall, USA, 2001.

18ZS23/18ZC25 INTERNET OF THINGS


2203
IOT ARCHITECTURE: Introduction to IoT - M2M Architecture - Design Principles for Connected Devices - Definitions and
Functional Requirements – Sensors and Actuators IOT Architecture - IETF Architecture for IoT - OGC Architecture -
Communication Model. (8+6)

87
59th ACM 09.06.2018
COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS: Protocol Standardization for IoT – Efforts – M2M and WSN Protocols – SCADA and RFID
Protocols – Unified Data Standards – Protocols – IEEE 802.15.4 – BACNET Protocol – MODBUS– Zigbee Architecture –
6LOWPAN – LoRA-COAP - MQTT (8+6)

ELECTRONIC PROTOTYPING: Prototypes and Production - Open Source versus Closed Source - Prototyping Embedded Devices
- Prototyping IoT Projects With Arduino - Prototyping IOT Projects With Raspberry PI (8+8)

CASE STUDIES AND IOT DATA ANALYTICS: Real world design constraints - Applications - Asset management, Industry 4.0,
Smart grid, Commercial building automation, Smart cities Data Analytics for IoT – Edge analytics - sensor data fusion techniques -
Cloud Storage Models & Communication APIs - Cloud for IoT - Predictive analytics (8+8)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
REFERENCES:
1. Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., UK, 2014.
2. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick and OmarElloumi, “The Internet of Things: Key Applications and Protocols”, Wiley & Sons
Ltd., UK, 2012.
3. David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi and OlivierHersent, “M2M Communications: A Systems Approach”, John Sons Ltd, UK, 2012
4. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison and Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of Things”, Springer, 2011.

18ZS24 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING


3003
SYSTEMS ENGINEERING: Systems Engineering and Modern systems - Systems Engineering Landscape – Structure of complex
systems (11)

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT PROCESS AND MANAGEMENT: System Life Cycle - Evolutionary Characteristics of the Development
Process - Systems Engineering Method - Testing throughout System Development - Managing System Development and Risks –
WBS, SEMP, Risk Management - Organization of Systems Engineering (11)

CONCEPT DEVELOPMENT: Analysis – Concept Exploration – Concept Definition – Decision analysis and support (11)

ENGINEERING DEVELPOMENT: Advanced development: Requirements analysis, Risk analysis and reduction, Functional
analysis, Prototype development, Software Systems Engineering, Engineering Design, Integration and evaluation (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Alexander Kossiakoff, William N. Sweet, Samuel J. Seymour and Steven M. Biemer, “Systems Engineering Principles and
Practice”, Wiley-Interscience, Hoboken, 2011.
2. Ed. Garrett Shea, “NASA Systems Engineering Handbook”, Revision 2, NASA, USA, 2017.
3. Charles S. Wasson, “System Engineering Analysis, Design, and Development: Concepts, Principles, and Practices”, 2nd
Edition, Wiley, New York, 2015.
4. Department of Defense, “Systems Engineering Fundamentals”, Defense Acquisition University Press, Fort Belvoir, 2001.

18ZS25 SOFTWARE RELIABILITY


3003
RELIABILITY FUNDAMENTALS AND MATHEMATICS: Need for Reliability – Definition - Causes of Failures - Types of Failures -
Maintainability and Availability - Reliability Measures - Design for Higher Reliability - Redundancy Techniques - Reliability and Cost -
Random Experiments - Probability – Random Variables - Distribution Functions - Discrete Distributions - Continuous Distributions.
(12)
SYSTEM RELIABILITY MODELS: Basics of Component Reliability - Systems with Components in Series – Systems with Parallel
Components-K-Out-of-M Systems - Non Series Parallel Systems – Systems with Mixed Mode Failures – Fault Tree Techniques.(11)

RELIABILITY PREDICTION: Purpose - Classification – General Requirements – Prediction Methodologies – Software Prediction
Packages – Role and Limitation of Reliability Prediction. (11)

REDUNDANCY TECHNIQUES IN SYSTEM DESIGN: Component Versus Unit Redundancy – Weakest Link Techniques – Mixed
Redundancy – Stand by Redundancy – Redundancy Optimization - Double Failures and Redundancy - Economic Issues –
Manufacturer’s Cost – Customer’s Cost – Reliability Achievement Cost Models – Reliability Utility Cost Models – Depreciation Cost
Models – Reliability Application – Banking System. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Michael R. Lyu, “Software Reliability Engineering”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2011.
2. John D Musa, “Reliability Engineering - More Reliable Software, Faster and Cheaper”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
3. John D Musa, “Software Reliability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Ann Marie Neufelder, “Ensuring Software Reliability”, Marcel Dekkar, New York, 1993.
5. Balagurusamy E, “Reliability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1984.

88
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18ZS26 SOFTWARE METRICS
3003
QUANTIFICATION IN SOFTWARE ENGINEERING: Measurement in Software Engineering - Measurement Scales and Scale
Types - Classification of Software Measures - Software Measurement Validation - Data Analysis – Analysis Methods – Statistical
Methods. Software Process and Project Metrics: Metrics in The Process and Project Domains – Building Measurable Process
Models – Reconciling Different Metrics Approaches – Metrics for Software Quality – Integrating Metrics within the Software
Engineering Process (12)

SOFTWARE PRODUCTS AND TECHNICAL METRICS: Measuring of Internal Product Attributes - Measuring External Product
Attributes – A Framework for Technical Software Metrics – Metrics for the Analysis Model – Metrics for the Design Model – metrics
for Source Code – Metrics for Testing - Metrics for maintenance - Measurement of Quality. (11)

RESOURCE MEASUREMENT: Productivity, Teams and Tools - Making Process Predictions - Good Estimates - Models of Effort
and Cost - Dealing with Problems of Current Estimation Methods (11)

MEASUREMENT AND MANAGEMENT: Planning - Measurement Program - Measurement Tools-Measurers - Analysts - Audience
- Measurement in Practice. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Norman E Fenton and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Software Metrics - A Rigorous & Practical Approach”, Thomson Computer
Press U S A, 2013.
2. Roger Pressman S, “Software Engineering: A Practitioners”, Tata McGraw Hill, New York, 2009.
3. Stephen H Kan, “Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering”, Pearson Education, Boston, 2002.
4. Dick B Simmons and Newton C. Ellis, “Software Measurement”, Prentice Hall, New York, 2002.

18ZS27 DESIGN PATTERNS


3003
INTRODUCTION TO PATTERNS: Introduction to patterns – Describing Design Patterns, Relationship between Design Patterns,
Solving Design Problems Using Patterns, Procedure to Apply and Use a Design Pattern (5)

INTERFACE PATTERNS: Introduction to interfaces – Adapter – Façade – Composite – Bridge pattern (7)

RESPONSIBILITY PATTERNS: Introduction to responsibility – Singleton – Observer – Proxy – Mediator - Chain of Responsibility –
Flyweight (11)

CONSTRUCTION PATTERNS: Introduction to construction - Builder, Factory Method, Abstract Factory, Prototype, Memento (11)

OPERATION & EXTENSION PATTERNS: Introduction to operations - Template, State, Strategy, Command – Extensions-
Decorator, Iterator, Visitor (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Metsker S J, “The Design Patterns Java Workbook”, Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing, Boston, MA, USA, 2002.
2. Gamma E, Helm R, Johnson R, and Vlissides R, “Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software”, Addison
Wessley, Boston, MA, USA, 1998..
3. Freeman E, Robson E, Bates B and Sierra K, “Head First Design Patterns”, O'Reilly Media, Sebastopol, CA, USA, 2004.
4. Vascaaran sarcar, “Java Design patterns”, Apress, 2015.
5. Kerievsky J, “Refactoring to Patterns”, Addison-Wesley Professional, Boston, MA, USA, 2004

18ZS28 DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS


3003
DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS (DSS) AND BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE (BI): Introduction to decision support systems -
framework for business intelligence - tools and techniques for managerial decision support. Decision making Models - phases of
decision making process - intelligence phase - design phase - implementation phase. (11)

DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS CONCEPTS, METHODOLOGIES AND TECHNOLOGIES: Decision support systems
configuration and descriptions - characteristics and capabilities – classifications – components - data management subsystem -
model management subsystem - user interface subsystem - the knowledge based management subsystem Modeling and analysis -
Management support systems modeling - structure of mathematical models for decision support - certainty, uncertainty and risk.(11)

BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE: Data mining for business intelligence: data mining concepts and applications - data mining process
and methods - Artificial Neural Networks for Data Mining applications of ANN - Case studies. Text and web mining: Text mining
concepts - natural language processing - text mining applications and process - web mining overview. (11)

89
59th ACM 09.06.2018
INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS: Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems: Structure of expert systems - knowledge engineering -
problem areas suitable for expert systems - benefits and limitations. Advanced Intelligent systems: Machine learning techniques -
Case Based Reasoning - intelligent agents - implementing DSS and BI- RFID and new BI application opportunities - cloud
computing and BI (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Efraim Turban, Ramesh Sharda, Dursundelen, “Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems”, Prentice-Hall of India,
2011.
2. Efraim Turban, Jay E. Aronson, Richard V. McCarthy, “Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems”, Prentice-Hall of
India, 2007
3. Clyde W. Holsapple and Andrew B. Whinston, “Decision Support Systems, A Knowledge-Based Approach”, West Group, 1996.
4. Vicki L. Sauter , “Decision Support Systems For Business Intelligence”, Wiley,2011.

18ZS29 PRIVACY PRESERVING DATA MINING


3003
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Data Mining : Data Mining Architecture, Data Preprocessing, Techniques: Association Rule mining
– Classification and Prediction – Clustering Social Aspects of Privacy, Legal Aspects of Privacy and Privacy Regulations, Effect of
Database and Data Mining technologies on privacy - Privacy issues, Need for PPDM - Applications of PPDM. (12)

QUANTIFICATION OF PRIVACY PRESERVING DATA MINING: Metrics for quantifying privacy levels, Metrics for quantifying
Hiding failure, Metrics for quantifying Data Quality, Complexity metrics, Selecting a proper metrics, Utility based privacy preserving
methods: Types, Anonymization using local recoding, Utility based privacy preservation in classification, Association rule mining.
(11)
PRIVACY AND SECURITY MODELS: Privacy Models: Privacy models: Randomization - perturbation, Data Swapping,
Anonymization Algorithms - K-anonymity, l-diversity, t-closeness, differential privacy. Security Models: Trusted Computing Base,
State Machine Model, Information Flow Model, Noninterference Model, Take-Grant Model, Access Control Matrix, Sutherland
Model, Graham-Denning Model. (11)

PRIVACY PRESERVING DISTRIBUTED DATA MINING: Basic cryptographic Techniques for Privacy Preserving Distributed Data
Mining, Common Secure Sub - protocols used, Anonymization for vertically partitioned data and Horizontally partitioned data,
Limitations of cryptographic techniques for privacy preserving data mining. Anonymizing Social Networks and Sanitizing Textual
Data: Social Networks - Introduction, General Privacy Preservation Strategies, Anonymizing Networks. Textual Data: Introduction -
ERASE - Health Information De-identification (HIDE) (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. James Michael Stewart ,Mike Chapple , Darril Gibson, ”CISSP (ISC)2 Certified Information Systems Security Professional
Official Study Guide,Wiley Publisher, 2015.
2. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber and Jian Pei, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Data
Management Systems Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, July 2011.
3. Benjamin C.M. Fung, Ke Wang, Ada Wai-Chee Fu and Philip S. Yu, “Introduction to Privacy-Preserving Data Publishing:
Concepts and Techniques”, Chapman & Hall/CRC, 2010.
4. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Privacy-Preserving Data Mining: Models and Algorithms”, Springer, 2008.
5. Jaideep Vaidya, Chris Clifton and Michael Zhu, “Privacy Preserving Data Mining”, Springer, 2006.

18ZS30 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS


3003

INTRODUCTION: Basic Definitions – Intelligent Agents – Problem Solving Agents – Searching for Solutions – Uninformed Search
Strategies – Informed Search Strategies – Implementation (12)

KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION: Knowledge Based Agents – Propositional Logic (PL) – First-Order Logic (FOL) – Inferences in
PL and FOL – Semantic Net (11)

PROBABILISTIC AGENTS: Quantifying Uncertainty – Probabilistic Reasoning – Bayesian Network – Probabilistic reasoning over
time – Time and Uncertainty – Inference in Temporal Models (11)

MULTI–AGENT SYSTEMS: Interaction Between Agents – Reactive Agents – Cognitive Agents – Interaction Protocols – Agent
Coordination – Agent Negotiation – Agent Cooperation – Agent Organization – Agent Communication and Agent Oriented
Programming – Applications (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Stuart Russel and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach”, Pearson, UK, 2015.
2. Bradshaw, “Software Agents”, MIT, Cambridge, 2010.
3. George F Luger, “Artificial Intelligence – Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving”, Pearson, UK, 2004.

90
59th ACM 09.06.2018
4. Gerhard Weiss, “Multi Agent Systems – A Modern Approach to Distributed Artificial Intelligence”, MIT Press, Cambridge, 2009.

18ZS31/18ZC27 EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTING TECHNIQUES


3003
HEURISTIC AND METAHEURISTIC APPROACHES: Challenges in Solving Complex Problems - Evolutionary algorithms:
Principles, Historical development, Features, Classification and Components, Advantages, Applications. Heuristic Search: Problem
representation as search - Generate and Test - Breadth First Search - Depth First Search - Hill Climbing: Principles, Local and
Global maxima, Ridges, Plateau - Steepest Ascent - Simulated annealing: Annealing schedule, Parameter Selection (12)

GENETIC ALGORITHM: Biological Background - Simple Genetic Algorithm (SGA) - Representation types - Recombination Types -
Mutation types - GA Algorithm - Schema Theorem - Variations of GA: Adaptive GA, Real Coded GA - Differential Evolution:
Principles, Mutation, Crossover, Selection (11)

SWARM INTELLIGENCE: Particle Swarm Optimization: Swarms, Operating principles, PSO Algorithm, Neighborhood Topologies -
Variations of PSO: Binary, weighted - Ant Colony Optimization: Ant foraging behavior, Theoretical Considerations, ACO Algorithm,
Variations of ACO: Elitist Ant System (EAS), MinMax Ant System (MMAS) and Rank Based Ant Colony System (RANKAS) (11)

MULTI-OBJECTIVE OPTIMIZATION: Principles - Classical Methods - Challenges - Evolutionary algorithms for multi-objective
optimization - Multimodal function optimization - Non-Dominated Sorting Genetic Algorithm (NSGA): Non-elitist, elitist - Controlled
elitism in NSGA (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Eiben AE and Smith JE, “Introduction to Evolutionary Computing”, Second Edition, Springer, Heidelberg, 2015.
2. Rich E and Knight K, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, India, 2011.
3. Deb K, “Multi-Objective Optimization Using Evolutionary Algorithms”, Wiley-Blackwell, USA, 2008.
4. Dorigo M and Stutzle T, “Ant Colony Optimization”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
5. Kennedy J and Eberhart RC, “Swarm Intelligence”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, USA, 2001.

18ZS32 DATA INTEGRATION


3003
INTRODUCTION: Data Integration – Importance – Types and Complexity – Process. Semantic Technology: Overview – Web
Ontology Languages for Semantic Web – RDF schema –An Axiomatic Semantics for RDF and RDF Schema – Traditional Ontology
Languages: OWL – SPARQL. (12)

BATCH DATA INTEGRATION AND REAL TIME DATA INTEGRATION: ETL – Datawarehousing – Data Conversion – Archiving –
Integration Architecture – Provenance Determination – ETL Tools – Case Study. Patterns – Technologies – Modelling – Master
Data Management – Data Warehousing with Real – Time Updates – Stream Data – Architecture – Case Study. (11)

DATA VIRTUALIZATION AND SCHEMA MAPPING: Introduction – Architecture – Integration – Metadata – Data Virtualization–
Bigdata Integration Architecture–Scheme Mapping Approaches – Semantic Approaches – Conceptual Layering – Global and Local
as view Data Integration – Metadata Integration. (11)

SQL/NoSQL INTEGRATION: Introduction – Architecture of NoSQL Systems – Schema Extraction Approaches – Data Integration
Framework – Query Processing – Case Study. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Bo Ma, Tonghai Jiang, “A Novel Data Integration Framework based on Unified Concept Model”, IEEE, 2017.
2. Judith R. Davis, Robert Eve, “Data virtualization - Going beyond Traditional Data Integration to Achieve Business Ability.”Nine
Five One Press, USA, 2014.
3. April Reeve, “Managing Data in Motion”, Elsevier, 2013.
4. Chung-Chih Lin, Ping-Yeh Lin, Po-Kuan Lu, Guan-Yu Hsieh, “A Healthcare Integration System for Disease Assessment and
Safety Monitoring of Dementia Patients.”, IEEE Transactions On Information Technology In Biomedicine, Vol. 12, No. 5,
September 2008.
5. Grigoris Antoniou, Frank Van Harmelen,“A Semantic Web Primer”, The MIT Press Cambridge, 2008.

18ZS33/18ZC07 ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEMS


3003
PROCESS SCHEDULING & PROCESS SYNCHRONIZATION: Overview, Process scheduling, Operations on process, Inter
process communication, Process scheduling criteria, process scheduling algorithms. Process Synchronization: Background,
Hardware Support to Process Synchronization, Semaphores, Monitors - Memory Management Techniques. Case study: process
scheduling in Linux. (12)

DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEMS: Issues in Distributed Operating System – Architecture – Communication Primitives –
Lamport’s Logical clocks – Causal Ordering of Messages – Distributed Mutual Exclusion Algorithms – Centralized and Distributed
91
59th ACM 09.06.2018
Deadlock Detection Algorithms – Agreement Protocols - Case Study: Remote Procedure call in Distributed Computing Environment.
(11)
DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Distributed File Systems – Design Issues - Distributed Shared Memory – Algorithms
for Implementing Distributed Shared memory–Issues in Load Distributing – Scheduling Algorithms – Synchronous and
Asynchronous Check Pointing and Recovery – Fault Tolerance – Two-Phase Commit Protocol – Non blocking Commit Protocol –
Security and Protection. (11)

REAL TIME AND MOBILE OPERATING SYSTEMS: Basic Model of Real Time Systems - Characteristics- Applications of Real
Time Systems – Real Time Task Scheduling - Handling Resource Sharing - Mobile Operating Systems – Micro Kernel Design -
Client Server Resource Access – Processes and Threads - Memory Management - File system – case study - iOS and Android:
Architecture and SDK Framework - Media Layer - Services Layer - Core OS Layer - File System. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, “Operating Systems – Operating System: Internals and Design Principles”, Prentice Hall, 2014.
2. Mukesh Singhal, Niranjan Shivaratri, “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems”, McGraw Hill, 2011
3. Rajib Mall, “Real-Time Systems: Theory and Practice”, Pearson, 2006.
4. HagitAttiya, Jennifer Welch, “Distributed Computing: Fundamentals, Simulations and Advanced Topics”, McGraw Hill, 2004.
5. Nancy A Lynch, “Distributed Algorithms”, Morgan Kaufmann Series, Elsevier, 1996.

18ZS34/18ZC08 ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS


3003
INTERNET ROUTING, QOS ANALYSIS AND MULTICASTING: Internet Architecture - IP service Model – Routing Domains and
Autonomous Systems – Intra Domain Routing Algorithms - Inter Domain-Routing: BGP - BGP Traffic Engineering. Routing
Convergence. Need for QoS - End to End QoS - QoS Levels - Performance Measures: Bandwidth - Delay and Jitter - Packet Loss -
Throughput. Routing Overheads .Multicast: Address Assignments - Multicast Routing – DVMRP- Protocol Independent Multicasting.
(12)
TCP PERFORMANCE MODELING: TCP Segment format - TCP Sliding Windows - Congestion Control and Queuing - TCP
Congestion Control - Analysis of TCP: Buffer Sizing - Throughput - Fairness - Random Early Detection Gateways for Congestion
Avoidance. DRR - Core-Stateless Fair Queuing - Congestion Control for High Bandwidth - Delay Product Networks - Variations of
TCP. (11)

HIGH SPEED NETWORKS: Packet Switching Vs Cell Switching - ATM Networks: ATM Protocol Architecture - Logical Connections
- ATM Cells - Service Categories - ATM Adaptation Layer - Traffic and Congestion Control In Frame Relay and ATM Networks.
High-Speed LANS - Fast Ethernet - Gigabit Ethernet. (11)

WIRELESS NETWORKS: Wireless Networks: Cellular Networks: GSM - UMTS - 3G and 4G Networks – IEEE E 802.11 - Bluetooth
- WIMAX – WSN - Characteristics - Architecture – Applications - Network Virtualization and Software Defined Networking (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. James F Kurose, Keith W Ross, “Computer Networking - A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet”, Pearson Education,
India, 2012.
2. Larry L Peterson and Bruce S Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Burlington,
USA, 2011.
3. Andrew S Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Prentice Hall, USA, 2010.
4. William Stallings, “High-Speed Networks and Internets: Performance and Quality of Service”, Pearson Education, India, 2002.
5. HolgerKarl , Andreas Willig, “Protocol and Architecture for Wireless Sensor Networks”, John Wiley Publication, 2002.

18ZS35 SOCIAL NETWORKS DATA ANALYTICS


3003
SOCIAL NETWORK MODELS: Social Network data : nodes, relations – social networks as graphs ; mathematical representation of
social network data - Social Network Models : ErdosRenyi Model, Watts-Strogatz model, Barabasi-Albert model - Models for social
influence analysis: Edge & Node Measures - Social Similarity and Influence: Homophily - Existential Test for Social Influence -
Influence and Actions, interaction - Influence Maximization - Viral Marketing ; RandomWalks on Graphs: proximity measures, graph
theoretic measures, algorithms for hitting, commute times, pageranking, simrank, computing harmonic functions – applications in
text analysis, collaborative filtering and link prediction (12)

NODE CLASSIFICATION IN SOCIAL NETWORKS: Iterative Classification Method - RandomWalk based Methods: Label
Propagation, Graph Regularization, Adsorption - Applying Node Classification to Large Social Networks - variations on node
classification – Node clustering models – clustering graphs as objects. (10)

LINK PREDICTION IN SOCIAL NETWORKS: Feature based Link Prediction - Bayesian Probabilistic Models: Local - Network
Evolution - Hierarchical Probabilistic Models - Probabilistic Relational Models- Relational Bayesian Network - Relational Markov
Network - Linear Algebraic Methods - Case studies (11)

92
59th ACM 09.06.2018
COMMUNITY DISCOVERY IN SOCIAL NETWORKS: Methods – quality functions – direct discovery of communities – cliques and
bipartite subgraphs - Kernighan-Lin(KL) algorithm - Agglomerative/Divisive Algorithms - Spectral Algorithms Multi-level Graph
Partitioning - Markov Clustering – using betweeness measures to find communities – community evolution and tracing – finding
overlapping communities – maximum likelihood and affiliation graph models - Neighbourhood properties of graphs; Case studies:
Community Discovery in Heterogeneous Networks - Coupling Content and Relationship Information for Community Discovery. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Charu C Agarwal, “Social Networks Data Analytics”, Springer, USA, 2011.
2. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeff Ullman, “Mining of Massive Datasets”, 2014.
3. Guandong Xu and Lin Li, “Social Media Mining and Social Network Analysis: Emerging Research”, 2013.
4. David Easley and Jon Kleinberg, “Networks, Crowds, and Markets: Reasoning about a Highly Connected World Cambridge
University Press”, New Delhi, 2010.
5. Maksim Tsvetovat, Alexander Kouznetsov, “Social Network Analysis for Startups - Finding Connections on the Social Web”,
O’Reilly Media, 2011.
6. Jeroen Bruggeman, “Social Networks: An Introduction”, Routledge, 2008.

18ZS36 PRIVACY IN SOCIAL NETWORKS


3003

INTRODUCTION AND SECURITY ISSUES: Online social networks – model - data collection – challenges – pitfalls – stealing reality
- mobile social networks, characteristics, applications – OSN threats and issues. Security Issues: Trust in Online Social Networks:
Properties, Components, Social Trust, Trust Evaluation Models - Access Control - Identity management - Identity as Self -
Presentation - identity disclosure - identity theft – Phishing threat in OSN- Safety challenges in Mobile Social Networks (MSN). (16)

PRIVACY BREACHES: Introduction – Types - Statistical methods for inferring information – Crowdsourcing and Ethics -
Cooperative Data Forwarding Strategy with Privacy Preservation in MSN. (10)

PRIVACY-PRESERVING MECHANISMS: k-anonymity, l-diversity and t-closeness, Differential Privacy - Profile Matching Protocol -
Dynamic social networks privacy preservation - Privacy of Social Recommendation Algorithms - Providing Group Anonymity in
Social Networks - Privacy Mechanisms for Affiliation networks, Complex Networks – Encryption for Peer-to-Peer Social Networks -
case studies (10)

MODELING, EVALUATING, AND MANAGING PRIVACY RISKS: Information-sharing Model - Strategic Behavior and Information
sharing – issues - case study - Privacy-score Model - Methods for Computing the Privacy Score - Managing Privacy Settings -
Predicting Users’ Privacy Settings – Recommendation-Based Trustworthy Service Evaluation in MSN (9)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Yaniv Altshuler, Yuval Elovici, Armin B. Cremers, Nadav Aharony, Alex Pentland, “Security and Privacy in Social Networks”,
Springer, 2013
2. Yashar Najaflou, Behrouz Jedari, “Safety Challenges and Solutions in Mobile Social Networks”, IEEE Systems Journal, 2013.
3. Xiaohui Liang, Rongxing Lu, Xiaodong Lin, Xuemin (Sherman) Shen, “Security and Privacy in Mobile Social Networks”,
Springer, 2013.
4. Elena Zheleva, Evimaria Terzi, Lise Getoor, “Privacy in Social Networks”, Morgan & Claypool Publishers, 2012.
5. Barbara Carminati, Elena Ferrari, and Marco Viviani, “Security and Trust in Online Social Networks”, Morgan & Claypool
Publishers, 2012.

18ZS37/18ZC41 MACHINE LEARNING


3003
COMPUTATIONAL LEARNING THEORY BASICS: Introduction: Types of Learning - Designing a learning system – concept
learning - Find-s – Candidate Elimination - PAC Learnabilty- Sample complexity for finite and Infinite hypothesis spaces-VC
Dimension - Evaluating Hypothesis - Estimating Hypothesis Accuracy - Error Estimation - Bias-Variance - Confidence Interval -
Central Limit Theorem (12)

LINEAR MODELS: Linear Models For Regression – Linear Regression Models, Maximum Likelihood Estimation - Least Squares,
The Bias-Variance Decomposition, Bayesian Linear Regression, Linear Models for Classification, Probabilistic Generative Models,
Probabilistic Discriminative Models, Linear Discriminant Analysis. (11)

NEURAL NETWORKS: Neural Networks - Feed-forward Networks - Network Training - Delta Rule- Gradient Descent - Error
Backpropagation - Regularization in Neural Networks. (11)

KERNEL AND GRAPHICAL METHODS: Kernel Methods - Constructing Kernels- Radial Basis Function Networks - Gaussian
Processes - Maximum Margin Classifiers – SVM - Graphical Methods – Bayes Theorem - Bayesian Networks - Markov Random
Fields - Inference in Graphical Models - Mixture Models – Expectation Maximization. (11)

Total L: 45

93
59th ACM 09.06.2018
REFERENCES:
1. Christopher Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer-Verlag New York, 2013.
2. Tom M. Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, “The Elements of Statistical Learning - Data Mining, Inference, and
Prediction”, Second Edition, Springer Series in Statistics, Springer-Verlag New York, 2013.
4. Yaser S. Abu Mostafa, Malik Magdon Ismail, Hsuan Tien Lin, “Learning From Data A Short Course”, Amlbook.Com, 2012.

AUDIT COURSES

18ZS81 ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP81

18ZS82 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP82

94
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
13. Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment
ME APPLIED ELECTRONICS (2018 REGULATIONS)
(Minimum No. of credits to be earned: 75*)
Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks
Course Title Credits CAT
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
18EA01 Mathematics of Systems Engineering 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA02 Embedded Controllers and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA03 Digital System Design and Testing 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18EA04 VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA05 Object Computing and Data Structures 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18EA51 Circuits and Systems Simulation Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18EA81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 24 hrs 14 6 4 19 300 300 600
II SEMESTER
18EA06 Analog VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA07 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18EA08 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA09 Embedded System Design 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18EA__ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA__ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA52 Electronic System Design Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18EA61 Industrial Visit and Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18EA82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 30 hrs 18 4 8 24 400 400 800
III SEMESTER
18EA__ Professional Elective 3 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18EA__ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA__ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA__ Professional Elective 6 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA53 Applied Electronics Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18EA71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 24 hrs 12 2 10 18 300 300 600
IV SEMESTER
18EA72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
ELECTIVE 3 Associated With Centre of Excellence (One to be opted)
18EA21 Virtual Instrumentation Systems 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18EA22 Internet of Things 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18EA23 Totally Integrated Automation 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES(Five to be opted)
18EA24 Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA25 VLSI Testing and Testability 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA26 Mixed Signal VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA27 Hardware Design Verification Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA28 System on Chip 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA29 ASIC Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA30 Operating Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA31 Linear Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA32 Linux Architecture 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA33 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA34 Electronic Product Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA35 Digital Image Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA36 Digital Video Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA37 Wavelets and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA38 Biosignal Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA39 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA40 Internetworking and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA41 Soft Computing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA42 Machine Learning and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA43 Industrial Drives for Automation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.
** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed
CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course;
MC- Mandatory Course

95
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018

13. Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment


ME APPLIED ELECTRONICS (PART-TIME) (2018 REGULATIONS)
(Minimum No. of credits to be earned: 75*)
Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks
Course Title Credits CAT
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
18EA01 Mathematics of Systems Engineering 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA02 Embedded Controllers and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA03 Digital System Design and Testing 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18EA04 VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 18 hrs 14 4 0 0 200 200 400
II SEMESTER
18EA05 Object Computing and Data Structures 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18EA06 Analog VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA07 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18EA51 Circuits and Systems Simulation Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18EA82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 17 hrs 9 4 4 13 200 200 400
III SEMESTER
18EA08 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18EA09 Embedded System Design 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18EA__ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA52 Electronic System Design Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
Total 15 hrs 9 2 4 12 200 200 400
IV SEMESTER
18EA__ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA__ Professional Elective 3 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18EA__ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA53 Applied Electronics Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
Total 15 hrs 9 2 4 12 200 200 400
V SEMESTER
18EA__ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA__ Professional Elective 6 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA61 Industrial Visit and Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18EA71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 16 hrs 6 0 10 11 200 200 400
VI SEMESTER
18EA72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
ELECTIVE 3 Associated with Centre of Excellence (One to be opted)
18EA21 Virtual Instrumentation Systems 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18EA22 Internet of Things 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18EA23 Totally Integrated Automation 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
ELECTIVE THEORY COURSES (Five to be opted)
18EA24 Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA25 VLSI Testing and Testability 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA26 Mixed Signal VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA27 Hardware Design Verification Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA28 System on Chip 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA29 ASIC Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA30 Operating Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA31 Linear Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA32 Linux Architecture 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA33 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA34 Electronic Product Design 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA35 Digital Image Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA36 Digital Video Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA37 Wavelets and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA38 Biosignal Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA39 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA40 Internetworking and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA41 Soft Computing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA42 Machine Learning and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18EA43 Industrial Drives for Automation 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.
** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed
CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course; MC-
Mandatory Course

96
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018

ONE CREDIT COURSES

18EK06 Field Programmable Analog Array for Analog System Design


18EK07 Automotive Software Testing
18EK13 System Engineering for Automotive Applications
18EK14 Electric Vehicles
18EK15 Phasor Measurement Units & Applications
18EK16 Graphical Programming for Real-Time Applications
18EK17 CAD Tools for VLSI Design Automation
18EK18 Digital Design with Verilog HDL
18EK19 Automotive Electrical System

97
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
SEMESTER I

18EA01/18EE01/18ED01/18EM01 MATHEMATICS OF SYSTEMS ENGINEERING


2203
VECTOR SPACES: Real vector spaces, subspaces, linear independence – basis and dimension of a vector space - inner product
space, orthonormal bases, Gram-Schmidt process. (8+7)

LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS: General linear transformations, kernel and range, inverse linear transformations, matrices of
general linear transformations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization. (8+7)

CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS: Variational problems of fixed boundaries: Variations and its properties - simplest variational
problems – Euler equation – Brachistochrone problem – variational problems involving several unknown functions – Functional
involving first and second order derivatives. (8+7)

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Classification. Markov chain: Transition probability matrices – Chapman Kolmogorov equations -
classification of states, limiting probabilities, Poisson process - continuous time Markov chains: Birth-death processes. (8+7)

Total L:32 + T:28 = 60


REFERENCES:
1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres, “Elementary Linear Algebra: Applications Version”, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2018.
2. David C Lay, “Linear Algebra and its Applications”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2017.
3. Medhi J., “Stochastic Processes”, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2017.
4. Saeed Ghahramani, “Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes”, Pearson, New Delhi, 2016.
5. Elsgolts L., “Differential Equation and Calculus of Variation”, MIR Publication, Moscow, 1977.

18EA02 / 18EE02 / 18EM02 EMBEDDED CONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS


3003
8051: 8051 microcontroller – Architecture – Instruction sets – Addressing modes – I/O ports – Timer/Counter – Serial
Communication – Interrupts – Assembly language programming. (11)

PIC18F: PIC18f Micro-controller – Device overview – Pin diagrams. PIC18f micro-controller memory organization – Special Function
Registers - I/O ports – Timers – Capture/ Compare/ PWM modules (CCP). Analog to Digital Converter module – Instruction set –
Oscillator selection – Reset – Interrupts – Watch dog timer – PIC microcontroller programming. (11)

ARM7: ARM7TDMI – Architecture overview - Processor modes – Data types – Registers – Program status registers – ARM
Instruction Set – Thumb Instruction Set – Simple programs. (11)

REAL WORLD INTERFACING: Master Synchronous Serial Port ((MSSP) structure - Detail study of UART, SPI, I2C, ADC and
Comparators, Interfacing of PIC18F serial port - ADC using I2C. - RTC using I2C. – Design of data acquisition System - frequency
counter with display on LCD - Digital Multimeter - DC motor control using PWM with signal. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. William Hohl and Christopher Hinds, “ARM Assembly Language Fundamentals and Techniques”, CRC Press, second edition,
2015.
2. Danny Causey, Muhammad Ali Mazidi, and Rolin D. McKinlay, “PIC Microcontroller & Embedded System: Using Assembly and
C for PIC18”, Pearson Education India, 2008.
3. MykePredko, “Programming and Customizing the PIC Microcontroller”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2008.
4. M.A. Mazidi, J.G. Mazidi and R.D. McKinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems”, Prentice Hall India, 2nd
Edition, New Delhi, 2007.
5. ARM System Developer's Guide, “Designing and Optimizing System Software”, Andrew Sloss Dominic Symes Chris Wright,
1st Edition, 2004.
6. John B. Peatman, “Design with PIC Microcontrollers”, Prentice Hall, 2003.

18EA03 / 18EE04 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN AND TESTING


3204
REVIEW OF DIGITAL LOGIC CIRCUITS: Designing combinational circuit using multiplexer, decoder – Finite State Machines –
Mealy Machine- Moore Machine – State Diagram – State table - Design of state machines using Algorithmic State Machines (ASM)
chart as a design tool. System Design using PLDs: Basic concepts – Programming technologies - Programmable Logic Element
(PLE) - Programmable Array Logic (PLA) - Programmable Array Logic (PAL) – Programmable Logic Architectures – 16L8 – 16R4 –
22V10–Design of combinational and sequential circuits using PLDs. (12+5)

VERILOG: Signals, Identifier, Net and variable types, Operators, Gate instantiations, Modules and ports, data flow, gate level,
Behavioral level ,Switch level and state machine modeling , Concurrent and procedural statements, UDP, sub circuit parameters,
function and task, timing and delays - test benches-- design of combinational and sequential circuits using Verilog. (11+10)

CPLD and FIELD PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAYS: Complex PLDs (CPLDs) –Xilinx cool runner architecture. Types of FPGA
- Xilinx XC4000 series - Logic Cell Array (LCA) – Configurable Logic Blocks (CLB) - Input/output Blocks (IOB) - Programmable
Interconnection Point(PIP) Implementing Functions in FPGAs Dedicated Memory in FPGAs – Dedicated Multipliers in FPGAs -
Mapping, Placement ,and Routing - Verilog based design flow for FPGA. . (11+10)

98
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
HARDWARE TESTING AND DESIGN FOR TESTABILITY: Defects, errors, faults, Levels of Fault models, Types, Fault Detection
in Combinational Logic circuits: Path sensitization method, Boolean difference method. Fault Detection in sequential logic circuit,
Design for Testability: Scan path Testing, Boundary Scan Test, Built in Self Test. (11+5)
Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL : A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis”, Pearson Education Asia, 2014. .
2. Charles H Roth and Lizy Kurian John, “Digital Systems Design Using VHDL”, Cengage Learning, 2013.
3. Bhaskar J., “A Verilog Primer”, Prentice Hall of India Learning, 2012.
4. Micheal D.Ciletti, “Advance Digital Design with the Verilog HDL”, Prentice Hall of India Learning, 2012.
5. Wayne Wolf, “FPGA - Based System Design”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2012.
6. Michael L Bushnell, Vishwani D Agrawal, “Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital Memory and Mixed Signal VLSI Circuits”,
Springer, 2002.
18EA04 VLSI DESIGN
3003
OVERVIEW OF VLSI DESIGN METHODOLOGY: VLSI design process - Architectural design - Logical design - Physical design -
Layout styles - Full custom - Semicustom approaches. (2)

REVIEW OF MOS FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS: Introduction to MOS devices – n channel and p channel MOS transistors –
Types – Symbol and Physical operation of enhancement type transistors, current – voltage characteristics – symbol and physical
operation of depletion type transistor, current – voltage characteristics. (3)

BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MOS AND CMOS CIRCUITS: MOS transistor - Threshold voltage equations - Basic DC
equations - Second order effects - MOS models - Small signal AC characteristics - NMOS inverter - Depletion mode and
enhancement mode pull ups – CMOS inverter - DC characteristics - Inverter delay - Pass transistor - Transmission gate – Power
consumption in CMOS gates – Static dissipation – Dynamic Dissipation. (7)

VLSI FABRICATION TECHNIQUES: An overview of wafer fabrication – Wafer processing - Oxidation - Patterning - Diffusion - Ion
implantation - Deposition – Silicon gate NMOS process - CMOS processes - NWell - PWell - Twintub - Silicon on insulator - CMOS
process enhancements - Interconnect - Circuit elements - Latch up - Latchup prevention techniques. (6)

LAYOUT DESIGN RULES: Need for design rules - Mead Conway design rules for the silicon gate NMOS process - CMOS based
design rules - Simple layout examples - Sheet resistance - Area capacitance - Wiring capacitance - Driving large capacitive loads.
(6)
LOGIC DESIGN: Switch logic - Pass transistor and transmission gate based design - Gate logic - Inverter - Two input NAND gate -
NOR gate - Other forms of CMOS logic – Dynamic CMOS logic - Clocked CMOS logic - Precharged domino CMOS logic -
Structured design - Simple combinational logic design examples - Parity generator - Multiplexers – Clocked sequential circuits -
Two phase clocking - Charge storage - Dynamic register element - NMOS and CMOS - Dynamic shift register - Semistatic register
- JK flip flop circuit. (11)

SUBSYSTEM DESIGN PROCESS: General arrangement of a 4-bit arithmetic processor - Design of a 4bit shifter - Design of a ALU
subsystem - Implementing ALU functions with an adder - Carry look ahead adders - Multipliers - Serial parallel multipliers –
Pipelined multiplier array – Modified Booth's algorithm. (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Kamran Eshraghian, Douglas A Pucknell, and Sholeh Eshraghian, “Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems”, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici,” CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Wayne Wolf," Modern VLSI Design: Systems on Chip Design”, Pearson Education Inc., Indian Reprint, 2007.
4. Neil H E West and Kamran Eshranghian, "Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A System Perspective", Addision-Wesley, 2004.
5. Jan M Rabaey, Chandrasekaran A and Nikolic B, “Digital Integrated Circuits,” Pearson Education, 2004.
6. Amar Mukherjee, "Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI System Design", Prentice Hall, USA, 1986.

18EA05 / 18EE05 / 18ED05 OBJECT COMPUTING AND DATA STRUCTURES


3204
PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Procedure Oriented Programming, Object Oriented Programming
paradigm - Basic concepts and benefits of OOP - Object Oriented Language - Applications of C++ - Operators in C++ - Classes
and Objects - Manipulators. Functions in C++- Call by Reference - Return by reference - Inline functions - Default, Const Arguments
- Function Overloading - Friend Functions - Member functions - Nesting of Member functions - Private member functions - Static
data members - Static Member Functions - Arrays of Objects - Objects as Function Arguments - Friend Functions. (10+7)

CONSTRUCTORS: Parameterized Constructor - Copy constructor - Multiple Constructors in a Class – Destructors. INHERITANCE:
Defining Derived Classes - Single Inheritance - Making a Private Member Inheritable - Multiple Inheritance - Hierarchical Inheritance
– Hybrid Inheritance. POLYMORPHISM: Compile and Run Time Polymorphism – Operator Overloading - Virtual function. (11+7)

DATA STRUCTURES: Abstract data Types - Primitive data structures - Analysis of algorithms - Best, worst and average case time
complexities – Notation. ARRAYS: Operations - Implementation of one, two, three and multi dimensioned arrays - Sparse and
dense matrices - Applications. SORTING: Insertion sort - Selection sort - Bubble sort - Radix sort - Algorithms and their time
complexities. (12+7)

LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES: STACKS: Primitive operations - Sequential implementation - Applications: Subroutine handling,
Recursion-Queues-Primitive operations - Sequential implementation - Applications: Job Scheduling. LISTS: Primitive Operations -
Singly linked lists, Doubly linked lists, Circular lists – Applications: Addition of Polynomials (10+7)

99
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES: TREES: Terminologies - Binary Tree traversal. (2+2)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75

REFERENCES:
1. Herbert Schildt, “C++ - The Complete Reference", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Nell Dale, “C++ Plus Data Structures”, Jones & Bartlett, Massachusetts, 2011.
3. Harvey M Deitel and Paul J Deitel, “C++ How to Program”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2010.
4. Stanley B Lippman, Josee Lajoie and Barbara E Moo, “The C++ Primer”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
5. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++", Pearson Education,
New Delhi, 2009.
6. Sahni Sartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2005.

18EA51 CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS SIMULATION LABORATORY


0042
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Simulation of CMOS Digital Circuits using PSPICE


2. Simulation of CMOS Analog circuits using PSPICE
3. Experiments using 8051 Microcontrollers
4. Interfacing using 8051 Microcontrollers
5. Experiments using ARM Processor
6. Mini Project

18EA06 ANALOG VLSI DESIGN


3003
ANALOG CIRCUIT BUILDING BLOCKS: Switches, Active Resistors, Current Sources and Sinks, Current Mirrors – Simple.
Wilson, Cascode, Folded – Cascode. Voltage and Current References – General biasing circuits for analog design – Supply
Independent biasing, Temperature independent biasing, Bandgap voltage references, Comparators, Multipliers (11)

CMOS SINGLE STAGE AMPLIFIERS: MOS inverting amplifier, Improving the performance of inverting amplifer. Single stage MOS
amplifiers. T- CS stage, CG stage, Source Follower, Frequency response of amplifiers (11)

CMOS MULTI STAGE AMPLIFIERS: Cascode and Folded cascode stage, Current amplifiers, output amplifiers, Differential
amplifiers, CMOS operational amplifiers, uncompensated and compensated Op Amps, Noise performance of Op-Amps, Op-Amp
design techniques with examples. High performance CMOS Op-Amps. (9)

SWITCHED CAPACITOR FILTERS: Introduction to Switched capacitor filters, Switched capacitor resistors. (3)

DATA CONVERTERS: Data Converter fundamentals, DAC Architectures: Current Switched, Resistive, charge redistribution,
Hybrid, Segmented D/A Converters. ADC architectures: Flash, Pipeline, Integrating, Successive Approximation and folding A/D
Converters. (8)

FIELD PROGRAMMABLE ANALOG ARRAY (FPAA): Overview of analog design – Introduction to Field Programmable analog
array (FPAA) and its advantages – Role of EDA tool in Analog Design process. (3)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Phillip Allen and Douglas Holberg, “CMOS Analog Circuit Design”, Oxford University Press, 3rd Edition, Reprint September,
2014.
2. Behzad Razavi, “Design of CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Roubik Gregorian, Gabor C. Temes, “Analog MOS Integrated Circuits for Signal Processing”, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
4. Randall L Geiger, Phillip E Allen and Noel R Strader, "VLSI Design Techniques for Analog and Digital Circuits", McGraw Hill,
International Edition, 1990.
5. David A Johns and Ken Martin, “Analog Integrated Circuit Design”, John Wiley and Sons, 2002, 2nd Edition, 2011.
6. Jacob Baker R, Lee H W and Boyce D E, “CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation”, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd Edition,
2010.

18EA07 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


3204
MULTIRATE DSP: Sampling – Spectral representation: DFT and FFT – Review of Digital filters - Decimation and Interpolation by an
integer and rational factors – Multistaging – Decimation and Interpolation with poly phase filters – Realizations – Applications of
multirate signal processing. (11+7)

FILTER BANKS: Analysis and Synthesis of Filter Banks – Quadrature Mirror Filter (QMF) banks – Filter bank with perfect
reconstruction – 2-Channel and M-channel – Paraunitary filter banks – Biorthogonal and Linear phase filter banks – Tree and
parallel structured filter banks – Transmultiplexer filter banks – Multi resolution analysis – Subband coding and its applications.
(12+8)
ADAPTIVE FILTERS: FIR adaptive filters – adaptive filters based on steepest descent method – LMS algorithm – Variants of LMS
algorithm – adaptive channel equalization – adaptive echo cancellation – RLS adaptive algorithm. (11+7)

100
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
WAVELET TRANSFORM: Short-Time Fourier Transform – limitations - time-frequency scaling- Heisenberg’s uncertainty –
Continuous Wavelet Transform – Discrete Wavelet Transform – Haar, Daubechy’s wavelets – Multi Resolution Analysis of audio
signal. (11+8)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Fliege N.J., “Multirate Digital Signal Processing” John Wiley & Sons Ltd., Reprinted with Correction, 2000.
2. Vaidyanathan P P., “Multirate Systems and Filter Banks”, Pearson Education, 2011.
3. John G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing-Principles, Algorithms and Applications”, Prentice Hall of
India, 2013.
4. Rao R.M. and Bopardikar A.S., “Wavelet Transforms: Introduction to Theory and Applications”, Addison Wesley, Reprint, 2003.
5. Soman K.P. and Ramachandran K.I., “Insight into Wavelets-From Theory to Practice”, Prentice Hall of India, 2010.

18EA08 / 18EE24 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL PROCESSING


3003
REGISTER TRANSFER LANGUAGE AND MICRO-OPERATIONS: Register transfer language – Inter-register transfer - Arithmetic
micro-operations – Logic micro-operations – Shift micro-operations – Control functions - Data path Organisation - Binary arithmetic
unit – BCD arithmetic unit – Floating point arithmetic unit – Processor bus configuration – Data transfer and manipulation –
Hardwired and micro-programmed control. (12)

MEMORY UNIT AND INPUT-OUTPUT UNIT: Memory hierarchy – Main memory – Back-up storage units – Multiple
module memories – Interleaved memory – Associative memory - Virtual memory systems – Structure – Paging – TLB –
Segmentation – Replacement strategies – Cache memory: Basic cache structure – Direct, fully associative and set associative
mapping – Replacement policies – Multiple caches – Memory management hardware - Characteristics of I/O subsystem –
Interrupt mechanisms and special hardware – Direct Memory Access – I/O processors and I/O channels – Asynchronous data
transfer. (10)

PARALLEL PROCESSING AND PIPELINING: Basic uniprocessor architecture – Parallel processing mechanisms – Levels of
parallelism – Balancing of subsystem bandwidth – Parallel computer structures – Architectural classifications – Parallel processing
applications -Linear pipelining – Pipeline processors – Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines – Organization of pipelined units –
Instruction pre-fetch and branch handling – Pipeline hazards – Reducing branch penalties – Branch prediction strategies – Vector
processing: requirements and characteristics – High performance Architectures: Superscalar Architecture – VLIW Architecture. (11)

ARRAY PROCESSING AND MULTIPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: SIMD array processors – Masking and data routing
mechanisms – SIMD Interconnection networks - Multiprocessor Architecture - Functional structures: Loosely and Tightly coupled
Multiprocessors – Processor characteristics for multiprocessing – Symmetric Multiprocessors (SMP) – Non Uniform Memory Access
(NUMA) – Interconnection structures for multiprocessors – Cache coherence – Thread level parallelism – Multithreading – Clusters.
(12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. John Hennessy and David Patterson, "Computer Architecture: A Quantitative approach", Elsevier India Publishers, 5th Edition,
2017.
2. Kai Hwang and Faye A Briggs, "Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing", McGraw Hill Book Company, 2016.
3. Stallings W, “Computer Organisation and Architecture – Designing for performance”, Pearson Publishers, 9th Edition, 2014.
4. Mano M.M., "Computer System Architecture", Pearson Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2013.

18EA09 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN


3204
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS: Introduction – Embedded systems versus general computing systems – Classification – Major application
areas – Hardware and Software components: CPU of an embedded system – Memory – Input/Output devices, Sensors and
actuators – Communication interfaces : I2C, SPI, CAN, and LIN - Firmware, other system components–Characteristics and quality
attributes. (12+8)

EMBEDDED FIRMWARE DEVELOPMENT: Integrated development environment (IDE) – Cross-compiler - Cross Assembler –
Software debugging techniques – In Circuit Emulator – Hardware-software co-design and program modeling - Issues in co-design –
Introduction to UML – Hardware-software trade-offs – Code optimization, Fixed point and floating point implementation of algorithms
– Analysis and Optimization of CPU Power Consumption. (12+8)

RTOS FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEMS: Interrupt driven systems - Need for Real-time Operating System – RTOS Concepts – Tasks,
Context switching, Interrupt latency, Memory management, Scheduling, Task synchronization, Shared data issues – Introduction to
RTOS APIs – Power optimization strategies for processes – Basic design using RTOS – Response time calculation – Performance
Comparison of commercial RTOSs. (12+8)

EMBEDDED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Design tools – Development techniques – Embedded product development cycle
(EDLC) – Objectives – Phases –Modeling EDLC – Trends in the embedded industry.
DESIGN CASE STUDIES: Smartcard reader – Automated meter reading system – Digital Camera – Advanced Driver Assistance
Systems. (9+6)
Total L: 45 + 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Marilyn Wolf, “Computers as components: Principles of Embedded Computing Design, 4th Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2016.
2. Jonathan W Valvano, “Embedded Microcomputer Systems, Real Time Interfacing”, 3rd Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2012.
3. Shibu K. V., “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.

101
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
4. David E Simon, “An Embedded Software Primer”, Pearson India, 2008.

18EA52 ELECTRONIC SYSTEM DESIGN LABORATORY


0042
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Design and Simulation of Digital Circuits using VHDL / Verilog and porting them into FPGA.
2. Layout of Simple NMOS/CMOS Circuits.
3. Study of Dynamically programmed Analog Signal Processers.
4. Applications using DSP Processors.
5. Implementing a basic computer on FPGA (implementing and simulating a common bus/ Data Path block/ control unit)
6. Mini Project.

18EA61 INDUSTRIAL VISIT & TECHNICAL SEMINAR


0042

The student will make at least two technical presentations on current topics related to the specialization. The same will be assessed
by a committee appointed by the department. The students are expected to submit a report at the end of the semester covering the
various aspects of his/her presentation together with the observation in industry visits. A quiz covering the above will be held at the
end of the semester.

Total P: 60

18EA53 APPLIED ELECTRONICS LABORATORY


0042
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Implementation of Digital Circuit Testing Algorithms using C.


2. Implementation of Interprocess communication mechanisms.
3. Design simple placement, partitioning and routing algorithms using C.
4. Simple RTOS Experiment to view multitasking using Keil IDE.
5. Implementation of Image/ Video Processing algorithms using Matlab.
6. Mini Project

18EA71 PROJECT WORK – I


0063
 Identification of a problem.
 Literature survey of identified problem.
 Finalization of project specification and requirements
 Presentation / Demonstration of sub block(s) of the Project ( Hardware / Software / both )

IV SEMESTER
18EA72 PROJECT WORK – II
0 0 28 14
 Project Implementation ( Hardware / Software / both )
 Presentation / Demonstration about the work done
 Consolidated report preparation

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE (ELECTIVE 3 Associated with Centre of Excellence)


18EA21 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS
3204
INTRODUCTION: Concept of virtual instrumentation, virtual instrumentation model, design flow with graphical system design,
graphical data flow programming - Modular programming, repetition and loops, arrays, clusters, plotting data, structures, strings,
state machines – file I/O- creating LabVIEW executables and projects. (12+8)

DATA ACQUISITION: DAQ hardware configuration, DAQ hardware – Sampling and grounding techniques - analog I/O, digital I/O,
counter/timer, DAQ software architecture, network data acquisition. Application design using Real Time Targets: PXI, cRIO. (11+7)

INSTRUMENT INTERFACES: Virtual Instrumentation Software Architecture (VISA), instrument drivers, serial and parallel
interfaces: RS232, USB, firewire, controller area network (CAN), GPIB, Industrial Ethernet. OLE for Process Control (OPC) (11+7)

ADVANCED FEATURES IN LabVIEW: System identification and control design, signal processing, image acquisition and
processing, data logging and supervisory control, LabVIEW Interface for Arduino, case studies on machine vision, motion control,
GSD applications. (11+8)

Total: L: 45 T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Jovitha Jerome, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
2. Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin and Matt Nawrocki, “LabVIEW Advanced Programming Techniques”, CRC Press, 2009.

102
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
3. Mathivanan, N. “PC-Based Instrumentation”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
4. Sanjay Gupta and Joseph John, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
5. Gary Johnson and Richard Jennings, “LabVIEW Graphical Programming”, McGraw Hill Inc., 2006.

18EA22 / 18EE21 / 18ED22 / 18EM23 INTERNET OF THINGS


3204
FUNDAMENTALS OF IoT: Introduction to Internet of Things (IoT) – Machine to Machine (M2M) – Functional Characteristics –
Recent Trends in the Adoption of IoT – Societal Benefits of IoT – Consumer IoT vs Industrial Functional Components of a typical IoT
System: Sensors, Actuators, Embedded Computation Units, Communication Interfaces, Software Development (9+5)

IoT PROTOCOLS: Physical and Data Linnk Layer Protocols: RFID: NFC, FFC, ZigBEE, Bluetooth Low Energy, Z-Wave, Wi-Fi,
Wireless HART - Network Layer Protocols: IPv4, IPv6, TCP & UDP, 6LoWPAN - Application Layer Protocols: COAP, MQTT
(13+10)
CLOUD COMPUTING: NIST Visual Model – Essential Characteristics – Components of Cloud Computing - Service Models –
Deployment Models – Service Management and Security – Examples – Basics of Fog Computing (12+7)

SECURITY IN IoT: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Networks Attacks: Basic Types, RFID Security – Security Issues in ZigBEE: Bluetooth
Security: Threats to Bluetooth Devices and Networks - IoT Applications: Health Care, Connected Vehicles, Smart Grid, Smart
Home, and Smart City (11+8)

Total: L: 45 T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on Approach)”, Universities Press, 2015.
2. Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, UK, 2014.
3. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick and Omar Elloumi, “The Internet of Things: Key Applications and Protocols”, John Wiley
and Sons Ltd., UK 2012.
4. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of Things”, Springer, New York, 2011.
5. Johnny Cache, Joshua Wright and Vincent Liu, “Hacking Exposed Wireless: Wireless Security Secrets and Solutions”, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
6. Himanshu Dwivedi, Chris Clark and David Thiel, “Mobile Application Security”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

18EA23 / 18EE22 / 18ED23 / 18EM22 TOTALLY INTEGRATED AUTOMATION


3204
INTRODUCTION TO FACTORY & PROCESS AUTOMATION: Evolution of Industrial Versions - Control elements of Industrial
Automation - IEC/ ISA Standards for Control Elements – Selection criteria for control elements – Utilisation Category with IEC
standards - Construction of Relay Ladder logic with different control elements- Need for PLC - PLC evolution. (6+3)

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS: Architecture of PLC - Types of PLC – PLC modules, PLC Configuration - Scan cycle
- Capabilities of PLC- Selection criteria for PLC – PLC Communication - PLC Wiring - Installation of PLC and its Modules.
Types of Programming – Bit Instructions - Timers and counters – PLC arithmetic functions PTO / PWM generation - High Speed
Counter – Analog Scaling – Encoder Interfacing - Servo drive control – Stepper Motor Control. (12+13)

HMI SYSTEMS: Need for HMI in Industrial Automation, Types of HMI – Configuration of HMI, Screen development and navigation,
Configuration of HMI elements / objects and Interfacing with PLC. (6+7)

NETWORKING: PLC Networking - Networking standards & IEEE Standard - Protocols - Field bus - Process bus and Ethernet –
EttherCAT (7+0)

SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION: Architecture – Tools – Tag Configuration - Internal & External graphics,
Alarm logging – Tag logging – structured tags – Trends – history – Report generation (14+7)

Total: 75 L: 45 + T: 30
REFERENCES:
1. W. Bolton, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, Elsevier Ltd., 2015.
2. Frank D Petruzella, “Programmable Logic Controllers ‖”, McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. John R Hackworth and Fredrick D Hackworth Jr., “Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and Applications ‖”,
Pearson Education, 2006.

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

18EA24 ALGORITHMS FOR VLSI DESIGN AUTOMATION


3003
INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN METHODOLOGIES: VLSI Design problem - The Design Domains-Design methods and
Technologies.
(3)
ALGORITHMIC GRAPH THEORY AND COMPUTATIONAL COMPLEXITY: Data structures for the representation of graphs -
Computational Complexity - Graph Algorithms - Depth first search - Breadth first search - Dijkstra's shortest path algorithm - Prim's
algorithm. (8)

103
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
PLACEMENT, PARTITIONING AND FLOOR PLANNING: Circuit representation - Types of Placement Problem - Placement
Algorithms- Constructive Placement, Iterative Improvement - Partitioning - Kernighan - Lin Partitioning algorithm - Floor Planning -
Representation - Shape functions and floor plan sizing. (11)

ROUTING: Local routing problems - Area routing - Channel routing - Channel Routing Models, The Vertical Constraint Graph,
Horizontal Constraints and the Left-edge Algorithm, Channel Routing Algorithms - Global routing - Standard-cell, Building-block
Layout and Channel Order, Algorithms for Global Routing. (11)
SIMULATION: Gate level modeling and simulation - Compiler driven simulation - Event driven simulation - Switch-level modeling
and simulation. (6)

HIGH LEVEL SYNTHESIS: Hardware models - Allocation - Assignment - Scheduling - Assignment Problem - High level
transformation. (6)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Abramovici M, Brever A and Friendman D, "Digital Systems Testing and Testable Design", Jaico Publishing House, 2014.
2. Naveed Sherwani, "Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation", Springer-Verlag, 2013.
3. Sabih H.Gerez, "Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation", John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
4. Sadiq M Sait and Habib Youssef, "VLSI Physical Design Automation", IEEE Press, New York, 2010.
5. WayneWolf, "Modern VLSI Design: Systems on Chip Design", Pearson Education Inc., Indian Reprint, 2007.

18EA25 VLSI TESTING AND TESTABILITY


3003
FAULT MODELS AND FAULT SIMULATION: Need for testing - Fault models - Fault detection and redundancy - Combinational
circuits – Sequential circuits - Fault equivalence - Fault dominance – Logic simulation - Compiler driven Simulation - Event driven
Simulation - Fault simulation techniques - Serial, parallel, deductive. (11)

TESTING FOR SINGLE STUCK AT - FAULTS: Test generation algorithms for combinational circuits - Fault oriented ATG – D-
algorithm – Examples – PODEM – Fault independent ATG - Random test generation – ATG for SSFs in sequential circuits - TG
using iterative array models - Random test generation. (12)

DELAY TEST & ANALOG SIGNAL TEST: Delay test problem – Path delay test – Transition faults – Delay test methodologies.
Analog And Mixed Signal Test : DSP based analog and mixed signal test – Static ADC and DAC testing methods - Model based
Analog and Mixed signal Test - Analog fault models-Analog fault simulation – Analog ATPG (11)

DESIGN FOR TESTABILITY: Adhoc design for testability techniques - Controllability and Observability by means of scan registers
– Storage cells for scan designs – Level Sensitive Scan Design (LSSD) - Partial Scan – Boundary scan – BIST concepts and
architectures. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Abramovici M., Brever A. and Friedman D., "Digital Systems Testing and Testable Design", Jaico Publishing House, 2013.
2. Xiaoqing Wen, Cheng Wen Wu and Laung Terng Wang, “VLSI Test Principles and Architectures: Design for Testability”,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.
3. Michael L Bushnell and Vishwani D Agarwal, “Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital, Memory and Mixed Signal Circuits”,
Springer, 2002.
4. Parag K Lala, “Fault Tolerant and Fault Testable Hardware Design”, BS Publications, 2002.
5. Stanley L Hurst, “VLSI Testing : Digital and Mixed Analogue Digital Techniques”, Institute of Electrical Engineers,1998.

18EA26 MIXED SIGNAL VLSI DESIGN


3003

SIGMA DELTA CONVERTERS: Over Sampled Converters - Over Sampling With Out Noise & With Noise - Implementation
Imperfections - First Order Modulator - Decimation Filters - Higher Order Modulators – Sigma Delta DAC & ADCs (11)

CONTINUOUS TIME FILTERS & DIGITAL FILTERS: Introduction to Gm - C filters - bipolar transconductors - CMOS
Transconductors using Triode transistors, active transistors - BiCMOS transconductors – MOSFET C Filters - Tuning Circuitry -
Dynamic range performance - Digital Filters: Sampling – decimation – interpolation - implementation of FIR and IIR filters. (11)

PHASE LOCKED LOOPS AND MIXED SIGNAL LAYOUT: Basic Architecture of PLL, Charge Pump PLL, Non-ideal effects in
PLLs, Applications.
CMOS design rules – Layout of CMOS – Capacitors – Resistors – Mixed layout issues: Floor planning, power supply and ground,
fully differential matching, Guard rings and shielding. (12)

ANALOG AND MIXED SIGNAL EXTENSIONS TO VHDL: Introduction - Language design objectives - Theory of differential
algebraic equations - the 1076 .1 Language - Tolerance groups - Conservative systems - Time and the simulation cycle - A/D and
D/A Interaction - Quiescent Point - Frequency domain modeling and examples. (11)

Total L : 45
REFERENCES:
1. Phillip Allen and Douglas Holberg “CMOS Analog Circuit Design”, Oxford University Press, 2000, 3rd Edition, 2014.
2. David A Johns and Ken Martin, “Analog Integrated Circuit Design”, John Wiley and Sons, 2002, 2nd Edition, 2011.
3. Behzad Razavi ,“ Design Of Analog Cmos Integrated Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

104
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
4. Jacob Baker, Harry W Li, and David E Boyce “CMOS, Circuit Design Layout and Simulation”, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2nd Edition
August, 2010.
5. Rudy van de Plassche “Integrated Analog-to-Digital and Digital-to-Analog Converters”, Springer, 2007.
6. Tsividis Y P, “Mixed Analog and Digital VLSI Devices and Technology”, McGraw Hill, 1996.

18EA27 HARDWARE DESIGN VERIFICATION TECHNIQUES


3003
VERIFICATION TECHNIQUES: Introduction – Testing Versus Verification – Design and Verification reuse. Techniques based on
simulation – Analytical and Formal approaches – Function verification – Timing verification – Formal verification – Basic of
equivalence checking and model checking. (10)

VERIFICATION TOOLS: Linting Tools – Simulators – Waveform viewers – Code Coverage – Functional Coverage – Metrics.
VERITIFCATION PLAN: Levels of verification – Verification Strategies – Test cases – Test benches. (13)

STIMULUS AND RESPONSE: Reference signals – Simple stimulus – Simple output – Complex Stimulus and response –
Transaction Level Interface. (11)

ARCHITECTING TEST BENCHES: Test Hardness – VHDL Test Hardness – Design Configuration – Self Checking Test benches –
Directed stimulus – Random stimulus – VHDL configuration management. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Andreas Meyer, “Principles of Functional Verification”, Newnes, 2009.
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Design Verification with e”, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. Janick Bergeron, “Writing Test Benches: Functional Verification of HDL Models” Springer 2003.
4. M Kerrel Iran and Robert P Kustbern, “Verification of Digital and Hybrid Systems”, Springer Verlag, 2000.
5. Thomas Kropf “Introduction to Formal Hardware Verification”, Springer Verlag, 1999.

18EA28 SYSTEM ON CHIP


3003
INTRODUCTION: System trade offs and evolution of ASIC Technology – System on chip concepts and methodology – SoC design
issues – SoC challenges and components. (4)

DESIGN METHODOLOGIC FOR LOGIC CORES: SoC Design Flow – On-chip buses – Design process for hard cores – Soft and
firm cores – Designing with hard cores, soft cores – Core and SoC design examples. (8)

DESIGN METHODOLOGY FOR MEMORY AND ANALOG CORES: Embedded memories – Simulation modes – Specification of
analog circuits – A to D converter – D to A converter – Phase-locked loops – High speed I/O (11)

DESIGN VALIDATION: Core level validation – Test benches- SoC design validation – Co-simulation – Hardware/software co-
verification. (11)

SOC TESTING: SoC Test issues – Testing of digital logic cores – Cores with boundary scan – Test methodology for design reuse –
Testing of microprocessor cores – Built in self test method – Testing of embedded memories. Case Studies. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Rajanish K Kamat, Santosh A Shinde, Vinod G Shelake, “Unleesh the System-on-Chip using FPGAs and Handle C, Spinger
2009.
2. Laung-Terng Wang, Charles E Stroud and Nur A Toubq, “System on Chip Test Architectures: Nanometer Design for
Testability”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.
3. Wgel Badawy, Graham A Jullien, “System-on-Chip for Real-Time Applications”, Kluwer Academic Press, 2003.
4. Rochit Rajsuman, “System-on-a-chip: Design and Test”, Artech House, London, 2000.

18EA29 ASIC DESIGN


3003
INTRODUCTION TO ASICS, CMOS LOGIC AND ASIC LIBRARY DESIGN: Types of ASICs - Design flow - CMOS transistors
CMOS Design rules - Combinational Logic Cell – Sequential Logic cell - Data path logic cell - Transistors as Resistors - Transistor
Parasitic Capacitance - Logical effort - Library cell design - Library architecture. (11)

PROGRAMMABLE ASICS: Anti fuse - static RAM - EPROM and EEPROM technology - PREP benchmarks - Actel ACT - Xilinx
LCA - Altera FLEX - Altera MAX DC & AC inputs and outputs - Clock & Power inputs - Xilinx I/O blocks. (11)

PROGRAMMABLE ASIC INTERCONNECT, PROGRAMMABLE ASIC DESIGN SOFTWARE AND LOW LEVEL DESIGN
ENTRY: Actel ACT - Xilinx LCA - Xilinx EPLD - Altera MAX 5000 and 7000 - Design systems - Logic Synthesis - Half gate ASIC -
Schematic entry - Low level design language – Introduction to PLA tools. (7)

LOGIC SYNTHESIS, SIMULATION AND TESTING: VHDL and logic synthesis - types of simulation - boundary scan test - fault
simulation automatic test pattern generation. (6)

105
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
ASIC CONSTRUCTION, FLOOR PLANNING, PLACEMENT AND ROUTING: System partition - FPGA partitioning - partitioning
methods - floor planning - placement - physical design flow - global routing - detailed routing - special routing - circuit extraction. (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Smith M.J.S., "Application - Specific Integrated Circuits", Addison - Wesley Longman Inc., 2013.
2. Chu P., “FPGA Prototyping by VHDL Examples”, Wiley, 2008.
3. Francis R.J., Rose J., Vranesic Z.G., Brown S.D., “Field Programmable Gate Arrays", Springer Verleg, 2007.
4. Mohammed Ismail and Terri Fiez, "Analog VLSI Signal and Information Processing ", McGraw Hill, 1994.
5. Andrew Brown, "VLSI Circuits and Systems in Silicon", McGraw Hill, 1991.
6. Kung S.Y., Whilo House H.J., Kailath T., "VLSI and Modern Signal Processing", Prentice Hall, 1985.

18EA30 OPERATING SYSTEMS


3003
INTRODUCTION: Operating system structure – Function – Evolutions of Operating Systems - Serial processing, Batch Processing,
Multiprocessing, Time-sharing operating systems - Distributed OS - Multiprocessor OS – Real-time OS – Introduction to system
calls. (4)

PROCESS MANAGEMENT: Introduction to processes –Threads - Scheduling objectives - Scheduling Criteria - Types of scheduling
algorithms – Performance comparison – Inter-process communications - Synchronization – Semaphores – Deadlock - Prevention,
Recovery, Detection – Avoidance. (9)

MEMORY MANAGEMENT: Single contiguous allocation – Partitioned allocation – Paging – Virtual memory concepts – Swapping –
Demand paging – Page replacement algorithms – Segmentation – Segmentation with paging. (11)

DEVICE AND FILE MANAGEMENT: Principles of I/O hardware – I/O software – Disks – Disk Scheduling Algorithms – File Systems
– Files-Directories- File system implementation – Allocation methods – Security – Protection mechanisms. (11)

CASE STUDIES:
LINUX – History – Design Principles – Kernel modules – Process Management – Scheduling – Memory Management – File
Systems – Input and Output – Inter-process Communication – Network Structure – Security. (5)

WINDOWS 7 – History – Design Principles – System Components – Terminal Services and Fast User Switching –File System –
Networking – Programmer Interface. (5)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern OS”, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2015.
2. Dhamdhere D. M., “Operating Systems- A Concept Based Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2014.
3. Silberschatz A., Galvin P and Gagne G., “Operating System Concepts”, John Wiley and Sons, Singapore, 2013.
4. Deitel H M., Deitel P J. and Choffnes D R.,” An Introduction to Operating Systems”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.
5. William Stallings, “Operating Systems”, Prentice-Hall, 2007.
6. Mukesh Singhal and Niranjan G Shivaratis, “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2004.

18EA31 LINEAR SYSTEMS


3003
MATHEMATICAL DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM: Causality, Lumpedness, Linearity, Linearization, Concept of state, state variables
and state model, State space representation using physical, phase and canonical variables, Comparison of input-output description
and state variable description, MIMO systems, Discretization of a continuous time model. (11)

SOLUTION OF STATE EQUATIONS: State transition matrix-Significance, Properties, Computation, solution of continuous time
state equation, impulse response matrix, Solution of discrete time state equation, Solution of linear time variant systems, Transfer
function from state space model, similarity transformation, decomposition of transfer functions - direct, cascade and parallel
decomposition techniques. (12)

CONCEPT OF CONTROLLABILITY AND OBSERVABILITY: Kalman`s and Gilbert`s test, State feedback controller design using
Ackermann’s formula, Design of full order observer using Ackermann’s formula, Duality, Observer based controller design,
Reduced order observer design, Controllability and observability of Discrete LTI systems, Controllability and observability of linear
time variant systems, Effect of pole-zero cancellation. (11)

STABILITY: Stability in the sense of Lyapunov, asymptotic stability of linear time invariant continuous and discrete systems,
Solution of Lyapunov equation, internal stability, stability of linear time variant system. (12)
Total: L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Gopal M, “Modern Control System Theory”, New Age International, 2014.
2. Chen CT, “Linear System Theory and Design”, Oxford University Press, 2012.
3. William L Brogan, “Modern Control Theory”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
4. Katsuhiko Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
5. Benjamin C Kuo, “Automatic Control Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

106
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
18EA32 LINUX ARCHITECTURE
3003
INTRODUCTION: Evolution of Linux OS – Main characteristics of Linux – Typical Linux distributions – Linux directory structure –
User and super/root users – access rights – Home directory – Vi editior - Commands – Overview of shell and GUI. (11)

LINUX KERNAL ARCHITECTURE: Layer diagram of OS - Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) – Memory manager – scheduler – file
system – I/O subsystem – Networking subsystem – IPC – user space. (11)

LINUX FILE SYSTEM: Layers of Linux file system – structure of inode – process file system – The Ext2 File system – System
programming concepts – API & ABIs – C library and compiler. (11)

DEVICE DRIVER: System start up (Booting) Methods - PC I/O architecture – classification of Linux devices: character and block
devices – port I/O – PCI and ISA bus – polling, interrupt, and waiting queue – Device Files - Device driver Registration – Device
driver initialization – I/O operation - typical Linux driver – dynamic and static drivers - kernel modules – Linking and unlinking of
modules – On Demand modules linking. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Robert Love, “LINUX System Programming”, Shroff Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
2. Raghavan P., Amol Lad, Sriram Neelakandan, “Embedded Linux System Design and Development”, Tailor & Francis Group,
2006
3. Daniel P. Bovet, Marco Cesati, “Understanding the Linux Kernel”, Shroff Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
4. Tim Jones M., “GNU/Linux Application Programming”, Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
5. Michael Beck, Harald Bohme, Mirko Dziadzka, Ulrich Kunitz, "Linux Kernel Programming", Pearson Education, 2002.

18EA33 / 18EE29 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS


3003
CHARACTERISTICS OF WSN: Characteristic requirements for WSN, Challenges for WSNs, WSN vs Adhoc Networks, Sensor
node architecture, Commercially available sensor nodes, Physical layer and transceiver design considerations in WSNs, Energy
usage profile, Choice of modulation scheme, Dynamic modulation scaling, Antenna considerations. (11)

MEDIUM ACCESS AND ROUTING: Fundamentals of MAC protocols, Low duty cycle protocols and wakeup concepts, Contention
based protocols, Schedule-based protocols: SMAC - BMAC - Traffic-adaptive medium access protocol (TRAMA), The IEEE
802.15.4 MAC protocol. Routing And Data Gathering Protocols, Routing Challenges and Design Issues in Wireless Sensor
Networks, Flooding and gossiping, Data centric Routing, Energy aware routing, Hierarchical Routing, Real Time routing Protocols.
(12)
LOCALIZATION AND MANIPULATION: Localization and positioning, Coverage and connectivity, Single-hop and multihop
localization, Self configuring localization systems, Sensor management. Data Storage and Manipulation, Data centric and content
based routing, Storage and retrieval in network, Compression technologies for WSN, Data Aggregation Techniques. (11)

OPERATING SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS: Operating Systems for Wireless Sensor Networks, Design Issues, Examples of
Operating Systems: TinyOS – Mate – MagnetOS – MANTIS. WSN Applications, Home Control, Building Automation, Medical
Applications, - Reconfigurable Sensor Networks, Civil and Environmental Engineering Applications Nanoscopic Sensor Applications,
Case Study: IEEE 802.15.4 LR-WPANs Standard - Target detection and tracking - Contour/edge detection - Field sampling. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor Networks Technology, Protocols, and Applications“, John
Wiley & Sons, 2015.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks”, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2015.
3. K. Akkaya and M. Younis, “A survey of routing protocols in wireless sensor networks”, Elsevier Ad Hoc Network Journal, Vol. 3,
No. 3, pp. 325 - 349, 2005.
4. Anna Ha´c, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2007.
5. Raghavendra, Cauligi S, Sivalingam, Krishna M., Zanti Taieb, “Wireless Sensor Network”, Springer, 2004.

18EA34 ELECTRONIC PRODUCT DESIGN


3003
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM DESIGN: Top down design - product concept - innovation - creativity - validation – communication -
product requirements - system architecture development - trade-off analysis - cost modelling - circuit design - physical and
mechanical design - Tolerance and reliability - Quality control - quality assurance - quality functional deployment - assignment
matrices – checklist - quality in the design process - concurrent design - risk analysis - quality in production (11)

ELECTRONIC PACKAGING: IC packaging: Leaded package, TABITCP package - COB, flip-chip, BGA, CSP-Discrete components
- Board to board connectors - substrates - Escape routing - PCA/module design metrics - Electronic packaging metrics-I/O
hardware: buttons, switches, dials and touch screens, speakers, microphones, antennas, and external connectors. (11)

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY & MECHANICAL DESIGN: Electromagnetic fields and human health – EMC Control :
Characterizing the threat – Laws and Regulators – EMC Design : Grounding and shielding – Emission Suppression – Susceptibility
hardening - EMC Testing - EMI shielding

THERMAL MANAGEMENT: High level thermal analysis, thermal issues in notebook computers - mechanical integration - DFMA
analysis. (11)

107
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
PORTABLE ELECTRONICS : Digital and Analog processing: microprocessor, logic devices, microcontrollers, DSP, analog devices,
sensors, wireless communication, system memory and mass storage - Displays: Display technologies - Flexible OLED Displays -
LED-LCD-micro display - pen input - power sources - Battery technologies: Ni-Cd, alkaline, Ni-MH, lithium ion, lithium polymer,
photovoltaic cells, fuel cells - product implementation - high level power analysis-Case study: Cellular phones - portable PCs -
Personal digital assistants - digital imaging products. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Tim Williams, “EMC for Product Designers”, 5th Edition, Copyright@2017 Elsevier Ltd.
2. Bert Haskell, “Portable Electronics Product Design and Development: For Cellular Phones, PDAs, Digital Cameras, Personal
Electronics and More”, McGraw Hill, 2010.
3. Tony Ward and James Angus, “Electronic Product Design”, Chapman and Hall publications, 1996.

18EA35 / 18EE33 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING


3003
IMAGE FORMATION AND ENHANCEMENT: Human visual system – Sampling and Quantization – Color fundamentals – Spatial
domain processing – Simple image operations – Point wise intensity transformations - Histogram processing - Linear and non-linear
noise smoothening – Sharpening - Derivatives – Laplacian – Combing spatial enhancement methods. (11)

FREQUENCY TRANSFORMS AND APPLICATIONS: Frequency domain processing – 2-D transforms: DFT, DCT, and DWT–
Properties – Frequency domain filtering techniques–Sub band coding of image compression – Coding techniques: Huffman, Run
length and Block transform – JPEG – Performance metrics. (11)

IMAGE RESTORATION AND RECONSTRUCTION: Image degradation – Noise models – Image observation models- Spatial
filtering: mean filters, order statistics filters, adaptive filters - Inverse filtering - Wiener filtering – Constrained least squares filtering.
Image Reconstruction from projections – Radon transform and it’s Application. (11)

SEGMENTATION AND FEATURE EXTRACTION: Edge detection: Gradient operators - edge linking and boundary detection:
Global processing via Hough transforms, Graph theoretic techniques – Thresholding techniques – K-means Clustering – Feature
extraction: Boundary feature descriptors – Region feature descriptors – Principal components – SIFT. Object Recognition
applications. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Gonzalez R.C., Woods R.E., “Digital Image Processing”, Fourth Edition, Pearson, 2017.
2. Jayaraman S., Esakkirajan S., Veerakumar T., “Digital Image Processing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. Jain A.K., “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2010.

18EA36 DIGITAL VIDEO PROCESSING


3003
VIDEO FILTERING: Digital video standards: Resolution, frame rate, and interface – Quality assessment - Video format conversion:
Down conversion, De-Interlacing - Frame rate conversion - Multi-frame noise filtering - Multi-frame restoration - Super resolution.
(11)
MOTION ESTIMATION AND COMPENSATION: 2D and 3D motion - Block matching methods - Optical flow estimation - Differential
methods: Lucas-Kanade method, Horn-Schunk method - Transform domain phase correlation method - Subpixel and region based
motion compensation techniques. (11)

COMPRESSION AND STANDARDS: Basics of 2D image compression – JPEG – 3D DCT Transform coding – 3D subband coding
using wavelets – Motion compensated transform coding – Scalable video coding – Coding standards: MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG4-
AVC/ITU-T H.264. (11)

SEGMENTATION AND TRACKING: Image Segmentation: Thresholding, Clustering and Active - contour models - Change
detection - Background modeling and subtraction - Motion segmentation - Motion tracking: Kanade-Lucas-Tomasi tracking - Mean
shift tracking - Tracking performance metrics. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Murat Tekalp, “Digital Video Processing”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
2. John W Woods, “Multidimensional Signal, Image and Video Processing and Coding”, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, USA,
2012.
3. Bovik A., “The Essential Guide to Video Processing”, Academic Press, USA, 2009.

18EA37 WAVELETS AND APPLICATIONS


3003
WAVELETS: Vector spaces – Relationship between functions, Sequences, Vectors – Properties – Fourier transform and non-
stationary signals – Limitations – Review of sampling theorem.
Haar Wavelet: Analysis of Haar wavelet in function of scale and time – Haar multire solution Analysis: Analysis part and Synthesis
part – Frequency domain analysis of Haar filter bank.
Daubechies Family: Calculation of scaling function – Daub-4 and Daub–6 design details. (12)

108
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
CONTINUOUS WAVELET TRANSFORM: The uncertainty principle – Time-bandwidth product – Time-Frequency tiling – STFT and
wavelets – CWT-Comparison of STFT and CWT – Interpretation of spectrogram plot – Reconstruction and Admissibility –
Discreitization of scale. (11)

DISCRETE WAVELET TRANSFORM: Dyadic MRA – Theorem – Inverse DWT computation – Bi-orthogonal and orthogonal filter
banks – Construction of Orthogonal filterbank – Variants of MRA: Splines and Wavelet packets.
Other Wavelet Families: Mortlet, Mexican Hat, and Gabor – Multi-dimensional wavelets: 2-D Haar wavelet transform. (12)

APPLICATIONS: Review and demonstration of different wavelet applications: Compression – Denoising – Analysis of biomedical
signals and power signals. (10)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Vikram M Gadre and Aditya S Abhyankar, “Multiresolution and Multirate Signal Processing”, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
2. Soman K.P. and Ramachandran K.I., “Insight into Wavelets - From Theory to Practice”, Prentice Hall of India, 2010.
3. Mallat S., “A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing: The Sparse Way”, 3rd Edition, Academic Press, 2009.
4. Rao R.M. and Bopardikar A.S., “Wavelet Transforms: Introduction to Theory and Applications”, Addison Wesley, Reprint, 2003.
5. Gilbert Strang and Truong Nguyen, “Wavelets and Filter Banks”, Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 1997.

18EA38 BIOSIGNAL PROCESSING


3003
BIO SIGNALS: Nature of Biomedical signals, Types: Action Potential, Electroneurogram (ENG), Electromyogram (EMG),
Electrocardiogram (ECG), Electroencephalogram (EEG), Electrogastrogram (EGG), Phonocardiogram (PCG),
Photoplethysmography (PPG). (11)

FILTERING FOR REMOVAL OF ARTIFACTS: Stationary versus non-stationary processes, Noise in event-related potentials, High-
frequency noise in the ECG, Motion artifact in the ECG, Power-line interference in ECG signals, Maternal interference in fetal ECG,
Time domain filters, Frequency domain filters, Optimal filtering: The wiener Filter, Adaptive filters for removal of Interference,
Application: Removal of Artifacts in the ECG. (12)

MODELING STOCHASTIC SIGNALS: Random Processes, Mean and Autocorrelation function of a Random Processes,
Stationarity and Ergodicity, General Linear Processes, Yule-Walker Equations, Autoregressive (AR) Processes, Moving Average
(MA) Processes, Autoregressive- Moving Average(ARMA) Processes, Harmonic Processes. (12)

SIGNAL COMPRESSION: Direct Digital compression Techniques, Transformation Compression Techniques, Other Compression
Techniques and Comparison. (10)
.
Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Rangaraj M. Rangayyan, “Biomedical Signal Analysis, A Case Study Approach”, IEEE Press, 2014.
2. D.C. Reddy, “Biomedical Signal Processing, Principles and Techniques”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Eugene N. Bruce “Biomedical Signal Processing and Signal Modeling”, Wiley Series, 2007.
4. Joseph D Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, CRC Press, IEEE Press, 2000, 3rd Edition, May 2006.
5. Kenneth E Banner and Gonzalo R Arce, “Nonlinear Signal & Image Processing – Theory Methods & Applications”, CRC Press,
New York, 2004.
6. Willis J Tompkins, “Bio Medical Digital Signal Processing”: C Language Example and Lab, Prentice Hall INC, New Delhi, 2004.

18EA39 / 18ED33 / 18EE35 / 18EM32 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES


3003
LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Statement of Optimization problems, Graphical method, Simplex method, Revised simplex method, Two
phase simplex method, Duality in linear programming, Sensitivity analysis. (12)

NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING (UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION): Direct search methods - Univariate method, Pattern search
method, Simplex method, Descent methods - Steepest Descent method, Conjugate gradient method, Quasi Newton method. (11)

NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING (CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION): Direct methods - The Complex method, Zoutendijk’s Method
of Feasible Directions, Rosen’s Gradient Projection Method, Indirect method - Transformation Techniques, Basic Approach of the
Penalty Function Method, Interior Penalty Function Method, Exterior Penalty Function Method. (11)

DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Multistage decision process, Suboptimization and Principle of Optimality, Computational procedure,
Final value problem to initial value problem, Linear Programming as a Case of Dynamic Programming, Continuous dynamic
programming (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Sharma J K, “Operations Research: Theory and Applications”, Macmillan Company, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Hamdy A Taha, “Operations Research: An Introduction”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Gupta C B, “Optimization Techniques in Operations Research”, I K International, New Delhi, 2012.

109
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018

18EA40 / 18EE28 INTERNETWORKING AND APPLICATIONS


3003
INTERNETWORKING: Overview of Internetworking, Underlying networking technologies, Concept and Architectural model,
Protocol layering – LAN Fundamentals – Wired LANS : ETHERNET Protocol – Wireless LANS : 1EEE 802.11, Bluetooth, WiMax -
Connecting Devices : Repeaters, Hub, Switches, Routers, Unicast Routing - Multicast Routing (12)

NETWORK PROTOCOLS AND APPLICATIONS: Protocols: Network layer introduction - Network layer protocols : IPv4 Datagram
Format, IPv4 Addresses, Forwarding IP packets, ICMPv4 – DHCP, Transport layer protocols - Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
– User Datagram Protocols (UDP) - Applications : Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) – Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension
(MIME) – World Wide Web and HTTP – Remote login : Telnet, Electronic Mail - Next Generation IP. (11)

NETWORK MANAGEMENET AND SECURITY: Areas of Network Management – SNMP – SMI – MIB - ASN.1, Introduction to
network security – Confidentiality – Message Integrity - Message Authentication - Digital Signature – Digital Certification – HTTPS-
Entry Authentication - Key management – Internet Security – Firewalls. (11)

MOBILE NETWORKS & MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS: Mobile phone technologies: different generations, Mobile Internet
Protocol, Synchronization and replication protocols, WAP Architecture: Introduction, Components, Infrastructure, Security issues,
WAP gateways.
Multimedia Networking Applications, Streaming stored video, Voice over IP, Protocols for real-time conversational applications,
network support for multimedia. (11)

Total L : 45
REFERENCES:
1. Behrouz A Forouzan and Firouz Mosharraf, “Computer Network – a Top Down Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.
2. Jochen Burkhardt, Horst Henn, Stefan Hepper, Klaus Rindtoroff, Thomas Schaeck, “Pervasive Computing – Technology and
Architecture of Mobile Internet Applications”, Pearson, 2012.
3. James F. Kurose, Keith W.Ross, ”Computer Networking – a Top Down Approach”, Pearson, 2012.
4. Behraouz A Forouzan, “TCP/IP Protocol Suite”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
5. Doughlas Comer, “Internetworking with TCP/IP : Principles, Protocols and Architecture”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006.

18EA41 / 18EE38 SOFT COMPUTING


3003
FEED FORWARD NETWORKS AND SUPERVISED LEARNING: Fundamentals – Biological neural network – Artificial neuron –
Activation function – Learning rules - Perceptron Networks – Adaline – Madaline – Back propagation networks – Learning factors –
Linear separability. Hopfield network – Discrete Hopfield networks – Associative memories – Recurrent auto association memory –
Bi-directional associative memory – Boltzman machine. (12)

UNSUPERVISED LEARNING NETWORKS: Hamming networks – Self-organising feature maps – Adaptive resonance theory
network – Instar model – Outstar model – Counter propagation network – Radial basis function networks (10)

FUZZY SETS AND RELATIONS: Properties and Operations on Classical and Fuzzy Sets - Crisp and Fuzzy Relations - Cardinality,
Properties and Operations, Composition, Tolerance and Equivalence Relations - Fuzzy Ordering - Simple Problems. Features of
membership function - Standard forms and Boundaries - fuzzification - membership value assignments - Fuzzy to Crisp Conversions
- Lambda Cuts for fuzzy sets and relations – Defuzzification methods (11)

GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND SOFT COMPUTING APPLICATIONS: Introduction – Genetic operators – Selection, cross-over and
mutation – Fitness function – A simple genetic algorithm – Applications, .Application of Neural Networks: Pattern Recognition -
Image compression – Communication - Control systems, Applications of Fuzzy Logic: Fuzzy Pattern Recognition - Fuzzy Image
compression - Fuzzy Logic controllers. (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Sivanandam S N, Sumathi S. and Deepa S. N., “Introduction to Neural Networks using Matlab 6.0”, Tata McGraw Hill Publications,
New Delhi, 20th Reprint, 2014.
2. Sivanandam S N, and Deepa S. N., “Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2nd Edition, June 2011.
3. Timothy Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 3rd Edition, 2010.
4. Laurene Fausett, “Fundamentals of Neural Networks”, Pearson Education India, New Delhi, 2004.
5. David E Goldberg, “Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimisation and Machine Learning, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.
6. Zimmermann H.J., “Fuzzy set Theory and its Applications”, Springer India (P) Ltd., New Delhi, Nov. 2001.

18EA42 / 18EE39 / 18ED36 / 18EM33 MACHINE LEARNING AND APPLICATIONS


3003
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS: Basic Definitions, Types of learning, Probability Theory, Probability Reasoning, Model Selection,
Curse of Dimensionality, Decision Theory, Information Theory, Binary Variables, Multinomial Variables, Gaussian Distribution,
Exponential Family, Nonparametric Methods, Belief Networks. (12)

LINEAR MODELS FOR REGRESSION AND CLASSIFICATION: Linear Basis Function Models, Bias-Variance Decomposition,
Bayesian Linear Regression, Bayesian Model Comparison, Evidence Approximation, Limitations of Fixed Basis Functions,
Discriminant Functions, Probabilistic Generative and Discriminative Models, Laplace Approximation, Bayesian Logistic Regression.
(11)

110
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
NEURAL NETWORKS: Introduction, Reforcement Learning, Feed-forward Network functions, Error Back propagation, Hessian
Matrix, Mixture Density Networks, Bayesian Neural Networks, Convolution Neural Network, Dual Representations, Constructing
Kernels, Gaussian Processes, Maximum Margin Classifiers, Relevance Vector Machines. (11)

APPLICATIONS OF MACHINE LEARNING ALGORITHMS: Content Based Image Retrieval, Machine Learning Approach for face
Recognition, Computer Aided Diagnosis, Computer Vision, Speech Recognition, Text Mining, Thinking Machines, Smart Machines,
Business Applications of Deep Learning, Software Reliability Prediction, Medical Imaging. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Pradeep Kumar and Arvind Tiwari., “Ubiquitous Machine Learning and Its Applications”, IGI Global, 2017.
2. David Barber., “Bayesian Reasoning and Machine Learning”, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Christopher M Bishop., “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, New Delhi, 2013.

18EA43 INDUSTRIAL DRIVES FOR AUTOMATION


3003
DYNAMICS OF ELECTRIC DRIVES: Fundamental torque equation - multi-quadrant operation- nature and classification of load
torques- modes of operation. Induction Motor Drives: Construction - Principle – performance characteristics – stator voltage
control, frequency control, v/f control, rotor resistance control. (10)

VECTOR CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES: Introduction to Park’s and Clarke’s transformation - Principle of vector
control - Direct vector control-indirect vector control - stator flux oriented vector control - rotor flux oriented vector control –
sensorless control - Direct torque control. (12)

SPECIAL DRIVES: PMSM – principle - PMSM flux density distribution - Controller – SynRM - principle - magnetic flux density and
operating point - BLDC - principle, controller – Stepper motor – types, drive circuit. (12)

CONFIGURATIONS OF I/O CONTROL: AC drive Hardware Blocks – Control Blocks – Automatic Motor Adaptation –
Parameterization of Drives (Local and Remote). Digital input and output - Analog input and Output control - word access - motion
control - sequential logic control(SLC) - parameterization of different communication protocol: RS 485 – MODBUS – PROFIBUS. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Gopal K Dubey, "Fundamentals of Electric Drives", Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2005.
2. John Park, Steve Mackey and Edwin Wright, "Data Communications for Instrumentation and Control", Elsevier, 2003.
3. Ned Mohan, “Advanced Electric Drives: Analysis, Control and Modeling using Simulink”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2001.
4. Bimal K Bose, "Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives - Technology and Application", IEEE Press, New York 1997
5. Peter Vas, "Vector Control of AC Machines", Oxford University Press, 1990.
6. T. J. E. Miller, “Brushless Permanent-Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives”, Clarendon Press Oxford, 1989.

ONE CREDIT COURSE

18EK06 FIELD PROGRAMMABLE ANALOG ARRAY FOR ANALOG SYSTEM DESIGN


1001

INTRODUCTION: Overview of Analog Design - Introduction to Field Programmable Analog Array (FPAA) and its advantages - Role
of EDA tool in Analog Design process. (2)

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG MODULES: Introduction to Anadigm`s inbuilt Analog Functions (CAM) - Generation of Clock Signals -
Signal Delay - Performance of CAM. (3)

SIMULATION and PHYSICAL REALIZATION: Features of ANADIGMDESIGNER2 EDA tool for simulating the analog design -
Configuring the FPAA with analog design - Real time verification. (2)

FPAA IO INTERFACING: Interfacing of input and output signals to the FPAA - Rauch Filter - Output Buffer. (2)

STATIC CONFIGURATION: Full Wave Rectifier - Tone Generation and Notch filter - Voltage Controlled Oscillator - Pulse Width
Modulation - Phase Detector. (3)

DYNAMIC RECONFIGURATION: Reconfigurable Analog design using FPAA, Various methods of Reconfiguration - Real time
verification. (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronic devices Conventional Current Version” Pearson Education Ltd., Ninth Edition, 2012.
2. Thomas L. Floyd, “Instructor’s Resource Manual to Accompany Electronic Devices”, Pearson Education Ltd., Eighth Edition,
2008.
3. Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronic Devices”, Pearson Education Ltd., Eighth Edition, 2008.

111
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018

18EK07 AUTOMOTIVE SOFTWARE TESTING


1001
BASICS OF AUTOMOTIVE SOFTWARE TESTING: Introduction – Conventional Software Testing Vs Automotive Software Testing
- Need for Automotive Software Testing - Major recalls and impact of recalls – Case study. (3)

FUNDAMENTALS OF SOFTWARE TESTING: Basics of Software Development Life Cycle – Model Based - Modular - Reusable
Design - Static Analysis, Dynamic Analysis - Code Coverage including MC/DC (Modified Condition/Decision Coverage) and LCSAJ
(Linear Code Sequence and Jump) - Data Flow and Control Flow analysis - Unit/System/Integration Testing - Code Quality -
Software Quality metrics - test management - Importance of using qualified software for software testing. (6)

CODING STANDARDS: Coding Standards - important - Coding Standard for Automotive Industry – MISRA C: 2012 with Security
Amendments - Top 10 secure coding best practices - Advantages of adhering to coding standards. (3)

PROCESS STANDARD: Introduction to ISO 26262 – Functional Safety Standard - Details about ASIL (Automotive Safety Integrity
Level) - Details about Part 4 and Part 6 of ISO 26262 – Failure Mode Effective analysis (FMEA). (3)

Total L: 15
Lab Session (along with Theory Class)
 Practical Implementation of Fundamentals of software testing using LDRA Software.
 Adhering to MISRA C coding guidelines using LDRA Software.
 Achieving compliance to ISO 26262 using LDRA Software.
 In case of non-availability of MISRA C document, students may refer to CERT C standard.
 Example of Code Coverage and Executing Test Cases on Raspberry Pi or Arduino.

REFERENCES:
1. Pradeep Oak and Renu Rajani , “Software Testing – Effective Methods, Tools and Techniques”, Tata McGraw Hill Publications,
2004.
2. Stephen L. Montgomery,”MISRA C: Guidelines for the use of the C Language in Critical Systems”, Motor Industry Research
Association,2013.
3. Robert C. Seacord, “The CERT C Secure Coding Standard”, Addison-Wesley Professional, 1st edition, 2008.
4. Justyna Zander, Ina Schieferdecker,Pieter J. Mosterman, “Model-based Testing for Embedded Systems”, CRC Press, Taylor
and Francis Group, 2012.

18EK13 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING FOR AUTOMOTIVE APPLICATIONS


1001
INTRODUCTION: Systems, Systems Engineering and System on Systems Design Models flow: Waterfall, Spiral and INCOSEVEE
model Product development flow Values of Systems Engineering (4)

ROLES OF SYSTEM ENGINEER: Understanding the Systems Engineering goal, Significance of documentation, Knowing about
DSM (Design structure matrix), Interdisciplinary role of Systems Engineering, Behavioral aspects of Systems Engineering (3)

PROCESS: Requirements process, Baseline creation

INNOVATION IN SYSTEM ENGINEERING: Creativity characteristics, About TRIZ, Ideality, Contradictions and approach to resolve
Innovation in Technical systems: Architectural Innovation (3)

DESIGN PROCESS: Definitions, Axioms, Design Matrices, Types and examples, Constraints (3)

SYSTEM RELIABILITY: Approach to achieve system reliability, significance of Reuse (1)

EXAMPLE SYSTEM DESIGN: Designing an Automotive ECU (1)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. “INCOSE Systems Engineering Handbook: A Guide for System Life Cycle Processes and Activities”, Wiley, 2015.
2. Alexander Kossiakoff, William N. Sweet, Samuel J. Seymour, Steven M. Biemer, “Systems Engineering Principles and
Practice”, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2011.
3. Benjamin S. Blanchard, John E. Blyler, “System Engineering Management”, 5th Edition, Wiley, 2016.

18EK14 ELECTRIC VEHICLES


1001

INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC VEHICLES: Social and environmental importance of electric vehicles. Conventional Vehicles:
Basics of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization, transmission characteristics, and mathematical models to
describe vehicle performance. (3)

History of Hybrid Electric Vehicles - Energy consumption Concept of Hybrid Electric Drive – Architecture: Series Hybrid Electric
Drive, Parallel hybrid electric drive. Fuel Cell basic principle and operation, Types of Fuel Cells, PEMFC and its operation, Modelling
of PEMFC, Super Capacitors. (3)

112
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
ELECTRIC PROPULSION UNIT: Electric components, Configuration and control of drives: DC Motor - Induction Motor - Permanent
Magnet Motor - Switch Reluctance Motor. Drive system efficiency - Energy storage for EV and HEV - Energy storage requirements,
Battery parameters, Modelling of Battery. (5)

Power Electronic Converter for Battery Charging - Charging methods for battery - Design of Z-converter for battery charging. Case
Study: Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV). (4)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Sheldon S. Williamson, “Energy Management Strategies for Electric and Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles”, Springer, 2013.
2. Chris Mi, M. Abul Masrur, David Wenzhong Gao, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles Principles and Applications with Practical
Perspectives”, Wiley Publication, 2011.
3. Iqbal Husain, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals”, CRC Press, 2010.
4. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. Gay and Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory,
and Design”, CRC Press, 2009.
5. James Larminie, John Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technology Explained”, Wiley, 2003.
6. C.C. Chan and K.T. Chau, “Modern Electric Vehicle Technology”, OXFORD University Press, 2001.

18EK15 PHASOR MEASUREMENT UNITS AND APPLICATIONS


1001
INTRODUCTION: Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs), Global Positioning System (GPS), Functional requirements of PMUs and
Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs), Phasor estimation of nominal frequency inputs. (2)

TRANSIENT RESPONSE: Transient response of Instrument Transformers, Transient response of Filters, Transient response during
Electromagnetic and Power Swings, Impact of Transient Response of Phasor Measurements. (2)

APPLICATIONS OF PHASOR MEASUREMENT UNITs: Phasor Measurements Unit based Adaptive Protection of Transmission
Lines, Out-of-Step protection, Adaptive System Restoration, Phasor Measurement units in Large Scale Integration of Wind and
Solar Energy systems, Introduction to Wide Area Monitoring, Protection and Control (WAMPAC). Deployment of large scale PMUs
in Utilities, Globally and in Indian Power sector. (8)

STANDARDS: Synchrophasor Standards - IEEE C37.118.1-2011, IEEE C37.118a-2014, IEC 61850 & IEEE C37.118, Evaluation /
Validation of PMU-Total Vector Error (TVE) both Steady State and Dynamic/Transient conditions. IEEE C37.118.2-2011. (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Phadke A.G., Thorp J.S., “Synchronized Phasor Measurements and Their Applications”, Springer Publications, Second Edition,
2017.
2. IEEE C37.118.1a-2014, IEEE Standard for Syncrophasor Measurements for Power Systems.
3. IEEE C37.242, 2013 - Guide for Synchronization, Calibration, Testing, and Installation of Phasor Measurement Units (PMU) for
Power System Protection and Control.
4. IEEE C37.244, 2013 - Guide for Phasor Data Concentrator (PDC) Requirements for Power System Protection, Control, and
Monitoring.
5. Phadke A.G., Thorp J.S, “Computer Relaying for Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., Research Studies Press Limited,
2nd Edition, 2009.
6. IEC 61850-90-5, Communication networks and systems for power utility automation – Part 90-5: Use of IEC 61850 to transmit
Synchrophasor information according to IEEE C37.118.

18EK16 GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMING FOR REAL-TIME APPLICATIONS


1001
INTRODUCTION TO REAL-TIME CONCEPTS: Concept of Real-Time Systems - Characteristics of Real-Time Systems – Need for
Real-Time Operating Systems (2)

LabVIEW REAL-TIME HARDWARE: ARCHITECTURE: Overview of Hardware Setup and Installation -Configuration of Network
Settings of Real-Time Target and Host Computer - Configuration of Real-Time Target in Measurement and Automation Explorer -
Configuring Real-Time targets through the LabVIEW Project. (3)

PROGRAMMING LabVIEW REAL-TIME MODULE: Accessing I/O using driver APIs or Scan Engine – Multithreading – Sleep
Mode -Timing loops in LabVIEW Real-Time. (4)

COMMUNICATION: Inter-process Communication: Sharing Data locally on Real-Time Target - Sharing Data between Deterministic
and Non-Deterministic Processes - Sharing data between non-deterministic processes - Communication between Real-Time Target
and Host Computer – Implementation of Network Communication (4)

DEBUGGING AND DEPLOYMENT: Standard Debugging Techniques – Analysis of Memory Consumption – Creating Build
Specification – Communication with Deployed Applications. (2)
Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Course Manual Titled, “LabVIEW Real-time Application Development”, Published by National Instruments, 2016.
2. Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin, Matt Nawrocki, “LabVIEW: Advanced Programming Techniques”, Second Edition, 2006.
3. Garry W. Johnson,”LabVIEW Graphical Programming”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

113
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018

18EK17 CAD TOOLS FOR VLSI DESIGN AUTOMATION


1001
INTRODUCTION TO VLSI DESIGN PROCESS: Design flow – Role of CAD tools in the design process. (3)

DESIGN CAPTURE: Features of Mentor Graphics Design Architect IC a tool for schematic capture, netlisting, simulation setup and
results viewing - Creating an Inverter using DA_IC - ELDO simulator. (3)

SIMULATION: Features of Advance MS simulator a tool for verification platform for AMS design and verification - Exercises. (3)

PHYSICAL LAYOUT: Features of the IC Station Tool Suite for full custom IC design flow editing, Schematic - driven layout and top
-level floor planning/routing – Exercises. (3)

PHYSICAL VERIFICATION: Features of Calibre LVS for physical verification tool, for layout versus schematic – Exercises. (3)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES :
1. WayneWolf, "Modern VLSI Design: Systems on Chip Design", Pearson Education Inc., Indian Reprint, 2007.
2. Michael John Sebastian Smith, “Application-Specific Integrated Circuits”, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
3. http://www.mentor.com/products/ic_nanometer_design.

18EK18 DIGITAL DESIGN WITH VERILOG HDL


1001
INTRODUCTION: Digital Design, Verification and Hardware description languages. (1)

VERILOG FOR DESIGN: Introduction to Logic Synthesis, Synthesizable Constructs - Inferring Combinational Circuit elements -
Inferring Sequential Circuit elements - State Machines - Counters - Encoders/Decoders - Synthesis of Loops - Data Path - Design
Partitioning / Methodology - Synthesizable Code-care about, Sensitivity list and Simulation Synthesis mismatch conditions. (3)

VERILOG FOR VERIFICATION: Delay Modeling in Verilog on Briefly behavioral constructions, Fork-join, Events - Clock Generation
- Data Generation, Deterministic, Random - Some Systems Tasks - Test Bench Architecture. (2)
DESIGN EXAMPLES: RISC Stored Program Machine - UART Design (2)
Mini Projects Specification and Scope Discussions (3)
Review of Projects: Presentation by student groups (3)
(15 min per student group)

Feedback on the Design Project (1)


Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Michael D. Ciletti, “Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL”, Pearson Education, 2003
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis”, Prentice Hall NJ, USA, 2003.
3. Bhaskar J,”A Verilog Primer”, Prentice Hall of India Learning, 2012.

18EK19 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


1001
INTRODUCTION: Major components of an Automobile Systems and its functions - Overview of four stroke I.C.engine -Four
Cylinder Engine – Spark firing sequence. (2)
AUTOMOBILE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS: Block diagram of Automobile electrical
system - Typical wiring diagram - Starter system: General layout - Basic starting circuit - Ignition system: Battery and magneto types
- Battery ignition system for four cylinder engine - Ignition system circuit - Distributed ignition coil and ignition advance. Charging
system: Typical alternator in common use - cut-out and regulator - Lighting & accessories system - Wiper motor – circuit diagram of
wind screen wiper motor and washer. (5)
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: Physical Variables to be measured in automobiles: Position sensor: Magnetic reluctance and Hall
effect sensor - Temperature sensor: Coolant temperature - Speed sensor – Fuel level sensor - Acceleration sensor - Actuator:
Principle of solenoid and Fuel injector. (4)
DIAGNOSTICS AND COMMUNICATION BUS: Block diagram of Engine control unit - Diagnostics procedure: Introduction –
Diagnostics theory – On board and Off-board diagnostics – Diagnostics Link Connector – Vehicle condition monitoring - CAN bus -
topology – Data transmission – CAN Protocol – Overview of CAN controller - LIN bus: overview – Data Transmission System – LIN
protocol. (4)
Total L : 15
REFERENCES:
1. KK Jain , RB Sharma, “Automobile Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2011.
2. Ronald K.J., “Automotive Electronics Handbook”, McGraw Hill Publications, USA, 2009.
3. William B. Ribbens, Norman P. Mansour, “Understanding of Automotive Electronics”, Butterworth-Heinemann, United Kingdom
2003.
4. “Automotive Electrics / Automotive Electronics - Ed5”, Robert Bosch GmbH, 2004.
114
th
59 ACM 09.06.2018
5. EdMay, “Automotive Mechanics Vol -2”, McGraw Hill Publications, Australia 2004.
6. Tom Denton, “Automobile Electrical and Electronics Systems”, Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, London & New York, 2002.

AUDIT COURSES

18EA81 ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PAPER WRITING


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP81

18EA82 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR


vide Manufacturing Engineering 18PP82

115
59th ACM 09.06.2018
13. Courses of Study and Scheme of Assessment (2018 REGULATIONS)
*
ME POWER ELECTRONICS & DRIVES (Minimum No. of credits to be earned: 75 )

Course Hours/Week Maximum Marks


Course Title Credits CAT
Code Lecture Tutorial Practical CA FE Total
I SEMESTER
18ED01 Mathematics of Systems Engineering 2 2 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ED02 Power Semiconductor Devices 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ED03 Modelling and Control of Power Converters 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ED04 Power Converters and Analysis 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18ED05 Object Computing and Data Structures 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18ED51 Power Converters Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18ED81 English for Research Paper Writing 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 24 hrs 14 6 4 19 300 300 600
II SEMESTER
18ED06 Modeling and Analysis of Electrical Machines 3 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ED07 Electric Drives and Control 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
18ED08 Switched Mode Power Converters 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18ED09 Power Electronics in Wind and Solar Power Conversion 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PC
18ED__ Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED__ Professional Elective 2 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED52 Drives and Controls Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 5
18ED61 Industrial Visit and Technical Seminar 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EEC
18ED82 Research Methodology and IPR 0 0 ** Grade 0 0 0 MC
Total 30 hrs 18 4 8 24 400 400 800
III SEMESTER
18ED__ Professional Elective 3 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18ED__ Professional Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED__ Professional Elective 5 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED__ Professional Elective 6 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED53 Power Electronic Systems Design Laboratory 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 PC
18ED71 Project Work I 0 0 6 3 50 50 100 EEC
Total 24 hrs 12 2 10 18 300 300 600
IV SEMESTER
18ED72 Project Work II 0 0 28 14 50 50 100 EEC
ELECTIVE 3 Associated with Centre of Excellence (One to be opted)
18ED21 Industrial Approach to Power Converter Design 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18ED22 Internet of Things 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
18ED23 Totally Integrated Automation 3 2 0 4 50 50 100 PE
ELECTIVE (Five to be opted)
18ED24 Special Machines and Controllers 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED25 Digital Controllers for Power Electronic Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED26 Advanced Control of Electric Drives 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED27 Soft Computing Techniques for Renewable Energy Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED28 Flexible AC Transmission system 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED29 Power Quality Management 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED30 Advanced Topics in Power Electronics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED31 HVDC Transmission 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED32 Design of Solar Photovoltaic systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED33 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED34 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED35 Virtual Instrumentation Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED36 Machine Learning and Application 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED37 Pulse Width Modulated Power Electronic Converters 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED38 Smart Grid Technologies 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED39 Distributed Generation and Micro grids 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
18ED40 Hybrid Electric Vehicles 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
* Indicated is the minimum number of credits to be earned by a student.
** - 60 hrs in I semester and 90 hrs in II semester; Grade: Completed / Not Completed
CAT – Category; PC – Professional Core; PE - Professional Elective EEC – Employability Enhancement Course; MC-
Mandatory Course

116
59th ACM 09.06.2018
ONE CREDIT COURSES
18EK01 Low Voltage Switchgear
18EK02 Energy Auditing and Conservation Techniques
18EK03 Power Electronics in More Electric Aircraft
18EK04 Power Quality in Industries
18EK05 Solar PV Systems – Design, Simulation and Monitoring and Control
18EK06 Field Programmable Analog Array for Analog System Design
18EK07 Automotive Software Testing
18EK10 Industrial Drives for Automation
18EK13 System Engineering for Automotive Applications
18EK14 Electric Vehicles
18EK15 Phasor Measurement Units & Applications
18EK16 Graphical Programming for Real-Time Applications

117
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18ED01/18EA01/18EE01/18EM01 MATHEMATICS OF SYSTEMS ENGINEERING


2203
VECTOR SPACES: Real vector spaces, subspaces, linear independence – basis and dimension of a vector space - inner product
space, orthonormal bases, Gram-Schmidt process. (8+7)

LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS: General linear transformations, kernel and range, inverse linear transformations, matrices of
general linear transformations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization. (8+7)

CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS: Variational problems of fixed boundaries: Variations and its properties - simplest variational
problems – Euler equation – Brachistochrone problem – variational problems involving several unknown functions – Functional
involving first and second order derivatives. (8+7)

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Classification. Markov chain: Transition probability matrices – Chapman Kolmogorov equations -
classification of states, limiting probabilities, Poisson process - continuous time Markov chains: Birth-death processes. (8+7)

Total L:32 + T:28 = 60


REFERENCES:
1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres, ―Elementary Linear Algebra: Applications Version‖, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2018.
2. David C Lay, ―Linear Algebra and its Applications‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2017.
3. Medhi J., ―Stochastic Processes‖, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2017.
4. Saeed Ghahramani, ―Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes‖, Pearson, New Delhi, 2016.
5. Elsgolts L., ―Differential Equation and Calculus of Variation‖, MIR Publication, Moscow, 1977.

18ED02 POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES


3003
INTRODUCTION & POWER DIODES: Status of Development of power semiconductor Devices - Types of static switches -
Controlled and uncontrolled - Ideal and real switches – on-state and switching losses. EMI due to switching. Use of heat sinks –
selection parameters and mounting techniques Power Diodes: Types - Electrical rating - Switching and steady state
characteristics - Switching aid circuits - Series and parallel operation - Schottky diodes - Fast recovery diodes. (11)

THYRISTORS: Physics of device operation - Electrical rating. Types of thyristors: Asymmetrical thyristor - Reverse conducting
thyristors, light fired thyristors. Turn on & off mechanisms, Gate circuit requirements - Driver circuit- Protection - Switching and
steady state characteristics-Switching losses. Series and parallel operation of thyristors. TRIACS, GTOS AND MCTS: Electrical
rating - Switching and steady state characteristics - Protection - Gate circuit requirements. (11)

POWER TRANSISTORS: Types - Ratings - Static and switching characteristics - Driver circuit - Switching aid circuit - Power
Darlington. POWER MOSFETS: Types - Comparison with BJTs - Structure - Principle of operation - Switching losses - Driver circuit
- Switching aid circuit. (11)

IGBTS: Comparison with power BJT and MOSFET - Structure - Principle of working - Switching characteristics - Gate drive
requirements. HV IGBT structure - Principle of working - Comparison with GTO. EMERGING DEVICES: SITs-characteristics -
Power Integrated circuit – Characteristics - Field controlled thyristors - New semiconductor materials for devices - Intelligent power
modules. Integrated Gate commutated Thyristor (IGCT). Comparison of Power semiconductor devices. (12)

Total L : 45
REFERENCES:
nd
1. MD Singh and K B Khanchandani, "Power Electronics" Tata McGraw Hill, 2 Edition, 2006.
2. Rashid, M.H., "Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 3 rd Edition, 2003.
3. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland and William P. Robbins., "Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design", John Wiley
and Sons, 3rd Edition, 2003.
4. Joseph, Vithayanthil, "Power Electronics: Principles and Applications," McGraw Hill,1995.
5. Williams, B.W., "Power Electronics: Devices, Drivers, Applications and Passive Components", ELBS Oxford University Press,
1992.
6. Sen PC,"Modern Power Electronics ", Wheeler publishing Co, McGraw Hill, 2005.

18ED03 / 18EM35 MODELLING AND CONTROL OF POWER CONVERTERS


3003
STATE SPACE MODELLING: Review of basic control theory – Control design techniques such as P, PI,PID and lead lag
compensator design. State space control design approach –Modeling of physical systems - Solution to vector differential equations
and state transition matrix.- Controllability and Observability Small signal Model of Power Converters: - Linearizing Averaged Power
Stage Dynamics - Frequency Response of Converter Power Stage - Small-Signal Gain of PWM Block - Small-Signal Model for
PWM DC-to-DC Converters (12)

TRANSFER FUNCTIONS AND STATE SPACE MODEL OF POWER CONVERTER: Bode Plot for Transfer Functions - Power
Stage Transfer Functions and State space modelling of Buck Converter, Boost Converter, and Buck/Boost Converter - Empirical
Methods for Small-Signal Analysis (11)

118
59th ACM 09.06.2018
DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE AND CLOSED LOOP PERFORMANCE OF POWER CONVERTERS: Frequency Domain
Performance Criteria - Time-Domain Performance Criteria, Stability of Power Converters: - Nyquist Criterion - Relative Stability:
Gain Margin and Phase Margin Asymptotic Analysis Method – Frequency-Domain Performance - Voltage Feedback Compensation
and Loop Gain - Compensation Design and Closed-Loop Performance (11)

INTRODUCTION TO NONLINEAR SYSTEMS: Phase plane analysis of nonlinear system using linear approximation - Limit cycle
and periodic solutions - Singular points and qualitative behaviour. Stability of nonlinear systems - Lyapunov direct and indirect
methods (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Pulsewidth Modulated DC-to-DC Power Conversion Circuits, Dynamics, and Control Designs, Byungcho Choi, IEEE Press,
Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2013.
2. Sira -Ramirez, R.Silva Ortigoza, ‗Control Design Techniques in Power Electronics Devices‘, Springer, 2006.
3. Ogata, K., ‗Modern Control Engineering‘, Prentice Hall of India, 2010.
4. C.T. Chen, ‗Linear Systems Theory and Design‘‘ Oxford University Press, 3rd Edition, 1999.
5. Hassan K. Khalil, ‗Nonlinear Systems‘, Pearson Educational International Inc. Upper Saddle River, 3rd Edition, 2001.
6. Applied Nonlinear Control, Jean-Jacques E. Slotine, Weiping Li, Prentice Hall, 1991 - Technology & Engineering

18ED04 POWER CONVERTERS AND ANALYSIS


3204
AC TO DC CONVERTERS: Single phase and three phase bridge rectifiers, Fully controlled converters with RL, RLE loads,
Freewheeling diode, Dual Converter, PWM rectifiers
Evaluation of performance parameter, Input harmonics and output ripple, smoothing inductance, power factor, effect of source
inductance and overlap, Design of converter circuits – Snubber circuit design - Control circuit strategies. (12+7)

DC TO DC CONVERTERS: DC choppers: Step down dc chopper with R, RL and RLE loads - Control strategies- Continuous and
discontinuous current operations - Two quadrant and four quadrant DC chopper - Multiphase DC chopper - Switching mode
regulators: Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost and CUK regulators - Chopper circuit design – Control circuit strategies. (11+8)

AC TO AC CONVERTERS: Principle of phase control, single-phase bi-directional controllers with R, L and R-L loads, 3-phase bi-
directional Controllers, different Configurations, Analysis with pure R and L loads. Principle of operation, - single phase and three
phase cyclo converters - Control circuit strategies. (11+7)

DC TO AC CONVERTERS: Single phase and Three phase bridge inverters - Evaluation of performance parameters –Voltage
control and Waveform improvement Techniques – Current source inverters - Inverter circuit design - SVPWM – Introduction to
multilevel inverter (11+8)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Rashid M.H., ―Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications ", Prentice Hall India, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2013.
2. VedamSubrahmanyam, "Power Electronics", New Age International (P) Limited, New Delhi, 2006.
3. MD Singh and K B Khanchandani,"Power Electronics", McGraw Hill, 2006.
4. Sen PC,"Modern Power Electronics ", Wheeler publishing Co, McGraw Hill, 2005.
5. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, William P. Robbins, ‖Power Electronics: Converters, Applications, and Design‖, John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York, 2003.
6. Ramanarayanan V., "Course Material on Switched Mode Power Conversion", Department of Electrical Engineering, Indian
Institute of Science, Bangalore, 2007.

15EA05 / 18ED05 / 15EE05 OBJECT COMPUTING AND DATA STRUCTURES


3 2 0 4
PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Procedure Oriented Programming, Object Oriented Programming
paradigm - Basic concepts and benefits of OOP - Object Oriented Language - Applications of C++ - Operators in C++ - Classes
andObjects-Manipulators. Functions in C++- Call by Reference - Return by reference - Inline functions - Default, Const Arguments -
Function Overloading - Friend Functions - Member functions - Nesting of Member functions -Private member functions - Static data
members - Static Member Functions - Arrays of Objects -Objects as Function Arguments - Friend Functions. (10+7)

CONSTRUCTORS: Parameterized Constructor-Copy constructor - Multiple Constructors in a Class – Destructors. Inheritance-


Defining Derived Classes - Single Inheritance - Making a Private Member Inheritable - Multiple Inheritance - Hierarchical Inheritance
– Hybrid Inheritance. Polymorphism- Compile and Run Time Polymorphism – Operator Overloading - Virtual function. (11+7)

DATA STRUCTURES: Abstract data Types - Primitive data structures - Analysis of algorithms - Best, worst and average case time
complexities – Notation. ARRAYS: Operations - Implementation of one, two, three and multi dimensioned arrays - Sparse and
dense matrices - Applications. SORTING: Insertion sort - Selection sort - Bubble sort - Radix sort - Algorithms and their time
complexities. (12+7)

LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES: Stacks - Primitive operations - Sequential implementation - Applications: Subroutine handling,
Recursion-Queues-Primitive operations - Sequential implementation - Applications: Job Scheduling.Lists- Primitive Operations -
Singly linked lists, Doubly linked lists, Circular lists – Applications: Addition of Polynomials (10+7)

119
59th ACM 09.06.2018
NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES: Trees- Terminologies- Binary Tree traversal. (2+2)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75

REFERENCES:
1. Herbert Schildt, ―C++ - The Complete Reference", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Nell Dale, ―C++ Plus Data Structures‖, Jones & Bartlett, Massachusetts, 2011.
3. Harvey M Deitel and Paul J Deitel, ―C++ How to Program‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2010.
4. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++", Pearson Education,
New Delhi, 2009.
5. Stanley B Lippman, Josee Lajoie and Barbara E Moo, ―The C++ Primer‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
6. Sahni Sartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2005.

18ED51 POWER CONVERTERS LABORATORY


0042
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Study of Characteristics of Power Semiconductor Devices.


2. Performance analysis of AC to DC converter with RL and RLE Load
3. Performance analysis of AC to AC converter with RL and RLE Load
4. Performance analysis of DC to DC converter with RL and RLE Load
5. Performance analysis of DC to AC converter under voltage and v/f control mode.
6. Mini Project
Total P: 60

18ED06 MODELING AND ANALYSIS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES


3003
GENERALIZED THEORY & LINEAR TRANSFORMATION: Conversions – Basic two pole machine – Transformer with movable
secondary – Transformer voltage and speed voltage - kron‘s primitive machine - Invariance of power – Transformation from
displaced brush axis three phases to two phases. Rotating axes to stationary axes – Transformed impedance matrix – Torque
calculations. (11)

INDUCTION MACHINES: Generalized representation- Performance equations - Steady state analysis – Transient analysis - Single-
phase Induction motor-Transfer function formulation - Double cage machine - Harmonics. (11)

SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES: Generalized representation - Steady state analysis-Transient analysis-Electromechanical transients


(11)
DC & SPECIAL MACHINES: Generalized representation – Operation with displaced brushes - Motor (shunt type only) operation -
Steady state and transient analysis. Generalized representation and steady state analysis of Reluctance motor –Brushless DC
motor-Variable reluctance motor. (12)

Total L : 45
REFERENCES:
1. Bimbhra P.S., "Generalised Circuit Theory of Electrical Machines", Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2002.
2. Krishnan R., ―Electric Motor & Drives: Modeling, Analysis and Control‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
3. Chee-Mun Ong ―Dynamic simulation of electrical machinery using MATLAB‖ Prentice – Hall, Inc, 1998.
4. Krause, P.C., O. Wasynczuk, and S.D. Sudhoff, ―Analysis of Electric Machinery‖, IEEE Press, 1995.
5. Adkins B., ―The Generalized Theory of Electrical Machines‖, Dover Publishers, 1980.
6. Ion Boldea and S.A. Nasar, ―Electric Drives‖, CRC Press LLC, New York, 1999.

18ED07 / 18EM05 ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROL


3003
DYNAMICS & CONTROL OF ELECTRICAL DRIVES: Introduction – Parts of Electrical Drives- Fundamental Torque Equations –
Speed Torque Conventions and Multiquadrant Operation – Nature & Classification of Load Torques - Modes of Operation –Closed-
Loop Control of Drives. (11)

INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES: Stator Control: control by AC voltage controllers - Variable frequency square wave VSI drives -
PWM Drives - CSI drives - closed loop control. Rotor Control: Static rotor resistance control - Slip power recovery : Static Kramer
drive -Static Scherbius drive. (11)

VECTOR CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTORS: Principle of vector control -Rotor flux - Oriented control, Stator Flux-oriented
control, Magnetizing flux-oriented control of Induction machines. Sensorless Vector and Direct Torque Controlled Drives: Basic
types of torque controlled drive scheme: vector drives- direct torque controlled drives. (12)

SPECIAL DRIVES: Synchronous Motor Drives: Scalar control – True synchronous and self control modes – PMSM Motor and
Control - SynRM motor and Control - Switched reluctance motor and control. Configurations of I/O Control: AC drive Hardware
Blocks – Control Blocks – Automatic Motor Adaptation – Parameterization of Drives (Local and Remote). (11)

Total L : 45
120
59th ACM 09.06.2018
REFERENCES:
1. Gopal K Dubey, "Fundamentals of Electric Drives", Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Ion Boldea and S.A. Nasar, ―Electric Drives‖, CRC Press LLC, New York, 1999.
3. Bimal K Bose, "Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives - Technology and Application", IEEE Press, New York,
1997.
4. Pillai S.K., "Analysis of Thyristor Power Conditioned Motors", University Press, 1992.
5. Peter Vas, "Vector Control of AC Machines", Oxford University Press, 1990.
6. T.J.E. Miller, ―Brushless Permanent-Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives‖, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.

18ED08 SWITCHED MODE POWER CONVERTERS


3204
DC-DC CONVERTER DYNAMICS: Reactive Elements in Power Electronic Systems, Types of inductor, Types of transformer,
Types of Capacitors for power electronic applications - Exact and Approximate Analysis of DC-DC converters, Non-isolated DC to
DC Power Converter- Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost, Cuk Converters, Isolated DC to DC Power Converter - Forward, Flyback, Half/Full
Bridge Converters – Design and Analysis – Case Study – Steady state model, dynamic model – EMI – EMC Complaints. (12+8)

RESONANT CONVERTERS: Classification of resonant converters-resonant load converters - principal of operation - SMPS using
resonant circuit- steady state modeling. Resonant switch converters- Buck converter with ZCS and ZVS-operation and analysis.
(11+7)
CLOSED LOOP CONTROL OF POWER CONVERTERS: Closed Loop Control of Switching Converters - Steady State Error,
Control Bandwidth, and Compensator Design - Closed Loop Dynamic Performance Functions - Design of feed - back
compensators. (11+7)

AC-DC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION SUPPLIES: Single-Phase Single-Stage Non-isolated Boost PFC, Output Capacitor Size,
DCM Boost Inductor Selection, CCM Boost Inductor Selection, High-Power PFC and Load Sharing, Surge Protection, Load Short-
Circuit Protection, Three-Phase PFC. (11+8)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75
REFERENCES:
1. Marian K. Kazimierczuk, "Pulse-width Modulated DC-DC Power Converters", Wiley, 2008.
2. Ramanarayanan V., "Course Material on Switched Mode Power Conversion", Department of Electrical Engineering, Indian
Institute of Science, Bangalore, 2007.
3. Keng Wu, "Switch-Mode Power Converters-Design and Analysis", 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2005.
4. Robert W. Erickson, Dragan Maksimovic ―Fundamentals of Power Electronics‖, Springer, 2005.
5. K.Kit Sum, "Switch Mode Power Conversion: Basic Theory and Design", CRC Press, 1984.
6. Rashid M.H., ―Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications ", Prentice Hall India, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2013.

18ED09 / 18EM09 POWER ELECTRONICS IN WIND AND SOLAR POWER CONVERSION


3204
SOLAR PV AND WIND POWER: Trends in energy consumption - World energy scenario – Energy sources and their availability -
Conventional and renewable sources - Solar PV and Wind potential in India and World – Solar and Wind Data - Policies and
Regulations - Standards and codes used for Renewable Energy Systems (11+7)

SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ENERGY CONVERSION: Solar radiation and measurement - Solar cells and their characteristics -
Classification of Solar PV panels- Influence of insolation and temperature - PV arrays- Maximum power point tracking – Algorithms
Power Conditioning Schemes - Charge controllers - Inverters – Classifications and Design - Analysis of PV Systems – BoS
components - Stand alone and Grid integrated Solar PV Systems – Building Integrated PV (BIPV) - Synchronized operation with
grid supply - Harmonic standards, Harmonic problems. (12+7)

WIND ENERGY CONVERSION SYSTEMS: Basic Principle of wind Energy conversion - Nature of Wind - Power in the wind -
Components of Wind Energy Conversion System (WECS) – Wind farm and its accessories - Generators used in Wind Energy
Conversion Systems - Performance of Induction Generators for WECS- Power conditioning schemes - Controllable DC Power from
SEIGs - System performance. Grid Connected WECS - Concepts of Grid Integration - Grid related problems - Generator control -
Performance improvements - Different schemes - AC voltage controllers - Harmonics and PF improvement. (11+8)

HYBRID POWER SYSTEMS: Wind / Solar PV integrated systems – Other alternate Systems – Requirements - Optimization of
system components Power conditioning schemes for Hybrid Power Systems (HPS) – Design of HPS using software - Storage types
and selection methods - Applications of HPS (11+8)

Total: 75 L : 45 : T: 30
REFERENCES:
1. S Sumathi, Ashok Kumar L, S Sureka, ―Solar PV and Wind Energy Conversion Systems - An Introduction to Theory, Modeling
with MATLAB/SIMULINK, and the Role of Soft Computing Techniques‖, Green Energy and Technology, Springer; 2015.
2. Roger A. Messenger, Jerry Ventre,‖Photovoltaic System Engineering‖CRC Press, 2004.
3. Mukund R Patel, ―Wind and Solar Power Systems‖, CRC Press, 2004.
4. Thomas Markvart and Luis Castaser, ―Practical Handbook of Photovoltaics‖, Elsevier Publications, UK, 2003.
5. Rai, G.D., "Non-conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.
6. Daniel, Hunt, V., "Wind Power - A Handbook of WECS", Van Nostrend Co., New York, 1998.

121
59th ACM 09.06.2018
18ED52 DRIVES AND CONTROLS LABORATORY
0042
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Three-phase SPWM pulse generation using dSPACE


2. Performance analysis of three phase induction motorusing variable frequency drive
3. Performance analysis of Synchronous Reluctance motor using variable frequency drive
4. Performance analysis of SRM/BLDC motor using variable frequency drive
5. Performance analysis of PMSM using variable frequency drive
6. Mini project

18ED61 INDUSTRIAL VISIT & TECHNICAL SEMINAR


0042

The student will make at least two technical presentations on current topics related to the specialization. The same will be assessed
by a committee appointed by the department. The students are expected to submit a report at the end of the semester covering the
various aspects of his/her presentation together with the observation in industry visits. A quiz covering the above will be held at the
end of the semester.

Total P: 60

18ED53 POWER ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS DESIGN LABORATORY


0032

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Design, development and analysis of DC to DC converters using IGBTs, and Power MOSFETs.
2. Design and development of DC to AC converters using IGBTs, and Power MOSFETs.
3. Design, development and analysis of AC to AC converters of various configurations using SCRs, TRIAC, and IGBTs.
4. Design, development and analysis of AC to DC converters using SCR and Diodes.
5. Interfacing of Power converter simulation circuits using dSPACE.
6. Mini Project
Total P: 45

18ED71 PROJECT WORK – I


0063
 Identification of a problem.
 Literature survey of identified problem.
 Finalization of project specification and requirements
 Presentation / Demonstration of sub block(s) of the Project ( Hardware / Software / both )

IV SEMESTER

18ED72 PROJECT WORK – II


0 0 28 14

 Project Implementation ( Hardware / Software / both )


 Presentation / Demonstration about the work done
 Consolidated report preparation

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES (ELECTIVE 3 Associated with Centre of Excellence)

18ED21 INDUSTRIAL APPROACH TO POWER ELECTRONIC DESIGN


3003
NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Introduction - Product Development Process - Phases and Stages Gates Model, Product
Specification - Subsystem Specification - Sub-system Design - Design Verification - Prototype Development - Engineering
Verification– Product cost - Design to Cost - Price and Cost - Cost Estimation methods. (7)

Power Converter Circuit and PCB Assembly – Introduction to New wide band gap devices –device characterization - Existing Si
devices and its limitations - - Power converter prototypes with GaN - Benefit analyses (cost, performance and size) ––PCB
Assembly - Material Selection - PCB Layout and Assembly - Thermal Design - Packaging Design – Prototyping. (7)

Battery – Types – Charging Circuit – Health monitoring – Sizing Techniques. (3)

122
59th ACM 09.06.2018
EMBEDDED SYSTEM: Embedded Systems Development Life Cycle - Functional Block Diagram - System Architecture - Control
Architecture - Communication Architecture - Firmware Architecture - Firmware Requirement Specifications - Microcontroller
Selection - Microcontroller Architecture - Driver Development - Scheduler and Interrupt Design - Digital Control Methods - Power
Converter Control Methods - Digital Implementation of Controller - State Machine Design. (8)

DESIGN VERIFICATION AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: Verification and ValidationProcess -Types of Verification - Case
Study –Design Verification Test for power converters - Design Verification and Validation (DVT) Automation - Field Issues and
Handling - Service Log - Conditions for Serviceability - Remote Monitoring, Control and performance check - , Worst Case Analysis-
Vulnerability conditions and Warranty definitions. (7)

Product Quality - Regulatory Compliance and Safety - ESD&EMI/EMC - Environmental Regulations - Audible Noise – Reliability -
Fault Detection & Isolation - Quality management Workflow. (5)

MANUFACTURING AND INDUSTRIALIZATION: Product Designation - Manufacturing - Operational map - Industrialization Project
Follow-Up - PCBA Design - Make or Buy Analyses - Industrial Expenses - PCBA process - Failure Mode Effects Analysis (FMEA) -
Manufacturing Tools & Equipment Producing - PCBA Cost Assessment -Design for Manufacturing - Design for Test - Design for
Procurement - Part/Product Evaluation Plan - EP Boards Manufacturing- Incoming Inspection Sheet - Pilot Run Boards
Manufacturing - Mass Production. (8)

REFERENCES:
1. A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge ( PMBOK® Guide )—Fifth Edition, Project Management Institute
2. V. Kumar, R.R. Joshi, and R.C. Bansal, Advanced Power Electronics, Ashirwad Publications, Jaipur, India, Feb. 2010.
3. Andrzej M Trzynadlowski, Introduction to Modern Power Electronics, Wiley, 2010
4. V. Kumar, R.R. Joshi, and Dr. R.C. Bansal, Power Electronics with Matlab, Himanshu Publications, New Delhi, India, 2009.
5. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics: converters, applications and design, 3nd ed. John Wiley & Sons, 2003
6. Robert Erickson, DraganMaksimovic, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, 2nd Ed, Kwuler, 2001

18ED22 / 18EM23 / 18EE21 / 18EA22 INTERNET OF THINGS


3204
FUNDAMENTALS OF IoT: Introduction to Internet of Things (IoT) – Machine to Machine (M2M) – Functional Characteristics –
Recent Trends in the Adoption of IoT – Societal Benefits of IoT – Consumer IoT vs Industrial Functional Components of a typical IoT
System: Sensors, Actuators, Embedded Computation Units, Communication Interfaces , Software Development (9+5)

IoT PROTOCOLS: Physical and Data Linnk Layer Protocols: RFID: NFC, FFC, ZigBEE, Bluetooth Low Energy, Z-Wave, Wi-Fi,
Wireless HART - Network Layer Protocols: IPv4, IPv6, TCP & UDP, 6LoWPAN - Application Layer Protocols: COAP, MQTT(13+10)

CLOUD COMPUTING: NIST Visual Model – Essential Characteristics –Components of Cloud Computing - Service Models –
Deployment Models – Service Management and Security – Examples – Basics of Fog Computing (12+7)

SECURITY IN IoT: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Networks Attacks: Basic Types, RFID Security – Security Issues in ZigBEE: Bluetooth
Security: Threats to Bluetooth Devices and Networks - IoT Applications: Health Care, Connected Vehicles, Smart Grid, Smart
Home, and Smart City (11+8)

Total:75 L:45 + T:30


REFERENCES:
1. Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga, ―Internet of Things (A Hands-on Approach), Universities Press, 2015.
2. Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, ―Designing the Internet of Things‖, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, UK, 2014.
3. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick and Omar Elloumi, ―The Internet of Things: Key Applications and Protocols‖, John Wiley
and Sons Ltd., UK 2012.
4. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Florian Michahelles, ―Architecting the Internet of Things‖, Springer, New York, 2011.
5. Johnny Cache, Joshua Wright and Vincent Liu, ―Hacking Exposed Wireless: Wireless Security Secrets and Solutions‖, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
6. Himanshu Dwivedi, Chris Clark and David Thiel, ―Mobile Application Security‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

18EM22 / 18ED23 / 18EE22 / 18EA23 TOTALLY INTEGRATED AUTOMATION


3204
INTRODUCTION TO FACTORY & PROCESS AUTOMATION: Evolution of Industrial Versions - Control elements of Industrial
Automation- IEC/ ISA Standards for Control Elements – Selection criteria for control elements –Utilisation Category with IEC
standards- Construction of Relay Ladder logic with different control elements- Need for PLC - PLC evolution. (6+3)

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS: Architecture of PLC - Types of PLC – PLC modules, PLC Configuration -Scan cycle -
Capabilities of PLC- Selection criteria for PLC – PLC Communication - PLC Wiring- Installation of PLC and its Modules. Types
of Programming – Bit Instructions -Timers and counters– PLC arithmetic functions PTO / PWM generation- High Speed Counter –
Analog Scaling – Encoder Interfacing- Servo drive control – Stepper Motor Control. (12+13)

HMI SYSTEMS: Need for HMI in Industrial Automation, Types of HMI – Configuration of HMI, Screen development and navigation,
Configuration of HMI elements / objects and Interfacing with PLC. (6+7)

123
59th ACM 09.06.2018
NETWORKING: PLC Networking- Networking standards & IEEE Standard - Protocols - Field bus - Process bus and Ethernet –
EttherCAT (7+0)

SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION: Architecture – Tools – Tag Configuration - Internal & External graphics,
Alarm logging – Tag logging – structured tags – Trends – history – Report generation (14+7)

Total:75 L:45 + T:30


REFERENCES:
1. W. Bolton, Programmable logic controllers, Elsevier Ltd, 2015.
2. Frank D Petruzella, Programmable logic controllers‖, McGraw-Hill, 2011.
3. John R Hackworth and Fredrick D Hackworth Jr., Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and Applications‖,
Pearson Education, 2006.

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

18ED24 / 18EM07 SPECIAL MACHINES AND CONTROLLERS


3003
INTRODUCTION: Need for special electric machines and controllers– Special Applications requirement– Robotics, Aerospace
actuators, space explorations roverand high temperature environments. Stepper Motors: Types – Constructional features, principle
of operation– modes of excitation–torque production in Variable Reluctance (VR) stepper motor, Permanent Magnet & Hybrid
stepper, Static&dynamic characteristics – Speed-Torque characteristics – Drive systems and circuit – introduction, unipolar drive &
bipolar drive circuits, open loop and closed loop control of stepper motor. (11)

SWITCHED RELUCTANCE MACHINES: Constructional features, principle of operation, Torque equationand characteristics control
techniques – Inductance Profile – Commutation timing diagram – starting & running phase excitation – speed controls, general
controller structure– determination of rotor position, current profiling for smoother torque. Synchronous Reluctance
Machines:Synchronous reluctance motor(SynRM) - operating principle, rotor topologies - Space-vector diagram - basic
characteristics of SynRM - Control of SynRM - Power factor, Current angle, saliency ratio– Vector control - constant current control,
constant angle control– Development of Permanent Magnet assisted SynRM (12)

PERMANENT MAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MACHINES: Commutation in DC motor, Electronic commutation, Hal sensors, Optical
sensors, Magnetic circuit model, Multiphase Brushless motor, Square wave permanent magnet brushless motor drives, Torque and
emf equation, Torque-speed characteristics,Control by Back-EMF detection circuits, Controllers-Microprocessor based controller,
Field Weakening control. (11)

PERMANENT MAGNET SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES: Introduction -Motor Morphologies -Principle of operation, EMF, power
input and torque expressions, Phasor diagram, Torque -speed characteristics -Parameter Estimation Power controllers, Torque
Controllers, , Self-control, Vector control, Current control schemes.Linear Motors: Linear Induction motor (LIM) classification -
construction - Principle of operation - concept of current sheet - goodness factor - DC Linear motor (DCLM) types - circuit equation -
DCLM control applications. (11)

Total L : 45
REFERENCES:
1. JuhaPyrhonen, Valeria Hrabovcova, Scott semken, ―Electrical Machines Drives Control – An Introduction‖, Wiley, 2016
2. Riazollah Firoozian, ―Servo Motors and Industrial Control Theory‖, Springer, 2014.
3. Paul Acarnley, ―Stepping Motors a guide to theory and practice‖ IET, 2007
4. Kenjo T, "Stepping Motors and their Microprocessor Control", Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.
5. Miller T.J.E,"Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives", Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.
6. KenjoT and Naganori, S., ―Permanent Magnet and Brushless DC Motors", Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.

18ED25 / 18EM36 / 18EE36 DIGITAL CONTROLLERS FOR POWER ELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS


3003
TMS C2XX DSP: Introduction to the C2xx DSP core and code generation. The components of the C2xx DSP core, Peripherals and
Peripheral Interface, System configuration registers, Memory , Types of Physical Memory , memory Addressing Modes , Code
Composer Studio for C2xx DSP. (12)

I/O AND INTERRUPTS: Pin Multiplexing (MUX) and General Purpose I/O Overview, Multiplexing and General Purpose I/O Control
Registers, Programming I/O. Introduction to Interrupts, Interrupt Hierarchy, Interrupt Control Registers, Initializing and Servicing
Interrupts in Software, Programming Interrupts (11)

ADC AND EVENT MANAGERS: ADC Overview , Operation of the ADC in the DSP , Overview of the Event manager (EV), Event
Manager Interrupts , General Purpose (GP) Timers , Compare Units, Capture Units And Quadrature Enclosed Pulse (QEP)
Circuitry, General Event Manager Information, Programming of ADC and Event Managers (11)

DESIGN OF CONTROLLER IN POWER ELECTRONICS: Typical applications: DSP-based implementation of DC-DC buck-boost
converter- DSP-based control of permanent magnet brushless DC machines- DSP-based Implementation of clarkes‘s and park‘s
transformations- DSP-Based implementation of SPWM, SVPWM inverter pulse generation. (11)

Total L: 45
124
59th ACM 09.06.2018
REFERENCES:
1. Hamid.A.Toliyat and Steven G.Campbell ―DSP Based Electro Mechanical Motion Control― CRC Press New York, 2004.
2. TMS320C28x CPU and Instruction Set Reference Guide - SPRU430
3. TMS320x28xx, 28xxx Peripheral Reference Guide - SPRU566
4. TMS320x2833x System Control and Interrupts Reference Guide - SPRUFB0
5. TMS320x2833x Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Reference Guide - SPRU812
6. TMS320x28xx, 28xxx Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM) & High-Resolution Pulse Width Modulator (HRPWM)
Module Reference Guide - SPRU791 & - SPRU924

18ED26 / 18EM30 ADVANCED CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DRIVES


3003
ADVANCED CONTROLMETHODS: Introduction - Power Converter Control using State-Space Averaged Models - Sliding-Mode
Control of Power Converters - Fuzzy Logic Control of Power Converters (11)

MOTOR DRIVES: Review - DC Motor Drives - Induction Motor Drives - Synchronous Motor Drives - Reluctance motor Drives –
Servo Motor Drives (11)

HIGH PERFORMANCE DRIVES: Types of Torque-Controlled Drive Schemes - Vector Drives, Direct-Torque-Controlled Drives –
DSP Controlled Drives – DC Drive, AC Drive, Synchronous motor Drive, and Special Motor drive (12)

ARTIFICIAL-INTELLIGENCE BASED DRIVES: AI-Based Techniques - Applications in Electrical Machines and Drives - Neural-
Network-Based Drives - Fuzzy Based Drives - commercial AI based Drives (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Hamid A Toliyat and Steven G. Campbell, ―DSP Based Electromechanical Motion Control‖, CRC Press, 2004.
2. Marcian Cirstea, Andrei Dinu, Malcolm Mc Cormick, Jeen Ghee Khor, ―Neural and Fuzzy Logic Control of Drives and Power
Systems, Newnes Publications, 2002.
3. Ned Mohan, ―Advanced Electric Drives: Analysis, Control and Modeling using Simulink‖, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2001.
4. Bimal K Bose, "Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives - Technology and Application", IEEE Press, 1997.
5. Peter Vas, "Vector Control of AC Machines", Oxford University Press, 1990.
6. Miller T.J.E,"Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives", Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989

18ED27 / 18EM26 SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEM


3003
INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES: Fundamentals – Biological neural network – Artificial neuron – Activation
function – Learning rules - Single Layer Feedback Networks - Unsupervised Learning Networks - Membership Functions - Features
of membership function - Standard forms and Boundaries - fuzzification - membership value assignments. - Toolboxes of MATLAB –
Programming and file processing in MATLAB - Model definition and model analysis using SIMULINK - S-Functions - Converting S-
Functions to blocks. (11)

OPTIMISATION TECHNIQUES FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC ENERGY CONVERSION: Passive filter design using Genetic Algorithm,
harmonic elimination in inverters, Tuning of controllers, GA, PSO, DE, optimized fuzzy logic for the Maximum Power Point Tracking,
MATLAB/SIMULINK Models of MPPT Techniques, (11)

OPTIMISATION TECHNIQUES FOR WIND ENERGY CONVERSION SYSTEMS: MATLAB/SIMULINK model of Wind turbine and
Wind Turbine Generators. Prediction of Wind Turbine Power Factor, Pitch Angle Control, MPPT Algorithms, Economic Dispatch For
Wind Power System – Related MATLAB/SIMULINK models-FLC based STATCOM - Prediction of Wind Speed based on FLC -
Fuzzy Logic Controlled SPWM Converter for WECS. (11)

GRID INTEGRATION: Integration of small scale generation into distribution grids, Different types of grid interfaces, Issues related to
grid Integration systems - Phase Locked Loop for Grid Connected Power System, Grid Connected Inverters, Current Controllers for
PWM inverters, MATLAB/SIMULINK model of Grid Integration, and PLL grid connected power system.

HYBRID ENERGY SYSTEMS: Need for hybrid energy system, MATLAB/SIMULINK models of Hybrid Solar PV and Wind Energy
System- - CUK-SEPIC converter, Boost Converter, Hybrid model of Solar PV and Diesel Energy System,– Hybrid Solar PV and
Wind Energy Conversion Systems (12)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. S. Sumathi, Ashok Kumar.L, P.Sureka, ― ―Solar PV and Wind Energy Conversion Systems - An Introduction to Theory,
Modeling with MATLAB/SIMULINK, and the Role of Soft Computing Techniques‖ – Green Energy and Technology, Springer,
2015 edition (20 April 2015).
2. Randall Shaffer., ―Fundamentals of Power Electronics with MATLAB‖ Charles River Media Boston Massachusetts, 2007.
3. Laurene Fausett, ―Fundamentals of Neural Networks‖, Pearson Education India, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Rao S S., "Optimization Theory and Applications", Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi, 2003.
5. H.P.Garg and J.Prakash, ―Solar Energy, Fundamentals and Applications‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delh, 1997.
6. Mukund R Patel, ―Wind and Solar Power Systems‖, CRC Press, 2004.

125
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18ED28 FLEXIBLE AC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM


3003
INTRODUCTION: Fundamentals of AC power transmission, transmission problems and needs, emergence of FACTS- FACTS
control considerations, FACTS controllers, Concepts of voltage sourced and current sourced converters for FACTS devices. (11)

SHUNT COMPENSATOR: Principle of operation - types - Variable Impedance type & switching converter type - Static Synchronous
Compensator (STATCOM) - configuration, characteristics and control-applications. (11)

SERIES COMPENSATOR: Principles of operation- types - static series compensation using GCSC, TCSC and TSSC, Static
Synchronous Series Compensator (SSSC) – characteristics and control-applications.

VOLTAGE AND PHASE ANGLE REGULATORS: Principles of operation-types-Steady state model and characteristics of a static
voltage regulators and phase shifters- Thyristor controlled Voltage and phase angle regulators. Switching converter based voltage
and phase angle regulators-applications. (12)

UNIFIED POWER FLOW CONTROLLER: Principles of operation – characteristics- independent active and reactive power flow
control-applications. Comparison of UPFC with the controlled series compensators and phase shifters. Coordinated control of
FACTS Devices. Use of FACTS devices under deregulated environment. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Padiyar K.R., ‗FACTS Controllers for Transmission and Distribution Systems‘ New Age international Publishers, 2007.
2. Loi Lei Lai, ‗Power System Restructuring and Deregulation‘, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. 2003.
3. Mohan R .Mathur and Rajiv Varma K. , ‗Thyristor - based FACTS Controllers for Electrical Transmission Systems‘, IEEE Press,
Wiley Inter science , 2002.
4. Hingorani, L.Gyugyi, ‗Understanding FACTS - Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC Transmission Systems‘, IEEE Press
New York, 2000.
5. Song, Y.H. and Allan T. Johns, ‗Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS)‘, Institution of Electrical Engineers Press, London,
1999.
6. Joseph Vithayathil, ‖Power Electronics‖, McGraw Hill Series in Electrical and Computer Engineering, USA, 1995.

18ED29 / 18EM37 POWER QUALITY MANAGEMENT


3003

POWER QUALITY PROBLEMS: Definition of power quality – Power quality issues - Sources and Effects – International standards
of Power quality and Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC), Computer Business Equipment Manufacturers Associations (CBEMA)
curve - Voltage sags - Load influence on voltage sags – Stochastic assessment of voltage sags - Voltage Sags in Continuous
Processes - Case Study – Interruptions – Types – Origin - Causes - Transients - Classification- Utility capacitor switching transients
– Utility lightning protection – Transients from load switching - Impact on users. (12)

HARMONICS AND ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE: Harmonics - Sources and effects of harmonic distortion – Standards
– Impacts - Mitigation and control techniques – Devices for controlling harmonic distortion - Simulation using PSCAD.
Electromagnetic interference - Frequency classification - High-frequency interference - Electromagnetic interference – Susceptibility
- EMI mitigation - Cable shielding to minimize Electromagnetic interference - Health concerns of electromagnetic interference.
(11)
POWER QUALITY SOLUTIONS: Power quality monitoring considerations - Choosing monitoring locations - monitoring and
diagnostic techniques for various power quality problems - modeling of power quality (harmonics and voltage sag) problems by
mathematical simulation tools -power line disturbance analyzer –quality measurement equipment - harmonic / spectrum analyzer -
flicker meters – disturbance analyzer. Applications of expert systems for power quality monitoring. (11)

POWER QUALITY CONDITIONERS: Shunt and series compensators - DSTATCOM - dynamic voltage restorer - unified power
quality conditioners - Custom power devices and their applications in power system - Operating principles - Detailed modeling and
analysis of DSTATCOM and DVR - Compensators to mitigate power quality related problems - Realization of DVR and DSTATCOM
by using VSC. (11)

Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Sankaran.C, "Power Quality", CRC Press, Baco Raton, 2017.
2. Math H J Bollen, "Understanding Power Quality Problems: Voltage Sags and Interruptions", Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2014.
3. Roger C. Dugan, Mark F. McGranaghan Surya Santoso and H. Wayne Beaty, "Electrical Power Systems Quality", Third
edition, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
4. Arindam Ghosh and Gerard Ledwich, ―Power quality enhancement using custom power devices‖, Springer-Verlag, New York,
2012.
5. J. Arrillaga, N.R. Watson and S. Chen, "Power System Quality Assessment", Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
6. Ned Mohan, Undeland, and Robbins, "Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design ", John Wiley and Sons (Asia)
Pte Ltd., Singapore, 2003.

126
59th ACM 09.06.2018

18ED30 / 18EM31 ADVANCED TOPICS IN POWER ELECTRONICS


3003

RESONANT CONVERTERS: Zero voltage and Zero current switching – Classification of resonant converters - Basic resonant
circuit concepts - Load resonant converters - Resonant switch converters - Zero voltage switching, clamped voltage topologies -
Resonant DC link Inverters and Zero voltage switching - High frequency link integral half cycle converters - Applications in SMPS
and lighting. (11)

IMPROVED UTILITY INTERFACE: Generation of current harmonics – Current harmonics and power factor - Harmonic standards
and recommended practices - Need for improved utility interface - Improved single phase utility interface - Improved three phase
utility interface - Electromagnetic interference. (11)

FACTS AND CUSTOM POWER: Introduction - Principles of reactive power control in load and transmission line compensation -
Series and shunt reactive power compensation - Concepts of Flexible AC Transmission System (FACTS) - Static var compensators
(SVC) - Thyristor controlled reactor - Thyristor switched capacitor - Solid state power control - Static condensers - Controllable
series compensation - Thyristor controlled phase-angle regulator and unified power flow control - Modeling and methods of
analysis of SVC and FACTS controllers - System control and protection - Harmonics and filters – Simulation and study of SVC
and FACTS under dynamic conditions. (12)

EMERGING DEVICES AND CIRCUITS: Power Junction Field Effect Transistors - Field Controlled Thyristors - JFET based devices
Vs other power devices - MOS controlled thyristors - Power integrated circuits - New semiconductor materials for power devices.
(11)
Total L: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Rashid, M.H., ―Power Electronics – Circuits, Devices and Applications‖, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd, New Delhi,
2004. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. Ned Mohan, Undeland, and Robbins, "Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design ", John Wiley and Sons (Asia)
Pte Ltd., Singapore, 2003.
3. Mohan Mathur P, Rajiv K Varma, ―Thyristor – Based Facts Controllers for Electrical Transmission Systems‖, John Wiley
and Sons Inc., IEEE Press, USA, 2002.
4. Las Zlo Gyugyi, Narain G Hingorani, ―Understanding Facts: Concepts & Technology of Flexible AC Transmission System‖, The
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. Inc., New York, 2000.
5. Joseph Vithayathil, ‖Power Electronics‖, McGraw Hill Series in Electrical and Computer Engineering, USA, 1995.
6. Roger C. Dugan, Mark F. McGranaghan Surya Santoso and H. Wayne Beaty, "Electrical Power Systems Quality", Third
edition, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

18ED31 HVDC TRANSMISSION


3003
HVDC TRANSMISSION: Introduction to HVDC transmission, Comparison between HVAC and HVDC systems - Economic,
technical and reliability, limitations, Types of HVDC links - monopolar, bipolar and homopolar links, Components of HVDC
transmission system.
ANALYSIS OF HVDC CONVERTERS: Analysi